Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

to+take+advantage+of+sb's+good+nature

  • 21 él

    art.
    el coche the car
    la casa the house
    los niños the children
    el agua/hacha/águila the water/ax/eagle
    fui a recoger a los niños I went to pick up the children
    * * *
    el
    1 the
    ■ la Sra. Rodríguez Mrs. Rodríguez
    2 el de the one
    3 el que (persona - sujeto) the one who; (- objeto) the one, the one that, the one whom
    4 (cosa) the one, the one that, the one which
    * * *
    1. pron. 2. art.
    * * *
    el; la; los; las
    ART DEF
    1) [con nombres de referente único o concreto] the

    ¿está fría el agua? — is the water cold?

    ¿ha llegado ya el abogado? — has the lawyer arrived yet?

    el tío ese — * that chap

    2) [en algunos casos no se traduce]
    a) [con nombres propios]

    ¿qué manda la señora? — what would madam like?

    ha llamado el Sr. Sendra — Mr. Sendra called

    dáselo a la Luisa — * give it to Luisa

    b) [con nombres en sentido genérico]
    c) [con infinitivo]

    el hacerlo fue un error — doing it was a mistake, it was a mistake to do it

    d) [con cifras, proporciones]

    ahora gano el 3% más — I now earn 3% more

    3) [traducido por el posesivo]
    4) [con expresiones temporales]
    5) (=uso distributivo)
    6) [en exclamaciones]

    ¡el frío que hacía! — it was freezing!

    7) [posesivo]

    • el de, mi libro y el de usted — my book and yours

    el del sombrero rojo — the one with o in the red hat

    es un traje bonito, pero prefiero el de Ana — it's a nice suit, but I prefer Ana's

    y el de todos los demás — and that of everybody else, and everybody else's

    8)

    • el que —

    a) + indic

    él es el que quiere — it's he who wants to, he's the one who wants to

    los que hacen eso son tontos — anyone who does that is a fool, those who do so are foolish

    b) + subjun whoever

    el que quiera, que lo haga — whoever wants to can do it

    * * *
    pronombre personal
    a) ( como sujeto) he

    ¿quién se lo va a decir? - él — who's going to tell her? - he is

    fue él — it was him, it was he (frml)

    b) (en comparaciones, con preposiciones) him; ( refiriéndose a cosas) it

    con/contra/para él — with/against/for him

    con/contra/para él — with/against/for him

    * * *
    (pl los), la (pl las) articulo
    [the masculine article el is also used before feminine nouns which begin with accented a or ha, e.g. el agua pura, el hada madrina]
    1)

    ¿ya vas a la escuela? — do you go to school yet?

    el mío/las tuyas — mine/yours

    el rojo/último — the red/last one

    los nacidos entre... — those born between...

    2)
    a)

    el + de...: la del sombrero the one with the hat; el de Valencia the one from Valencia; el de las nueve the nine o'clock one; el de Juan/de mi hijo — Juan's/my son's

    b)

    el + que...: el que acaba de entrar the one who's just come in; las que yo ví the ones I saw; los que estén cansados; those who are tired, anyone who's tired; la que te guste whichever you like; el que lo haya hecho — whoever has done it

    el mes pasado/que viene — last/next month

    4) ( cada)

    $80 el metro/kilo — $80 a meter/a kilo

    5) (con fracciones, porcentajes, números)

    la mitad/la cuarta parte del dinero — half the money/a quarter of the money

    el 20% de... — 20% of...

    el cuarto piso — the fifth floor (AmE) o (BrE) fourth floor

    6) (refiriéndose a partes del cuerpo, prendas de vestir, artículos personales, etc)
    a) (con apellidos acompañados de título, adjetivos, etc)

    el señor Ortiz/la doctora Vidal — Mr Ortiz/Doctor Vidal

    b) ( en plural)
    * * *
    el2
    = the, ye.

    Ex: The first institute, 'The Catalog: Its Nature and Prospects,' was held in New York City on October 9 and 10, 1975.

    Ex: The article 'Ye olde smart card' presents an annotated list of information sources on the credit card industry.
    * a lo extremo = to the extreme.
    * aunque no lo creas = believe it or not.
    * barrio de los ricos = upper town.
    * de los mejores = as good as any.
    * el abuelo de = the granddaddy of.
    * el acabose = the last straw.
    * el alcance = comprehensiveness.
    * el amor de + Posesivo + vida = the love of + Posesivo + life.
    * el año próximo = the year ahead.
    * el arte de = the art of, the fine art of.
    * el ataque es la mejor defensa = attack is the best form of defence.
    * el auténtico = the real McCoy.
    * el beneficio de la duda = the benefit of the doubt.
    * el bien de = the good of.
    * el buenazo de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.
    * el bueno de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.
    * el camino a seguir = the way ahead, the way to go.
    * el camino correcto = the way ahead, the way to go.
    * el camino hacia + Nombre + está lleno de + Nombre = the road (to/towards) + Nombre + is paved with + Nombre.
    * el camino hacia + Nombre + está plagado de + Nombre = the road (to/towards) + Nombre + is paved with + Nombre.
    * el camino por recorrer = the way ahead.
    * el camino que lleva a = a/the doorway to.
    * el camino recorrido = the road travelled so far.
    * el camino se hace andando = actions speak louder than words.
    * el centro de atención + ser = all eyes + be + on.
    * el charco = the big pond.
    * el ciudadano de a pie = the average Joe.
    * el ciudadano medio = the average Joe.
    * el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.
    * el colmo = the last straw.
    * el consejo de otra persona = a second opinion.
    * el copón = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.
    * el corazón de = the heart of.
    * el crecimiento de = the rising tide of.
    * el cual = which.
    * el de = that in, that of.
    * el diablo está en los detalles = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * el día del Juicio Final = the Day of Judgement.
    * El Diluvio = the Flood.
    * el dinero es el origen de todos los males = money is the root of all evil.
    * el dinero es la fuente de todos los males = money is the root of all evil.
    * el dinero mueve al mundo = money makes the world go (a)round.
    * el dinero no crece en los árboles = money doesn't grow on trees.
    * el doble = twice + as many.
    * el doble de = twice + the number of.
    * El Dorado = El Dorado.
    * el enemigo en casa = the enemy within.
    * el entonces + Nombre = the then + Nombre.
    * el espíritu de la época = the spirit of the times.
    * el estado de las cosas = the lay of the land [the lie of the land, -UK].
    * el evitar = avoidance.
    * el éxito genera éxito = success breeds success (SBS).
    * el éxito llama al éxito = success breeds success (SBS).
    * el final de = the close of.
    * el final de los problemas = the light at the end of the tunnel.
    * el fin del mundo = the ends of the earth.
    * el fin de semana = over the weekend, at the weekend.
    * el fin de todos los fines = the end of all ends.
    * el fin justifica los medios = the end justifies the means.
    * el fruto de + Nombre = the fruit of + Nombre.
    * el futuro = the way ahead, the way of the future.
    * el futuro + estar + justo a la vuelta de la esquina = the future + be + just around the corner.
    * el Gato con Botas = Puss in Boots.
    * el grado de = the extent of.
    * el grado de + Nombre = the breadth and depth of + Nombre.
    * el grado en que = the extent to which.
    * el gran hermano = big brother.
    * el guapo de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.
    * el hecho es que = fact is, the fact is (that).
    * el hecho es que... = the fact of the matter is that....
    * el hombre de la calle = the average Joe.
    * el hombre no es una isla = no man is an island.
    * el hombre propone y Dios dispone = Man proposes, God disposes.
    * el impulsor de = the power behind.
    * el interés público = the public interest.
    * El Juicio Final = The Last Judgement.
    * el lastre de = the shackles of.
    * el llevar = carrying.
    * el lugar que le corresponde a = the due place of.
    * El Mago de Oz = The Wizard of Oz, The Wizard of Oz.
    * el más = all-time.
    * el más + Adjetivo = the most + Adjetivo.
    * el más allá = hereafter.
    * el más bajo = rock-bottom.
    * el más favorito del mes = pick of the month.
    * el más leído = the most widely read.
    * el más recomendado = best of breed, the.
    * el Mediterráneo = Mediterranean Sea, the, the Med.
    * el mejor = best of breed, the.
    * el mejor de todos = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.
    * el mejor hasta ahora = the best yet.
    * el mejor modo de = the best way of.
    * el mejor momento de todos = the time of all times.
    * el mejor + Nombre = the best available + Nombre.
    * el mejor que ha hecho hasta ahora = Posesivo + best yet.
    * el mentir = lying.
    * el mes pasado = last month.
    * el mío = mine.
    * el mismo + Nombre (+ que) = every bit as much + Nombre (+ as).
    * el mismo número = as many.
    * el modo como = the way in which.
    * el modo de = the way in which.
    * el modo de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.
    * el momento preciso = the point in time at which.
    * el motor de = the power behind.
    * el movimiento se demuestra andando = actions speak louder than words.
    * el muerto al hoyo y el vivo al bollo = dead men have no friends.
    * el mundo de las noticias = newsmaking.
    * el mundo en la palma de la mano = the world in the palm of + Posesivo + hand.
    * el mundo está a sus pies = the world is + Posesivo + oyster.
    * el mundo es un pañuelo = it's a small world.
    * el + Nombre + correcto al + Nombre + adecuado en el momento oportuno = the right + Nombre + to the right + Nombre + at the right time.
    * el + Nombre + es inestimable = the + Nombre + cannot be overestimated.
    * el + Nombre + más completo = the + Nombre + to end all + Nombre.
    * el no va más = the be all and end all, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * el nuevo aspecto de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.
    * el orgullo de = showpiece.
    * el otro lado de la barrera = the other side of the fence.
    * el padre de = the father of.
    * el pan nuestro de cada día = all in a day's work.
    * el paso del tiempo = the passage of time, the sands of time.
    * el peor de todos = the worst of the lot.
    * el perro es el mejor amigo del hombre = a dog is man's best friend.
    * el peso de = brunt of, the.
    * el populacho = the great unwashed.
    * el porqué de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.
    * el portavoz de = the voice of.
    * el presente = thisness.
    * el primer intento = the first time around.
    * el primer + Nombre = the earliest + Nombre.
    * el primero mencionado = former.
    * el principal = the number one.
    * el principio de = the dawn of.
    * el principio del fin = the beginning of the end.
    * el principio de + Mes/Estación = early + Mes/Estación.
    * el problema no es el qué, sino el cómo = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * el problema obvio = the elephant in the room.
    * el proletariado = the great unwashed.
    * el pulmón de = the heart of.
    * el punto más bajo = rock-bottom.
    * el que = that, the one.
    * el que aprende = learner.
    * el que las hace, las paga = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.
    * el que lo encuentre se lo queda = finders keepers.
    * el que mantiene a la familia = breadwinner [bread winner].
    * el que mucho abarca poco aprieta = jack of all trades, master of none.
    * el que no llora, no mama = the squeaky (squeaking) wheel gets the grease (the oil/oiled).
    * el que no se aventura no cruza el mar = nothing ventured, nothing gained.
    * el que pregunta = inquirer [enquirer, -UK].
    * el quid de la cuestión = the crux of the problem, the crux of the matter.
    * el registro de los registros = record-of-record.
    * el registro modelo = record-of-record.
    * el resto = rest, the.
    * el resto (de) = the remainder (of), the rest (of).
    * El Salvador = El Salvador.
    * el segundo mencionado = latter.
    * el sendero que lleva a = a/the doorway to.
    * el ser barato = cheapness.
    * el siguiente no, el otro = next but one.
    * el sitio adecuado en el momento adecuado = the right place at the right time.
    * el sueño de toda persona = the stuff dreams are made of.
    * el sueño de todos = the stuff dreams are made of.
    * el sueño de todo ser viviente = the stuff dreams are made of.
    * el súmmum = the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * el tamaño de = the extent of.
    * el tema de la discusión = the focus of the discussion.
    * el tema del debate = the focus of the discussion.
    * el tiempo de Algo = in season.
    * el tiempo es oro = time is money.
    * el tiempo lo dirá = only time will tell.
    * el tiempo vuela = time flies (by).
    * el tipo de = the range of.
    * el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.
    * el total de = the total sum of, the sum total of.
    * el transcurrir del tiempo = the sands of time.
    * el transcurso del tiempo = as time goes by.
    * el último citado = latter.
    * el último grito = the last word, the cat's meow, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * el último + Nombre = the latest + Nombre.
    * el último pero no el menos importante = the last but by no means least.
    * el único = the one and only.
    * el único e incomparable = the one and only.
    * el único e inimitable = the one and only.
    * el único problema = a fly in the soup, the fly in the ointment.
    * el verdadero = the real McCoy.
    * el verdadero problema = the elephant in the room.
    * el ver televisión = television viewing.
    * el viejo = the elder.
    * el vulgo = the great unwashed.
    * el yugo de = the shackles of.
    * espicharlas = kick + the bucket.
    * la = the, ye.
    * la alternativa + ser = the alternative + be.
    * la belleza es superficial = beauty is only skin deep.
    * La Biblioteca Responde = Ask the Library.
    * la Biblioteca y el Archivo de Canadá = Library and Archives Canada.
    * la buena noticia = the good news.
    * la calidad es nuestro lema = quality is our middle name.
    * la calma que precede a la tormenta = the lull before the storm.
    * la cambiante fisonomía de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.
    * la caridad empieza por uno mismo = charity begins at home.
    * la ciudadana de a pie = the average Jane.
    * la ciudadana media = the average Jane.
    * la ciudad que nunca duerme = the city that never sleeps.
    * la clave de = at the heart of.
    * la clave está en la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * la comunidad en general = the community at large.
    * la Convención de la Haya de 1954 = the 1954 Hague Convention.
    * la copa del árbol = the top of the tree.
    * la cosa es que = the thing is.
    * la cosa principal = the number one thing.
    * la crème de la crème = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.
    * la cruz de = the bane of.
    * la cuestión es que = the thing is.
    * la década de los + Número = the + Número + s.
    * la demanda de = a call for.
    * la diversidad de = the range of.
    * la diversidad de + Nombre = the many + Nombre.
    * la edad se lleva en el alma = you are as old as you feel.
    * la época de Algo = in season.
    * la escoria de la sociedad = the gutter.
    * la espalda de = the back of.
    * la evidencia = the writing on the wall.
    * la fe mueve montañas = faith will move mountains.
    * la filosofía de = the reason behind, the reasoning behind.
    * la flor de + Nombre = the prime of + Nombre.
    * la flor y nata = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.
    * la forma correcta de hacer las cosas = the way to go.
    * la forma de = ways and means (of/for/to/in/by).
    * la forma de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.
    * la forma de ver las cosas = the way + to see things.
    * la fuerza de la mayoría = strength in numbers.
    * la gente decía que = rumour had it that.
    * la gente dice que = rumour has it that.
    * la gente se está inquietando = the natives are nervous.
    * la gente se está poniendo nerviosa = the natives are nervous.
    * la gente se puso de pie para aplaudir = standing ovation.
    * la gota que colmó el vaso = the straw that broke the camel's back.
    * la Gran Manzana = the Big Apple.
    * la gran mayoría de = the vast majority of, the bulk of.
    * la historia + repetirse = history + come full circle.
    * la historia + volverse a repetir = history + come full circle.
    * la hostia = the cat's pyjamas, the cat's pyjamas, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * la hoz y el martillo = the hammer and sickle.
    * la idea que hay detrás de = the idea behind.
    * la imaginación no tiene límites = your imagination is the limit.
    * la imitación es la mejor forma de que lo halaguen a uno = imitation is the sincerest form of flattery.
    * La Isla del Tesoro = Treasure Island.
    * la joya de = showpiece.
    * la judicatura = the Bench.
    * la justicia = the Bench.
    * la juventud no es cuestión de edad sino de espíritu = you are as old as you feel.
    * la leche = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.
    * la luz al final del túnel = the light at the end of the tunnel.
    * la magistratura = the Bench.
    * la manera de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.
    * la mano que mece la cuna es la mano que domina el mundo = the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world.
    * la mano que mece la cuna gobierna el mundo = the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world.
    * la mar de = a whole slew of.
    * la mayoría con mucho de = the vast majority of.
    * la mayoría de = the majority of, most + Nombre, the main bulk of.
    * la mayoría de la gente = most people, the majority of the people.
    * la mayoría de las personas = most people, the majority of the people.
    * la mayoría de las veces = most of the time, more often than not.
    * la mayoría del mundo = the majority of the world, most people, the majority of the people.
    * la mayoría del tiempo = most of the time.
    * la mayor parte de = the majority of, the main bulk of, the lion's share of.
    * la mayor parte de las veces = more often than not.
    * la medida en que = the extent to which.
    * la mejor forma de hacer Algo = best practices, lessons learned [lessons learnt].
    * la mejor manera = how best.
    * la mejor manera de = the best way of.
    * la mejor oferta = the best deal.
    * la mejor opción = the best bet.
    * la mejor salida = the best way forward.
    * la mejor solución = the best way forward.
    * la menor duda de que = no doubt whatsoever.
    * la mentira = lying.
    * la mirada en = eye(s) on.
    * la misma persona = one and the same person.
    * la mitad (1/2) = one-half (1/2).
    * la necesidad agudiza el ingenio = necessity mothers invention.
    * la ocasión la pintan calva = make + hay while the sun shines.
    * la opinión de otra persona = a second opinion.
    * la oportunidad de + Posesivo + vida = the opportunity of a lifetime.
    * la parte de atrás de = the back of.
    * la parte más dura de = brunt of, the.
    * la parte más importante = the heart of.
    * la parte principal de = the bulk of.
    * la parte superior izquierda de = the upper left of.
    * la parte trasera de = the back of.
    * la personificación de la confianza en uno mismo = confidence personified.
    * la pesadilla de = the bane of.
    * la pesca del día = the day's catch, the catch of the day.
    * la petición de = a call for.
    * la píldora = the pill.
    * la plebe = the great unwashed.
    * la polla = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.
    * la práctica hace al maestro = practice makes perfect.
    * la primera tentativa = the first time around.
    * la primera vez = the first time around.
    * la proporción mayor de = the lion's share of.
    * la próxima moda = the next hot thing.
    * la puntilla = the final/last nail in + Posesivo + coffin.
    * la que = that, the one.
    * la razón de ser = the reason for being.
    * la realidad es que = the fact remains that..., fact is, the fact is (that).
    * la rehostia = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.
    * la responsabilidad ahora recae en + Nombre = the ball is in + Posesivo + court.
    * la responsabilidad es de... = the buck + stops....
    * la riqueza de = the wealth of.
    * la ruina de = the bane of.
    * las = the, ye.
    * las 24 horas = round the clock, around the clock.
    * las apariencias engañan = don't judge a book by its cover, there's more to it than meets the eye.
    * las ataduras de = the shackles of.
    * las autoridades = the powers-that-be.
    * las cosas + cambiar = pendulum + swing.
    * las cosas + estar + claras = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * las cosas no pasan así como así = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).
    * las cosas no pasan (así) porque sí = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).
    * las cosas no son tan simples como parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.
    * las cosas + seguir + igual = business + revolve + as usual.
    * las cosas siguen igual = business as usual.
    * las cosas sólo pasan una vez = lightning never strikes twice.
    * las cosas son más complicadas de lo que parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.
    * las cosas tal y como son = the birds and the bees.
    * las cosas + volver + a su punto de partida = the wheel + turn + full circle.
    * las de = those for.
    * las doce del mediodía = noon.
    * la segunda mitad de + Fecha = the latter part of + Fecha.
    * la segunda opción = the next best choice.
    * la segunda vez = the second time around.
    * la semana pasada = last week.
    * la senda que lleva a = a/the doorway to.
    * la situación = the course of events.
    * la sociedad en general = society at large.
    * las posibilidades son infinitas = the possibilities are endless.
    * las profundidades del mar = the deep.
    * las profundidades del océano = the deep.
    * las pruebas = the writing on the wall.
    * las raíces se encuentran = roots + lie.
    * las raíces se remontan a = roots + lie.
    * las razones de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.
    * las Reglas de Cutter para un Catálogo Diccionario = Cutter's Rules for a Dictionary Catalog.
    * las triquiñuelas de la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * la suerte + cambiar = the tide + turn.
    * la suerte estaba echada = the die was cast, the die had been cast.
    * la suerte está echada = the die is cast.
    * la suma total de = the total sum of, the sum total of.
    * las uvas están verdes = sour grapes.
    * las veinticuatro horas = day and night, day or night, night and day.
    * la temporada de Algo = in season.
    * la tierra de la abundancia = the land of plenty.
    * la tierra de las oportunidades = the land of opportunity.
    * la tira de = a whole slew of.
    * la tira de tiempo = donkey's years.
    * la triste realidad es que = the sad fact is (that).
    * la última palabra = the last word, the last word, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * la última vez = last time.
    * la última vez que = the last time.
    * la única pega = the fly in the ointment, a fly in the soup.
    * la unión hace la fuerza = strength in numbers.
    * la ventaja de = the beauty of.
    * la ventaja es que = on the positive side, the advantage is that, on the bright side.
    * la verdad = the lowdown (on).
    * la verdad es que = if the truth be known, if the truth be told, the fact is (that), fact is.
    * la verdad es que... = the fact of the matter is that....
    * la verdad sea dicha = to tell the truth.
    * la verdad sea dicha que = if the truth be told.
    * la Vía Láctea = the Milky Way.
    * la vida continúa = the show must go on.
    * la vida + continuar = life + go on.
    * la vida es así = life's like that.
    * ¡la vida no es un camino de rosas! = the course of true love never did run smooth!.
    * la vida + seguir = life + go on.
    * la víspera de = on the eve of.
    * la voz de = the voice of.
    * la voz de la conciencia = the voice within.
    * la voz de la experiencia = the voice of experience.
    * la voz de la razón = the voice of reason.
    * la voz del odio = the voice of hate.
    * la voz interior = the voice within.
    * lo absurdo = ridiculousness.
    * lo adecuado = adequacy.
    * lo + Adjetivo + que sea/esté = how + Adjetivo.
    * lo anodino = blandness.
    * lo anteriormente expuesto = the preceding.
    * lo apropiado = appropriateness.
    * lo barato = inexpensiveness.
    * lo básico = essential, the, nuts and bolts, bare minimum, bare necessities, the, the lowdown (on).
    * lo bastante elevado = high enough.
    * lo bastante extenso = adequately scoped.
    * lo bueno de = the beauty of.
    * lo bueno es que = the good news is (that)..., on the positive side, on the bright side.
    * lo bueno viene en frascos pequeños = small is beautiful.
    * lo bueno y lo malo = the rights and wrongs.
    * lo caro = expensiveness.
    * lo chicano = Chicana.
    * lo chulo = coolness.
    * lo cierto es que = fact is, the fact is (that).
    * lo completo = completeness.
    * lo completo que Algo está = fullness.
    * lo creas o no = believe it or not.
    * lo decisivo = the last word.
    * lo definitivo = the last word.
    * lo desagradable = unpleasantness.
    * ¿lo dices en broma? = you must be joking!, you must be kidding!.
    * lo directo = directness.
    * lo divertido = the fun part.
    * lo engorroso de = cumbersomeness.
    * lo esencial = essential, the, nuts and bolts, bare minimum, bare necessities, the, the lowdown (on).
    * lo estrafalario = zaniness.
    * lo estrambótico = zaniness.
    * lo extenso = comprehensiveness.
    * lo favorable = propitiousness.
    * lo hebraico = Hebraica.
    * lo hecho hecho está = no use crying over spilt/spilled milk.
    * lo importante es lo que eres no cómo te llamas = a rose by any other name.
    * lo imprescindible = bare necessities, the, bare minimum.
    * lo incómodo de = cumbersomeness.
    * lo indefinido = indefiniteness.
    * lo indirecto = indirectness.
    * lo indispensable = bare necessities, the, bare minimum.
    * lo insulso = blandness.
    * lo interesante = the fun part.
    * lo judío = Judaica.
    * lo lindo = cuteness.
    * lo llano = flatness.
    * lo más cercano a = the nearest thing to.
    * lo más conveniente es que = optimally.
    * lo más destacado = highlights.
    * lo más detestado = pet hate.
    * lo más importante = most of all, at its core.
    * lo más interesante = highlights.
    * lo más mínimo = so much as.
    * lo más novedoso = the last word.
    * lo más odiado = pet hate.
    * lo más parecido a = the nearest thing to.
    * lo más probable es que = most probably.
    * lo más recio de = brunt of, the.
    * lo más recóndito = nooks and crannies.
    * lo máximo = the be all and end all, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * lo mejor = the top of the tree.
    * lo mejor de = the beauty of, showpiece.
    * lo mejor de ambas partes = the best of both worlds.
    * lo mejor de lo mejor = the best of the best.
    * lo mejor de todo = best of all.
    * lo mejor entre lo mejor = the best of the best.
    * lo mejor es que... = the good news is (that)....
    * lo mejor está aún por llegar = the best is yet to come.
    * lo mejor posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability, at + Posesivo + (very) best, optimally.
    * lo mejor que pueda = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.
    * lo mejor que se puede hacer = the best bet.
    * lo mejor + ser = the beautiful part + be.
    * lo menos posible = as little as possible.
    * lo mínimo = bare minimum, bare necessities, the.
    * lo mismo ocurre con = the same goes for.
    * lo mismo ocurre en el caso de = the same is true (for/of/with).
    * lo mismo que = the same as, along the lines of, in much the same way as.
    * lo mismo que antes = the same as before.
    * lo mismo que para = the same as that for.
    * lo mismo se aplica a = the same is true (for/of/with).
    * lo molesto de = cumbersomeness.
    * lo mucho que = how extensively.
    * lo noble = high-mindedness.
    * lo no convencional = unconventional, the.
    * lo normal + ser + que = there + be + a tendency (to/for), there + be + a tendency (to/for).
    * lo oportuno = timeliness.
    * lo pasado pasado está = let bygones be bygones.
    * lo peor de = brunt of, the.
    * lo peor del = the armpit of the.
    * lo pintoresco = quaintness.
    * lo plano = flatness.
    * lo poco común = rarity, rareness.
    * lo poco convencional = unconventional, the.
    * lo primero = for one, first off.
    * lo primero de todo = first of all, first off.
    * lo prometido es deuda = a promise is a promise.
    * lo propicio = propitiousness.
    * lo público = publicness.
    * lo que = that which, what.
    * lo que aguarda a = what is on store for.
    * lo que Algo o Alguien se merece, lo que le corresponde, bastante = fair share, fair share.
    * lo que a uno cura a otro mata = one man's meat is another man's poison.
    * lo que demuestra que = which (just) goes to show that.
    * lo que el futuro depara a = what is on store for.
    * lo que es aun más inquietante = more disturbingly.
    * lo que es aun más preocupante = more disturbingly.
    * lo que es aun mejor = better still.
    * lo que es aun peor = worse still.
    * lo que es bueno para uno es bueno para otro = what's sauce for the goose is sauce for the gander.
    * lo que es bueno para uno también es bueno para otro = what's good for the goose is good for the gander.
    * lo que es más = what is more, what's more.
    * lo que es más importante = most importantly, more importantly, most of all, most important.
    * lo que es mejor aun = better still.
    * lo que es muy importante = importantly.
    * lo que es peor = what's worse.
    * lo que es peor aun = worse still.
    * lo que espera a = what is on store for.
    * lo que está bien y lo que está mal = rights and wrongs.
    * lo que existe (en el mercado) = what's out there.
    * lo que haya que de ser, será = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * lo que hay (en el mercado) = what's out there.
    * lo que hay que hacer = do + the right thing, the way to go.
    * lo que hay que hacer y lo que hay que evitar = do's and don'ts, rights and wrongs.
    * lo que le corresponde = fair share.
    * lo que nos espera = things to come.
    * lo que quiera que = whatever.
    * lo que sea = something or other.
    * lo que se gana por un lado se pierde por otro = swings and roundabouts.
    * lo que se pierda en una cosa se gana en la otra = what you lose on the swings you gain on the roundabouts.
    * lo que + ser = what + be like.
    * lo que se suele pagar = going rate, the.
    * lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * lo que vale para tí también vale para mí = what's good for the goose is good for the gander, what's sauce for the goose is sauce for the gander.
    * lo rural = rurality.
    * los = the, ye.
    * los 365 días del año = year-round.
    * los 40 principales = Top 40 singles chart.
    * los abajo firmantes = the parties hereto.
    * los acontecimientos = the course of events.
    * lo sagrado = sacredness.
    * los albores de = the dawn of.
    * los años cincuenta = fifties.
    * los años treinta = thirties.
    * los árboles no dejan ver el bosque = lose + sight of the forest for the trees.
    * los avatares de la guerra = the tides of war.
    * los buenos tiempos = the good old days.
    * los comienzos de = the dawn of.
    * los constantes cambios de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.
    * los de = those for, those in.
    * los demás = rest, the, everybody else.
    * los detalles de la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * los días antes de = leading up to.
    * los dos = both, both of them, both of which.
    * los efectos negativos se están dejando sentir ahora = chickens come home to roost.
    * los gobernantes = the powers-that-be.
    * los hay para dar y regalar = there's one born every minute.
    * los mandamás = the powers-that-be.
    * los más necesitados = those most in need.
    * los más pobres + Nombre = the poorest + Nombre.
    * los menos locuaces = inarticulate, the.
    * los motivos de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.
    * los necesitados = the needy.
    * los orígenes de = the dawn of.
    * los otros con los que aparece(n) = neighbours [neighbors, -USA].
    * los peores + Nombre = the poorest + Nombre.
    * los poderes fáticos = the powers-that-be.
    * los pormenores de la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * Los Principios de París = Paris Principles.
    * los que = those who.
    * los que detentan el poder = the powers-that-be.
    * los que mandan = the powers-that-be.
    * los que no han recibido formación específica = uninstructed, the.
    * los que + Verbo = those + Participio.
    * los tribunales = the Bench.
    * lo suficientemente cerca = within range.
    * lo suficientemente cerca como para oír = within earshot of.
    * lo suficientemente estúpido como para = dumb enough to.
    * lo suficientemente grande = large enough, big enough.
    * lo suficientemente lejos como para no poder oír = out of earshot.
    * los últimos coletazos = fag-end.
    * lo sumo = the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks, the cat's pyjamas.
    * los unos a costa de los otros = at each other's expense.
    * los viejos tiempos = the good old days.
    * lo tomas o lo dejas = take it or leave it.
    * lo último = the last word.
    * lo uno es tan malo como lo otro = one is as bad as the other.
    * lo vanguardista = cutting edge.
    * lo yidish = Yiddica.
    * parmarlas = kick + the bucket.
    * ser lo que nos espera = be the shape of things to come.

    * * *
    el (pl los), la; (pl las)
    A (con un referente único, conocido o que se define) the
    el sol the sun
    el lápiz/la goma/los lápices/las gomas que compré the pencil/the eraser/the pencils/the erasers I bought
    no, ése no, el que te presté ayer/el de Julio/el rojo no, not that one, the one I lent you yesterday/Julio's/the red one
    en la calle Solís in Solís Street
    prefiero el mío/los tuyos I prefer mine/yours
    me atendió el estúpido del marido that stupid husband of hers served me
    yo soy la arquitecta, ella es lexicógrafa I'm the architect, she's a lexicographer
    yo fui la que lo rompí or rompió I was the one who broke it
    los nacidos entre … those born between …
    los que faltamos ayer those of us who weren't here yesterday
    ¿cuál es Ardiles? — el del sombrero negro which one's Ardiles? — the one with the black hat
    un encuentro al que asistieron muchas personalidades a meeting which was attended by many well known people
    la obra de la que or de la cual hablábamos the play we were talking about
    B
    (con sustantivos en sentido genérico): me encanta la ópera I love opera
    odio el pescado I hate fish
    así es la vida that's life
    (nosotros) los mexicanos lo sabemos muy bien we Mexicans know only too well
    ¿ya vas a la escuela? do you go to school yet?
    ya salió del hospital she's out of the hospital ( AmE) o ( BrE) out of hospital
    en el mar at sea
    viajar por el espacio to travel in space
    C
    (en expresiones de tiempo): ocurrió el domingo de Pascua/en el verano del 76 it happened on Easter Sunday/in the summer of '76
    mi cumpleaños es el 28 de mayo my birthday's on May 28
    el mes pasado/que viene last/next month
    no trabaja los sábados she doesn't work (on) Saturdays
    estudió toda la mañana he studied all morning
    a las ocho at eight o'clock, at eight
    a eso de las seis around six o'clock
    D
    (cada): lo venden a $80 el kilo/metro they're selling it at $80 a kilo/a meter o at $80 per kilo/meter
    ¿cuánto cuesta el paquete de diez? how much does a packet of ten cost?
    E
    (con fracciones, porcentajes, números): me dio la mitad/la cuarta parte del dinero she gave me half the money/a quarter of the money
    el 20% de los peruanos 20% of Peruvians
    vivo en el cuarto I live on the fifth floor ( AmE) o ( BrE) fourth floor
    (refiriéndose a partes del cuerpo, prendas de vestir, artículos personales, etc): con las manos en los bolsillos with my/your/his hands in my/your/his pockets
    ¡te cortaste el pelo! you've had your hair cut!
    tienes la falda sucia your skirt is dirty
    tienes el suéter puesto al revés you've got your sweater on inside out
    tiene el pelo largo/los ojos azules he has long hair/blue eyes
    1
    (con apellidos acompañados de título, adjetivos, etc): llamó el señor Ortiz/la doctora Vidal/el general Santos Mr Ortiz/Doctor Vidal/General Santos phoned
    el gran Caruso the Great Caruso
    2
    (con nombres de mujeres famosas): la última película de la Monroe Monroe's last movie
    3
    (en plural): los Ortega (matrimonio) the Ortegas, Mr and Mrs Ortega; (familia) the Ortegas, the Ortega family
    a los Josés se les suele llamar Pepe people called José are often known as Pepe
    4 (fam: en muchas regiones crit)
    (con nombres de pila): pregúntale a la Carmen/al Ricardo ask Carmen/Ricardo
    5
    (con algunos nombres geográficos): en la India in India
    en (el) Perú in Peru
    6
    (al calificar): la España de Franco Franco's Spain
    el Buñuel que todos conocemos the Buñuel we all know
    la Italia del siglo pasado Italy in the last century
    7
    (con algunos equipos deportivos): juegan contra el Juventus/el Barcelona they're playing against Juventus/Barcelona
    H el
    (con infinitivo): odiaba el tener que pedírselo he hated having to ask her
    es cuidadoso y pausado en el hablar he's careful and deliberate in the way he speaks
    el frenético girar de los bailarines the frenzied spinning of the dancers
    al + INF ver a prep B 2. (↑ a 3)
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    el    
    él
    el (pl
    ◊ los), la (pl las) art the masculine article el is also used before feminine nouns which begin with accented a or ha, e.g. el agua pura, el hada madrina

    1




    así es la vida that's life;
    (nosotros) los mexicanos we Mexicans;
    ¿ya vas a la escuela? do you go to school yet?


    las tuyas yours;
    el último the last one;
    el estúpido del marido that stupid husband of hers
    2
    a) el + de:


    el de las nueve the nine o'clock one;
    el de mi hijo my son's
    b) el + que:


    los que estén cansados;
    those who are tired, anyone who's tired;
    la que te guste whichever you like
    3 ( en expresiones de tiempo):

    mi cumpleaños es el 28 de mayo my birthday's on May 28;
    el mes pasado last month;
    toda la mañana all morning;
    a las ocho at eight o'clock
    4 ( cada):
    ◊ $80 el metro/kilo $80 a meter/a kilo, $80 per kilo/meter

    5 (con fracciones, porcentajes, números):
    ◊ la mitad/la cuarta parte del dinero half the money/a quarter of the money;

    el 20% de … 20% of …
    6 (con partes del cuerpo, prendas de vestir, artículos personales, etc):

    ¡te cortaste el pelo! you've had your hair cut!;
    tiene los ojos azules he has blue eyes
    7
    a) (con apellidos acompañados de título, adjetivos, etc):

    ◊ el señor Ortiz/la doctora Vidal Mr Ortiz/Doctor Vidal;

    los Ortega the Ortegas


    ver África, Argentina, etc
    él pron pers
    a) ( como sujeto) he;

    ◊ ¿quién se lo va a decir? — él who's going to tell her? — he is;

    lo hizo él mismo he did it himself;
    fue él it was him
    b) (en comparaciones, con preposiciones) him;

    ( refiriéndose a cosas) it;
    ◊ llegué antes que él I arrived before him o before he did;

    con/para él with/for him;
    son de él they're his
    el art def m
    1 the
    2 (no se traduce) (ante un tratamiento formal) el sr. Gómez, Mr Gomez
    (cuando el sustantivo es general) el hambre/tiempo, hunger/time
    3 (se traduce por un posesivo) (con partes del cuerpo) se ha cortado el pelo, she's cut her hair
    (prendas) se lo metió en el bolsillo, he put it in his pocket
    (pertenencias) guarda el diario en el cajón, put your diary into the drawer
    4 (con días de la semana) iré el miércoles, I'll go on Wednesday
    5 (cuando el sustantivo está elidido) the one: prefiero el azul, I prefer the blue one
    el de las diez, the ten o'clock one
    el que está en la mesa, the one that's on the table
    el que más nos guste, whichever one we like best
    (delante de un posesivo) el de María, Maria's
    es el mío, it's mine
    él pron pers
    1 (sujeto) (persona) he
    (animal, cosa) it: fue él, it was him, fue él el que..., it was him that... o it was he who...
    2 (complemento) (persona) him
    (animal, cosa) it
    dáselo a él, give it to him, es para él, it's for him
    3 (posesivo) de él, his
    4 (oración comparativa) ella es mejor que él, she's better than him o she's better than he is
    'él' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - abajo
    - abalanzarse
    - abaratarse
    - abarquillarse
    - abarrotar
    - abarrotada
    - abarrotado
    - abastecimiento
    - abatir
    - abatimiento
    - abdicar
    - abierta
    - abierto
    - abismo
    - abogada
    - abogado
    - abominar
    - abominable
    - abordar
    - aborigen
    - aborregarse
    - abortar
    - abotargada
    - abotargado
    - abrir
    - abreviar
    - abrirse
    - absoluta
    - absoluto
    - abstención
    - abundancia
    - acabar
    - acabarse
    - acabose
    - acallar
    - acanallar
    - accionariado
    - acero
    - achacosa
    - achacoso
    - achatamiento
    - achicharrarse
    - aclarar
    - aclarado
    - acomodarse
    - acompañar
    - acondicionar
    - acostumbrada
    - acostumbrado
    English:
    A
    - abandon
    - ABC
    - ability
    - about
    - above
    - abroad
    - abseil
    - absence
    - absent
    - absolute
    - absolve
    - absorb
    - abstract
    - academic
    - accelerate
    - accommodate
    - accomplice
    - account
    - accurately
    - accusation
    - accused
    - accustom
    - aching
    - act
    - act on
    - act up
    - actual
    - actually
    - acute
    - address
    - adequately
    - adjourn
    - admission
    - admit
    - advance
    - advanced
    - advantage
    - advantageous
    - advise
    - advocate
    - affair
    - afford
    - afloat
    - afraid
    - after
    - against
    - age
    - agenda
    - aggregate
    * * *
    el (f la, mpl los, fpl las) art determinado el is used instead of la before feminine nouns which are stressed on the first syllable and begin with “a” or “ha” (e.g. el agua, el hacha). Note that el combines with the prepositions a and de to produce the contracted forms al and del.
    1. [con valor especificador] the;
    el coche the car;
    la casa the house;
    los niños the children;
    el agua/hacha/águila the water/axe/eagle;
    fui a recoger a los niños I went to pick up the children
    2. [con sustantivo abstracto, valor genérico]
    el amor love;
    la vida life;
    el hombre Man, human beings;
    los derechos de la mujer women's rights;
    los niños imitan a los adultos children copy adults;
    el pan es un alimento básico bread is a basic food;
    la mayoría de la gente no la conoce most people don't know her;
    vuelve el biquini bikinis are back
    3. [indica posesión, pertenencia]
    se partió la pierna he broke his leg;
    se quitó los zapatos she took her shoes off;
    tiene el pelo oscuro he has dark hair;
    me han robado la maleta my suitcase has been stolen;
    se dieron la mano they shook hands
    4. [con días de la semana, fechas, horas]
    vuelven el sábado they're coming back on Saturday;
    los domingos vamos al cine we go to the movies (on) Sundays;
    llegaré el 1 de mayo [escrito] I'll arrive on 1 May;
    [hablado] I'll arrive on the first of May;
    son las siete it's seven o'clock;
    el año pasado/que viene last/next year
    5. [con nombres propios geográficos]
    el Sena the (River) Seine;
    el Everest (Mount) Everest;
    la India India;
    La Haya The Hague;
    El Cairo Cairo;
    6. [con apellido]
    la señora Márquez Mrs Márquez;
    el señor/el doctor Juárez Mr/Doctor Juárez;
    los Amaya [matrimonio] Mr and Mrs Amaya, the Amayas;
    [familia completa] the Amayas, the Amaya family;
    los Austrias the Hapsburgs;
    el Hitler español the Spanish Hitler
    7. Fam [con nombre propio de persona]
    llama a la María call Maria
    8. [con numerales, porcentajes, fracciones]
    el siete es mi número de la suerte seven's my lucky number;
    llegó el tercero he came third;
    el tercer piso the third floor;
    un aumento del 30 por ciento a 30 percent increase;
    la quinta parte (de) a fifth (of);
    el 20 por ciento (de) 20 percent (of)
    9. [en proporciones, precios]
    100 pesos el kilo 100 pesos a o per kilo
    10. [con complemento especificativo]
    el/la del sombrero the one with the hat;
    los/las de azul [cosas] the blue ones;
    [personas] the ones in blue;
    he perdido el tren, cogeré el de las nueve I've missed the train, I'll get the nine o'clock one;
    el de aquí this one here;
    ¿los del parque son amigos tuyos? were those people in the park friends of yours?;
    prefiero las del escaparate I prefer the ones in the window;
    los del fondo no se callan the people at the back won't shut up
    11. [con complemento posesivo]
    mi hermano y el de Juan my brother and Juan's;
    el mío mine;
    la tuya yours;
    los suyos theirs
    12. [con adjetivo]
    prefiero el rojo al azul I prefer the red one to the blue one;
    el/la mejor the best;
    es la mejor de la clase she's the best in the class, she's top of the class;
    los seleccionados realizarán un examen those chosen will sit an exam;
    el tonto de Ignacio se equivocó that idiot Ignacio got it wrong
    13. [con infinitivo]
    el beber tanto acabó con él all that drinking is what finished him off;
    es amante del buen comer she loves good food;
    me sienta mal el tener que decírtelo I don't like to have to tell you
    14. [con frases subordinadas]
    el/la que [cosa] whichever;
    [persona] whoever;
    los/las que [cosas] whichever;
    [personas] whoever;
    coge el/los que quieras take whichever you like;
    el que más corra whoever runs fastest, the one who runs the fastest;
    las que quieran venir que levanten la mano those who want to come o anyone who wants to come should put their hand up;
    el que no te guste no quiere decir que sea malo the fact that you don't like him doesn't make him a bad person
    15. [con valor enfático]
    ¡la pena que me dio verlo en ese estado! I felt so sorry for him when I saw him in that state!
    * * *
    el
    I art the
    II pron
    :
    el de … that of …;
    el de Juan Juan’s;
    el más grande the biggest (one);
    el que está … the one that is …
    * * *
    él pron
    : he, him
    él es mi amigo: he's my friend
    hablaremos con él: we will speak with him
    1) : the one
    tengo mi libro y el tuyo: I have my book and yours
    de los cantantes me gusta el de México: I prefer the singer from México
    2)
    el que : he who, whoever, the one that
    el que vino ayer: the one who came yesterday
    el que trabaja duro estará contento: he who works hard will be happy
    el, la art, pl los, las : the
    los niños están en la casa: the boys are in the house
    me duele el pie: my foot hurts
    * * *
    el det
    1. the
    ¿qué te pareció el libro? what did you think of the book?
    2. (posesivo) my / your / his / her etcétera
    ¿te has cortado el pelo? have you had your hair cut?
    ¿cuál prefieres? el azul which one do you prefer? the blue one
    ¡Ojo! Algunas veces no se traduce
    ¿quieres salir el sábado? do you want to go out on Saturday?
    el Sr. García Mr. García
    el que (persona) the one who / the one that (cosa) the one which / the one that
    con el que that... with
    en el que that... in

    Spanish-English dictionary > él

  • 22 pensar

    m.
    1 thinking.
    2 thinking, way of thinking.
    v.
    1 to think.
    pensar en algo/en alguien/en hacer algo to think about something/about somebody/about doing something
    piensa en un número/buen regalo think of a number/good present
    dar que pensar a alguien to give somebody food for thought
    no pienses mal… don't get the wrong idea…
    pensar mal de alguien to think badly o ill of somebody
    pensar algo de alguien/algo to think something of somebody/something
    pienso que no vendrá I don't think she'll come
    Esa chica piensa That girls thinks.
    2 to think about or over (reflexionar sobre).
    ahora que lo pienso,… come to think of it,…, now that I think about it…
    cuando menos lo pienses, te llamarán they'll call you when you least expect it
    3 to think up.
    4 to plan to, to be planning to, to be thinking about, to intend to.
    Yo pienso viajar I am planning to travel.
    5 to consider, to have in mind.
    Yo pienso muchas cosas I think about many things.
    * * *
    Conjugation model [ ACERTAR], like link=acertar acertar
    1 (gen) to think (en, of/about)
    2 (considerar) to consider, think (en, about)
    3 (creer) to think, think about
    4 (opinar) to think (de, about)
    5 (decidir) to decide
    6 (tener la intención) to intend to, plan, think of
    1 to think about
    \
    ¡ni pensarlo! no way! don't even think about it!
    pensar bien/mal de alguien to think well/badly of somebody
    sin pensar without thinking
    * * *
    verb
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=opinar) to think

    • pensar de, ¿qué piensas de ella? — what do you think of her?

    ¿qué piensas del aborto? — what do you think about abortion?

    • pensar que — to think that

    -¿piensas que van a venir? -pienso que sí — "do you think they'll come?" - "I think so"

    dice que las mujeres no tendrían que trabajar, yo pienso que sí — he says women shouldn't work, I think they should

    2) (=considerar) to think about, think over

    lo pensaré — I'll think about it, I'll think it over

    • pensándolo bien... — on second thoughts..., on reflection...

    ¡ni pensarlo! — no way! *

    3) (=decidir)

    • pensar que — to decide that, come to the conclusion that...

    he pensado que no vale la pena — I've decided that it's not worth it, I've come to the conclusion that it's not worth it

    4) (=tener la intención de)

    • pensar hacer algo — to intend to do sth

    no pensaba salir — I wasn't intending o planning to go out

    5) (=concebir) to think up

    ¿quién pensó este plan? — who thought this plan up?, whose idea was this plan?

    6) (=esperar)
    2. VI
    1) (=tener ideas) to think

    • pensar en algo/algn — to think about sth/sb

    ¿en qué piensas? — what are you thinking about?

    • pensar para sí — to think to o.s.

    • dar que pensar, el hecho de que no llamara a la policía da que pensar — the fact that she didn't call the police makes you think

    dar que pensar a la gente — to set people thinking, arouse suspicions

    • sin pensar — without thinking

    • pensar sobre algo — to think about sth

    pensar con los pies —

    2)

    • pensar bien de algo/algn — to think well of sth/sb

    • pensar mal de algo/algn — to think ill of sth/sb

    ¡no pienses mal! — don't be nasty!

    ¡siempre pensando mal! — what a nasty mind you've got!

    3) (=aspirar)

    • pensar en algo — to aim at sth

    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    a) ( razonar) to think

    después de mucho pensar... — after much thought...

    a ver si piensas con la cabeza y no con los pies — (fam & hum) come on, use your head o your brains!

    pensé para mí or para mis adentros — I thought to myself

    pensar EN algo/alguien — to think about something/somebody

    b) ( esperar) to expect

    cuando menos se piensa... — just when you least expect it...

    c) ( creer) to think

    pensar mal/bien de alguien — to think ill o badly/well of somebody

    dar que or hacer pensar: un libro que da mucho que pensar or que hace pensar mucho a very thought-provoking book; su amabilidad me dio que pensar his friendliness made me think o set me thinking; piensa mal y acertarás — if you think the worst, you won't be far wrong

    2.
    pensar vt
    1)
    a) (creer, opinar) to think

    es mejor pensar que todo saldrá bien — it's better to believe o think that things will turn out all right in the end

    no vaya a pensar que... — I wouldn't want you thinking o to think that...

    ¿qué piensas del divorcio/del jefe? — what do you think about divorce/the boss?

    b) ( considerar) to think about

    ¿lo has pensado bien? — have you thought it through o thought about it carefully?

    pensándolo bien,... — on second thought(s) o thinking about it,...

    y pensar que...! — (and) to think that...!

    ni pensarlo! or ni lo pienses! — no way! (colloq), not on your life! (colloq)

    c) (Col) < persona> to think about

    pensar + INF — to think of -ing, to plan to + inf

    ¿piensas ir? — are you thinking of going?, are you planning to go?

    3.
    pensarse v pron (enf) (fam) <decisión/respuesta> to think about

    es como para pensárselo — I/you will need to give it some careful thought

    * * *
    = believe, contemplate, feel, occur, think out, think, opine, give + (some) thought to, take + view, there + be + strong feeling, take + thought, teeter + on the edge of, come up with, look to.
    Ex. The preferred citation order should be that order which is believed to match the approach of many users who can be expected to retrieve information on the topic.
    Ex. These details are primarily useful as a record of expenditure or to organisations or individuals contemplating the purchase of a work.
    Ex. Some feel that the non-expressive nature of the notation limits the scheme's usefulness in computerised data bases.
    Ex. Various desirable features will be incorporated into a package which may not occur to the new user as being of importance.
    Ex. A recitation of the best thought out principles for a cataloging code is easily drowned out by the clatter of a bank of direct access devices vainly searching for misplaced records.
    Ex. Whether the juxtaposition of language with literature is as weighty an advantage as has on occasion been claimed is, I think, debatable.
    Ex. Such techniques, she opined, emphasize production over people.
    Ex. I encourage the reader to give thought to the longer case studies that have appeared in the library press.
    Ex. There are those, sometimes found in the corridors of power, who would take such a view.
    Ex. Furthermore there is a strong feeling amongst the journalists that information retrieval is not part of their job but should be carried out by trained librarians.
    Ex. This an example of an interesting kind of genre that one encounters without taking any thought for it.
    Ex. We would like to encourage other institutions who have been teetering on the edge of implementation to get on their running shoes and go for it.
    Ex. Derfer corroborated her: 'I'd be very proud of you if you could come up with the means to draft a model collection development policy'.
    Ex. If you're looking to refinish and waterproof some outdoor furniture you might want to consider using teak oil.
    ----
    * actuar sin pensar = shoot from + the hip.
    * ahora que pienso... = while I think of it....
    * comenzar a pensar en = turn + Posesivo + mind to.
    * conocer cómo piensa Alguien = get + inside the mind of.
    * dar mucho en qué pensar = give + Nombre + much to think about, give + Nombre + a lot to think about.
    * deber pensarse = thought + must be given.
    * decir lo que Uno piensa = speak up.
    * de pensar en = at the thought of.
    * detenerse a pensar = pause + to think, step back, take + a step back.
    * detenerse a pensar en = spare + a thought for.
    * echarse a temblar con sólo pensar en = shudder at + the thought of.
    * empezar a pensar en = turn + Posesivo + mind to.
    * es lo que yo pienso = my two cents' worth.
    * forma de pensar = thinking, belief system, set of opinions, mode of thought, mode of thinking.
    * generalmente + pensarse que = be/have generally held that.
    * hablar sin pensar = shoot from + the hip.
    * hacer pensar = provoke + thought, make to + think, lull + Nombre + into thinking, summon up + image.
    * hacer pensar en = conjure, conjure up + a picture of, bring to + mind, conjure up + an image of, conjure up, conjure up + a vision of.
    * hay que pensar en el futuro = the show must go on.
    * hay razones para pensar que = there + be + reason to believe that.
    * hay suficientes motivos para pensar que = there + be + every reason to think that.
    * manera de pensar = way of thinking.
    * modo de pensar = thinking, way of thinking, mindset [mind-set], mode of thought, mode of thinking.
    * ¡ni pensarlo! = over + Posesivo + dead body.
    * no importar lo que + pensar de = whatever + Pronombre + make of.
    * no pensar en otra cosa que = be wrapped up in.
    * no pensar más en Algo = dismiss from + Posesivo + mind.
    * no pensar más que en = be wrapped up in.
    * nunca + pensar = thought never + enter + Posesivo + head.
    * pararse a pensar = pause + to think, step back, take + a step back.
    * pensaba(n) = once thought.
    * pensar a lo grande = think + big.
    * pensar ante todo en uno mismo = look after + number one.
    * pensar creativamente = think out(side) + (of) the box.
    * pensar de forma creativa = think out(side) + (of) the box.
    * pensar del mismo modo = think + alike.
    * pensar detenidamente = be carefully considered.
    * pensar de un modo diferente = think out(side) + (of) the box.
    * pensar en = come into + the mind, have + in mind, reflect (on), think of, toy with, toy with + idea of, spare + a thought for, flirt with + the idea of.
    * pensar en Algo/Alguien = give + Nombre + (some/more) thought.
    * pensar en el pasado = look back.
    * pensar en/sobre = think about.
    * pensar en suicidarse = contemplate + suicide.
    * pensar en una idea = think up + idea.
    * pensar en una solución = come up with + solution.
    * pensar en voz alta = think + aloud, think + out loud.
    * pensar intensamente = think + hard.
    * pensar pausadamente en = linger over.
    * pensar que = share + the view that, Posesivo + feeling is that.
    * pensarse = make out to be.
    * pensárselo dos veces = think + twice.
    * pensar un momento en = spare + a thought for.
    * ponerse a temblar con sólo pensar en = shudder at + the thought of.
    * que da que pensar = sobering.
    * que se piensa = perceived.
    * ser de los que piensan que = subscribe to + view.
    * ser lo último en lo que + pensar = be the last thing of + Posesivo + mind.
    * sin necesidad de pensar = thought-free.
    * sin parar a pensárselo = off-hand [offhand].
    * sin pararse a pensar = off-the-cuff, off the top of + Posesivo + head.
    * sin pensar = mindlessly.
    * sin pensar (en) = unmindful of, with little or no thought of, without thinking (about).
    * sin pensarlo = spur-of-the-moment, on the spur of the moment.
    * sin pensarlo demasiado = off-the-cuff, off the top of + Posesivo + head.
    * sin pensarlo detenidamente = out of + Posesivo + head.
    * sin pensarlo mucho = off the top of + Posesivo + head, right off the bat.
    * sin pensárselo = spur-of-the-moment, on the spur of the moment.
    * sin pensárselo dos veces = without a second thought, spur-of-the-moment, on the spur of the moment, at the drop of a hat.
    * tener fundamento para pensar que = have + reason to believe that.
    * tener razones para pensar que = have + reason to believe that.
    * ver lo que Alguien realmente piensa = see into + Posesivo + heart.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    a) ( razonar) to think

    después de mucho pensar... — after much thought...

    a ver si piensas con la cabeza y no con los pies — (fam & hum) come on, use your head o your brains!

    pensé para mí or para mis adentros — I thought to myself

    pensar EN algo/alguien — to think about something/somebody

    b) ( esperar) to expect

    cuando menos se piensa... — just when you least expect it...

    c) ( creer) to think

    pensar mal/bien de alguien — to think ill o badly/well of somebody

    dar que or hacer pensar: un libro que da mucho que pensar or que hace pensar mucho a very thought-provoking book; su amabilidad me dio que pensar his friendliness made me think o set me thinking; piensa mal y acertarás — if you think the worst, you won't be far wrong

    2.
    pensar vt
    1)
    a) (creer, opinar) to think

    es mejor pensar que todo saldrá bien — it's better to believe o think that things will turn out all right in the end

    no vaya a pensar que... — I wouldn't want you thinking o to think that...

    ¿qué piensas del divorcio/del jefe? — what do you think about divorce/the boss?

    b) ( considerar) to think about

    ¿lo has pensado bien? — have you thought it through o thought about it carefully?

    pensándolo bien,... — on second thought(s) o thinking about it,...

    y pensar que...! — (and) to think that...!

    ni pensarlo! or ni lo pienses! — no way! (colloq), not on your life! (colloq)

    c) (Col) < persona> to think about

    pensar + INF — to think of -ing, to plan to + inf

    ¿piensas ir? — are you thinking of going?, are you planning to go?

    3.
    pensarse v pron (enf) (fam) <decisión/respuesta> to think about

    es como para pensárselo — I/you will need to give it some careful thought

    * * *
    = believe, contemplate, feel, occur, think out, think, opine, give + (some) thought to, take + view, there + be + strong feeling, take + thought, teeter + on the edge of, come up with, look to.

    Ex: The preferred citation order should be that order which is believed to match the approach of many users who can be expected to retrieve information on the topic.

    Ex: These details are primarily useful as a record of expenditure or to organisations or individuals contemplating the purchase of a work.
    Ex: Some feel that the non-expressive nature of the notation limits the scheme's usefulness in computerised data bases.
    Ex: Various desirable features will be incorporated into a package which may not occur to the new user as being of importance.
    Ex: A recitation of the best thought out principles for a cataloging code is easily drowned out by the clatter of a bank of direct access devices vainly searching for misplaced records.
    Ex: Whether the juxtaposition of language with literature is as weighty an advantage as has on occasion been claimed is, I think, debatable.
    Ex: Such techniques, she opined, emphasize production over people.
    Ex: I encourage the reader to give thought to the longer case studies that have appeared in the library press.
    Ex: There are those, sometimes found in the corridors of power, who would take such a view.
    Ex: Furthermore there is a strong feeling amongst the journalists that information retrieval is not part of their job but should be carried out by trained librarians.
    Ex: This an example of an interesting kind of genre that one encounters without taking any thought for it.
    Ex: We would like to encourage other institutions who have been teetering on the edge of implementation to get on their running shoes and go for it.
    Ex: Derfer corroborated her: 'I'd be very proud of you if you could come up with the means to draft a model collection development policy'.
    Ex: If you're looking to refinish and waterproof some outdoor furniture you might want to consider using teak oil.
    * actuar sin pensar = shoot from + the hip.
    * ahora que pienso... = while I think of it....
    * comenzar a pensar en = turn + Posesivo + mind to.
    * conocer cómo piensa Alguien = get + inside the mind of.
    * dar mucho en qué pensar = give + Nombre + much to think about, give + Nombre + a lot to think about.
    * deber pensarse = thought + must be given.
    * decir lo que Uno piensa = speak up.
    * de pensar en = at the thought of.
    * detenerse a pensar = pause + to think, step back, take + a step back.
    * detenerse a pensar en = spare + a thought for.
    * echarse a temblar con sólo pensar en = shudder at + the thought of.
    * empezar a pensar en = turn + Posesivo + mind to.
    * es lo que yo pienso = my two cents' worth.
    * forma de pensar = thinking, belief system, set of opinions, mode of thought, mode of thinking.
    * generalmente + pensarse que = be/have generally held that.
    * hablar sin pensar = shoot from + the hip.
    * hacer pensar = provoke + thought, make to + think, lull + Nombre + into thinking, summon up + image.
    * hacer pensar en = conjure, conjure up + a picture of, bring to + mind, conjure up + an image of, conjure up, conjure up + a vision of.
    * hay que pensar en el futuro = the show must go on.
    * hay razones para pensar que = there + be + reason to believe that.
    * hay suficientes motivos para pensar que = there + be + every reason to think that.
    * manera de pensar = way of thinking.
    * modo de pensar = thinking, way of thinking, mindset [mind-set], mode of thought, mode of thinking.
    * ¡ni pensarlo! = over + Posesivo + dead body.
    * no importar lo que + pensar de = whatever + Pronombre + make of.
    * no pensar en otra cosa que = be wrapped up in.
    * no pensar más en Algo = dismiss from + Posesivo + mind.
    * no pensar más que en = be wrapped up in.
    * nunca + pensar = thought never + enter + Posesivo + head.
    * pararse a pensar = pause + to think, step back, take + a step back.
    * pensaba(n) = once thought.
    * pensar a lo grande = think + big.
    * pensar ante todo en uno mismo = look after + number one.
    * pensar creativamente = think out(side) + (of) the box.
    * pensar de forma creativa = think out(side) + (of) the box.
    * pensar del mismo modo = think + alike.
    * pensar detenidamente = be carefully considered.
    * pensar de un modo diferente = think out(side) + (of) the box.
    * pensar en = come into + the mind, have + in mind, reflect (on), think of, toy with, toy with + idea of, spare + a thought for, flirt with + the idea of.
    * pensar en Algo/Alguien = give + Nombre + (some/more) thought.
    * pensar en el pasado = look back.
    * pensar en/sobre = think about.
    * pensar en suicidarse = contemplate + suicide.
    * pensar en una idea = think up + idea.
    * pensar en una solución = come up with + solution.
    * pensar en voz alta = think + aloud, think + out loud.
    * pensar intensamente = think + hard.
    * pensar pausadamente en = linger over.
    * pensar que = share + the view that, Posesivo + feeling is that.
    * pensarse = make out to be.
    * pensárselo dos veces = think + twice.
    * pensar un momento en = spare + a thought for.
    * ponerse a temblar con sólo pensar en = shudder at + the thought of.
    * que da que pensar = sobering.
    * que se piensa = perceived.
    * ser de los que piensan que = subscribe to + view.
    * ser lo último en lo que + pensar = be the last thing of + Posesivo + mind.
    * sin necesidad de pensar = thought-free.
    * sin parar a pensárselo = off-hand [offhand].
    * sin pararse a pensar = off-the-cuff, off the top of + Posesivo + head.
    * sin pensar = mindlessly.
    * sin pensar (en) = unmindful of, with little or no thought of, without thinking (about).
    * sin pensarlo = spur-of-the-moment, on the spur of the moment.
    * sin pensarlo demasiado = off-the-cuff, off the top of + Posesivo + head.
    * sin pensarlo detenidamente = out of + Posesivo + head.
    * sin pensarlo mucho = off the top of + Posesivo + head, right off the bat.
    * sin pensárselo = spur-of-the-moment, on the spur of the moment.
    * sin pensárselo dos veces = without a second thought, spur-of-the-moment, on the spur of the moment, at the drop of a hat.
    * tener fundamento para pensar que = have + reason to believe that.
    * tener razones para pensar que = have + reason to believe that.
    * ver lo que Alguien realmente piensa = see into + Posesivo + heart.

    * * *
    pensar [A5 ]
    vi
    1 (razonar) to think
    pienso, luego existo I think, therefore I am
    no entiendo su manera de pensar I don't understand his way of thinking
    después de mucho pensar decidió no aceptar la oferta after much thought she decided not to accept the offer
    déjame pensar let me think
    siempre actúa sin pensar he always does things without thinking
    ¡pero piensa un poco! just think about it a minute!
    a ver si piensas con la cabeza y no con los pies ( fam hum); come on, use your head o your brains!
    es una película que hace pensar it's a thought-provoking movie, it's a movie that makes you think
    pensar EN algo/algn to think ABOUT sth/sb
    ¿en qué piensas? or ¿en qué estás pensando? what are you thinking about?
    ahora mismo estaba pensando en ti I was just thinking about you
    tú nunca piensas en mí you never think about o of me
    actúa sin pensar en las consecuencias she acts without thinking about o considering the consequences
    piensa en el futuro/tus padres think of o about the future/your parents
    se pasa la vida pensando en el pasado she spends all her time thinking about the past
    sólo piensa en comer/divertirse all he thinks about is eating/having fun
    es mejor pensar en que todo saldrá bien it's better to believe o think that things will turn out all right in the end
    no quiero pensar en lo que habría ocurrido I don't even want to think o contemplate what would have happened
    2 (esperar) to expect
    cuando menos se piensa puede cambiar la suerte just when you least expect it your luck can change
    3 (creer) to think
    pensar mal/bien de algn to think ill o badly/well of sb
    es un desconfiado, siempre piensa mal de los demás he's really distrustful, he always thinks the worst of others
    dar que pensar: un libro que da mucho que pensar a very thought-provoking book, a book which provides plenty of food for thought o which makes you think
    su repentina amabilidad me dio que pensar his sudden friendliness made me think o set me thinking
    las prolongadas ausencias de su hija le dieron que pensar his daughter's prolonged absences aroused his suspicions
    piensa mal y acertarás if you think the worst, you won't be far wrong
    ■ pensar
    vt
    A
    1 (creer, opinar) to think
    pensé que la habías olvidado I thought you had forgotten it
    pienso que no I don't think so
    pienso que sí I think so
    yo pienso que sí, que deberíamos ayudarla personally, I think we should help her
    eso me hace pensar que quizás haya sido él that makes me think that perhaps it was him
    ¡tal como yo pensé! just as I thought!
    no vaya a pensar que somos unos malagradecidos I wouldn't want you thinking o to think that we're ungrateful
    no es tan tonto como piensas he's not as stupid as you think
    - esto se pone feo -pensó Juan this is getting unpleasant, thought Juan
    - es un estúpido -pensé para mis adentros he's so stupid, I thought to myself
    ¿qué piensas del divorcio? what do you think about divorce?, what are your views on divorce?
    ¿qué piensas del nuevo jefe? what do you think of the new boss?
    2 (considerar) to think about
    aún no lo sé, lo pensaré I don't know yet, I'll think about it
    ¿sabes lo que estás haciendo? ¿lo has pensado bien? do you know what you're doing? have you thought it through o have you thought about it carefully o have you given it careful thought?
    piénsalo bien antes de decidir think it over before you decide
    pensándolo bien, no creo que pueda on second thought(s) o thinking about it, I don't think I can
    ¡pensar que ni siquiera nos dio las gracias …! to think he never even thanked us!
    sólo de pensarlo me pongo a temblar just thinking about it makes me start trembling
    ¡ni pensarlo! or ¡ni lo pienses! no way! ( colloq), not on your life! ( colloq)
    no lo pienses dos veces don't think twice about it
    3 ( Col) ‹persona› to think about
    B (tener la intención de) pensar + INF to think OF -ING
    tú no estarás pensando irte a vivir con él ¿no? you're not thinking of going to live with him, are you?
    ¿piensas ir? are you thinking of going?, are you planning to go?
    no pienso esperar más de diez minutos I don't intend waiting o I don't intend to wait more than ten minutes
    tengo pensado hacerlo mañana I'm planning to do it tomorrow
    pensamos estar de vuelta antes del domingo we expect o plan to be back before Sunday
    mañana pensaba quedarme en casa I was thinking of staying at home tomorrow
    ( enf) ( fam); ‹decisión/respuesta› to think about
    tómate unos días para pensártelo take a few days to think about it o to think it over
    aún no lo sé, me lo voy a pensar I don't know yet, I'm going to think about it
    esto hay que pensárselo dos veces this needs to be thought through o given some (careful) thought
    * * *

     

    pensar ( conjugate pensar) verbo intransitivo
    to think;
    ◊ después de mucho pensar … after much thought …;

    actuó sin pensar he did it without thinking;
    pensé para mí or para mis adentros I thought to myself;
    pensar EN algo/algn to think about sth/sb;
    cuando menos se piensa … just when you least expect it …;
    pensar mal/bien de algn to think ill o badly/well of sb;
    dar que or hacer pensar a algn to make sb think
    verbo transitivo
    1
    a) (creer, opinar) to think;


    ¿qué piensas del divorcio/del jefe? what do you think about divorce/the boss?


    piénsalo bien antes de decidir think it over before you decide;
    pensándolo bien, … on second thought(s) o thinking about it, …;
    ¡y pensar que …! (and) to think that …!;
    ¡ni pensarlo! no way! (colloq), not on your life! (colloq)
    c) (Col) ‹ persona› to think about

    2 ( tener la intención de):

    pensamos ir al teatro we're thinking of going to the theater;
    no pienso ir I'm not going
    pensarse verbo pronominal ( enf) (fam) ‹decisión/respuesta› to think about;
    ver tb pensar verbo transitivo 1b
    pensar
    I verbo intransitivo to think [en, of, about] [sobre, about, over]
    II verbo transitivo
    1 (formarse una idea) to think [de, of]: no quiero que piense de mí que soy una desagradecida, I don't want him to think I'm ungrateful
    2 (examinar una idea) to think over o about: piénsalo dos veces, think it over
    3 (tener una intención) to intend: pensamos ir a la playa este verano, we plan to go to the beach this summer
    4 (tomar una decisión) to think: he pensado que iré a la fiesta, I've decided to go to the party
    ♦ Locuciones: en el momento menos pensado, when least expected
    ¡ni pensarlo!, no way! ➣ Ver nota en consider
    ' pensar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - dar
    - discurrir
    - dueña
    - dueño
    - frescura
    - griterío
    - matarse
    - ofuscar
    - ombligo
    - planear
    - precipitada
    - precipitado
    - precipitarse
    - tuntún
    - ver
    - creer
    - decir
    - inclinar
    - llevar
    - opinar
    English:
    ahead
    - bear
    - believe
    - dread
    - food
    - hard
    - help
    - imagine
    - impulse
    - intend
    - moon about
    - moon around
    - plan
    - reason
    - rethink
    - shudder
    - sober
    - suggestive
    - think
    - thought
    - very
    - wonder
    - worst
    - beyond
    - collect
    - conjure up
    - dwell
    - impression
    - incline
    - inclined
    - make
    - mixed
    - propose
    - push
    - put
    - sort
    - stop
    - turn
    - yourself
    * * *
    ♦ vi
    to think;
    pensar en algo/alguien to think about sth/sb;
    pensar en hacer algo to think about doing sth;
    ¿en qué piensas o [m5] estás pensando? what are you thinking (about)?;
    hemos pensado en ti para este puesto we thought of you for this position;
    piensa en un número/buen regalo think of a number/good present;
    sólo piensas en comer/la comida eating/food is all you think about;
    sólo (de) pensar en ello me pongo enfermo it makes me sick just thinking o just to think about it;
    pensar para sí to think to oneself;
    pensar sobre algo to think about sth;
    piensa sobre lo que te he dicho think about what I've said to you;
    sin pensar without thinking;
    dar que pensar a alguien to give sb food for thought;
    da que pensar que nadie se haya quejado it is somewhat surprising that nobody has complained;
    pensar en voz alta to think aloud;
    no pienses mal… don't get the wrong idea…;
    pensar mal de alguien to think badly o ill of sb;
    pienso, luego existo I think, therefore I am;
    piensa mal y acertarás: ¿quién habrá sido? – piensa mal y acertarás who can it have been? – I think you know who it was;
    ¿le contará la verdad o no? – piensa mal y acertarás will he tell her the truth or not? – it's not too hard to work that one out
    ♦ vt
    1. [reflexionar sobre] to think about o over;
    piénsalo think about it, think it over;
    después de pensarlo mucho after much thought, after thinking it over carefully;
    si lo piensas bien… if you think about it…;
    ahora que lo pienso… come to think of it…, now that I think about it…;
    cuando menos lo pienses, te llamarán they'll call you when you least expect it;
    ¡ni pensarlo! no way!;
    pensándolo mejor, pensándolo bien on second thoughts;
    ¡y pensar que no es más que una niña! and to think (that) she's just a girl!
    2. [opinar, creer] to think;
    ¿tú qué piensas? what do you think?;
    pensar algo de algo/alguien to think sth of o about sth/sb;
    ¿qué piensas de…? what do you think of o about…?;
    piensa de él que es un memo she thinks he's an idiot;
    pienso que sí/no I think so/not;
    pienso que no vendrá I don't think she'll come;
    pensaba que no la oíamos she thought we couldn't hear her;
    no vayas a pensar que no me preocupa don't think it doesn't bother me;
    ¡quién lo hubiera pensado! who'd have thought it!
    3. [idear] to think up
    4. [tener la intención de]
    pensar hacer algo to intend to do sth;
    no pienso decírtelo I have no intention of telling you;
    ¿qué piensas hacer? what are you going to do?, what are you thinking of doing?;
    ¿estás pensando en mudarte de casa? are you thinking of moving house?
    5. [decidir] to think;
    ¿has pensado ya el sitio donde vamos a cenar? have you thought where we can go for dinner yet?
    * * *
    I v/t
    1 think about;
    ¡ni pensarlo! don’t even think about it!
    2 ( opinar) think
    II v/i think (en about);
    ¿en qué piensas? what are you thinking about?;
    sin pensar without thinking
    * * *
    pensar {55} vi
    1) : to think
    2)
    pensar en : to think about
    pensar vt
    1) : to think
    2) : to think about
    3) : to intend, to plan on
    * * *
    pensar vb
    1. (reflexionar) to think [pt. & pp. thought]
    ¿en qué estás pensando? what are you thinking about?
    2. (opinar) to think
    ¿qué piensas de mi cuadro? what do you think of my painting?
    3. (tener la intención) to think / to plan [pt. & pp. planned]
    ¿qué piensas hacer? what are you going to do?
    4. (idear) to think up
    ¡ni pensarlo! no way!

    Spanish-English dictionary > pensar

  • 23 algo

    adv.
    1 a bit (un poco).
    es algo más grande it's a bit bigger
    2 somewhat, a little bit, sort of, some.
    pron.
    1 something (alguna cosa).
    ¿te pasa algo? is anything the matter?
    algo es algo something is better than nothing
    algo así, algo por el estilo something like that
    algo así como… something like…
    por algo lo habrá dicho he must have said it for a reason
    2 a bit, a little (cantidad pequeña).
    algo de some
    3 something (cosa importante).
    se cree que es algo he thinks he's something (special)
    * * *
    1 (afirmación) something; (negación, interrogación) anything
    ■ ¿quieres algo? do you want anything?
    ■ ¿pasa algo? is anything wrong?, is anything the matter?
    ■ ¿queda algo de café? is there any coffee left?
    1 (un poco) a bit, a little, somewhat
    \
    algo así something like that
    algo es algo something is better than nothing
    * * *
    1. pron.
    something, anything
    2. adv.
    somewhat, rather
    * * *
    1. PRON
    1) [en oraciones afirmativas] something

    -¿no habéis comido nada? -sí, algo hemos picado — "haven't you eaten anything?" - "yes, we've had a little snack"

    • algo así, es músico o algo así — he's a musician or something like that

    • algo de, tuve algo de miedo — I was a bit scared

    • en algo, queríamos ser útiles en algo — we wanted to be of some use

    • estar en algo — (=implicado) to be involved in sth; Ven ** to be high on sth

    • llegar a ser algo — to be something

    • tomar algo — [de beber] to have a drink; [de comer] to have a bite (to eat)

    ¿quieres tomarte algo? — would you like a drink?

    • llegamos a las tres y algo — we arrived at three something

    si no deja de comer dulces un día le va a dar algo — if he doesn't stop eating sweet things something will happen to him one day

    si lo dice el director, por algo será — if the manager says so, he must have his reasons o there must be a reason for it

    ya es algo —

    ha logrado un estilo propio, lo que ya es algo — she has achieved her own style, which is quite something

    2) [en oraciones interrogativas, condicionales] [gen] anything; [esperando respuesta afirmativa] something

    ¿hay algo para mí? — is there anything o something for me?

    ¿puedes darme algo? — can you give me something?

    ¿le has dado algo más de dinero? — have you given him any more money?

    ¿no le habrá pasado algo? — nothing has happened to him, has it?

    2. ADV
    1) [con adjetivo] rather, a little

    puede parecer algo ingenuo — he may seem slightly o rather o a little o somewhat frm naive

    2) [con verbos] a little
    3. SM
    1)

    • un algo, tiene un algo que atrae — there's something attractive about him o there's something about him that's attractive

    2) Col mid-afternoon snack
    see ALGUNO, ALGO
    * * *
    I
    a) something; (en frases interrogativas, condicionales, etc) anything; ( esperando respuesta afirmativa) something

    ¿quieres algo de beber? — do you want something o anything to drink?

    ¿queda algo de pan? — is there any bread left?

    II
    adverbio a little, slightly

    ¿te duele? - algo — does it hurt? - a little o a bit

    III
    1)
    a)

    un algo — ( un no sé qué) something

    si no llega pronto me va a dar algo — if he doesn't turn up soon, I'll go mad

    b) ( un poco)
    2) (Col) ( merienda) mid-afternoon snack
    * * *
    = anything, somewhat, something, business [businesses, -pl.], kinda [kind of], something or other.
    Nota: Expresión utilizada para indicar que nos estamos refiriendo a cualquier cosa o a algo concreto de lo que no nos acordamos muy bien.
    Ex. It may or may not be too late to do anything about it.
    Ex. Both definitions have common roots, but their perspectives differ somewhat, the second definition being slightly broader in scope.
    Ex. Bibliographic coupling is based on the idea that two articles which both cite another earlier article must have something in common; if they both cite two earlier articles, the linking is increased; while if their bibliographies had half a dozen earlier articles in common we should be justified in assuming that they covered very much the same subject.
    Ex. I think this whole business about whether punctuation is obtrusive or not is quite honestly not worth discussing.
    Ex. This paper examines colloquial contractions (spelling variants such as ' kinda' and 'hafta') against a background of other variations in the English writing system.
    Ex. The article is entitled 'Participatory something or other through bargaining'.
    ----
    * algas = algae.
    * algo absurdo = nonsense.
    * Algo a cargo de una sola persona = one-person operation.
    * algo anda mal = something is amiss.
    * algo antiestético = a blot on the landscape.
    * algo así como = something like.
    * algo banal = frill.
    * algo básico = necessity.
    * algo bueno = a good thing.
    * algo bueno aportará = something is bound to come of it.
    * algo casi seguro = a sure bet, safe bet.
    * algo concreto = that certain something.
    * algo demoledor = steamroller.
    * Algo desacertado = infelicity.
    * Algo desafortunado = infelicity.
    * algo desagradable a la vista = a blot on the landscape.
    * algo desconocido = virgin territory.
    * algo diferente = something else.
    * algo diferente de = something other than.
    * algo difícil = tall order.
    * algo digno de contemplar = a sight to behold.
    * algo digno de ver = a sight to behold.
    * algo distinto de = something other than.
    * algo diverto que hacer = fun thing to do.
    * algo en particular = that certain something.
    * algo esencial = essential.
    * algo es seguro = one thing is for sure.
    * algo estúpido = no-brainer.
    * algo estúpido, persona estúpida, algo fácil, algo obvio = no-brainer.
    * algo extra = frill.
    * algo fácil = no-brainer.
    * Algo falso = hoax.
    * algo grabado en piedra = tablet of stone.
    * algo hecho rápidamente = quickie.
    * algo impostergable = a matter of urgency.
    * algo inaplazable = a matter of urgency.
    * algo incompatible = a square peg in a round hole.
    * algo insignificante = just a little dot.
    * algo instintivo = gut feeling, gut instinct.
    * algo inútil = a dead dog.
    * algo irrelevante = irrelevance.
    * algo mal visto = dirty word.
    * algo maravilloso pero pasajero = a nine days wonder.
    * algo más = anything else.
    * algo más de = more of.
    * algo minúsculo = just a little dot.
    * algo muy agradable de oír = music to + Posesivo + ears.
    * algo muy diferente de = a far cry from.
    * algo muy difícil = a tough sell.
    * algo muy distinto de = a far cry from.
    * algo muy socorrido = standby [stand-by].
    * algo muy valioso = nugget.
    * algo obvio = no-brainer.
    * algo opcional = extra.
    * algo para picar = finger food.
    * algo parecido = suchlike.
    * Algo por lo que se puede cobrar = billable.
    * Algo que ahorra tiempo = time saver [timesaver].
    * Algo que es prescindible = inessential.
    * algo que estropea el paisaje = a blot on the landscape.
    * algo que rompe la armonía = a blot on the landscape.
    * Algo que se hace para matar el tiempo = time filler.
    * Algo que se le va tomando el gusto con el tiempo = acquired taste.
    * algo recién llegado = latecomer [late-comer].
    * algo seguro = safe bet.
    * algo sensacional = show-stopper [showstopper].
    * algo superfluo = frill.
    * algo urgente = rush on, a matter of urgency.
    * algo va mal = something is amiss.
    * algo visceral = gut feeling, gut instinct.
    * algo ya muy conocido y usado = old nag.
    * andar tramando algo malo = be up to no good, get up to + no good.
    * conseguir algo de = get + something out of.
    * convertirse en algo normal = become + standard practice, settle into + the norm.
    * estar haciendo algo que no se debe = be up to no good, get up to + no good.
    * estar tramando algo malo = be up to no good, get up to + no good.
    * haber algo raro con = there + be + something fishy going on with.
    * haber algo sospechoso con = there + be + something fishy going on with.
    * hacer algo alocado = do + something footloose and fancy-free.
    * hacer algo al respecto = do + something about it.
    * hacer algo con respecto a = do + something about.
    * merecerse algo = deserve + a little something.
    * o algo así = or something of that sort, or something to that effect, or something of that nature.
    * o algo parecido = or something of that sort, or something to that effect, or something of that nature, or anything like that, or words to that effect.
    * o algo similar = or something of that sort, or something to that effect, or something of that nature, or words to that effect.
    * obtener algo de = get + something out of.
    * pasar algo inesperado = things + take a turn for the unexpected.
    * por si sirve de algo = for what it's worth [FWIW].
    * preparar algo = put + a few things + together.
    * quien algo quiere algo le cuesta = no pain, no gain.
    * relativo a las algas = algal.
    * se obtendrá algo de provecho = something is bound to come of it.
    * ser algo bien conocido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.
    * ser algo bueno = be a good thing.
    * ser algo completamente distinto = be nothing of the sort.
    * ser algo común = be a fact of life, be a common occurrence, become + a common feature, be a part of life.
    * ser algo excepcional = be the exception rather than the rule, be in a league of its own.
    * ser algo fácil = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a picnic, be duck soup.
    * ser algo facilísimo = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a picnic, be duck soup.
    * ser algo habitual = become + a common feature, be a fact of life.
    * ser algo inevitable = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * ser algo (muy) bien sabido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.
    * ser algo muy claro = be a dead giveaway.
    * ser algo muy obvio = be a dead giveaway.
    * ser algo muy poco frecuente = be a rare occurrence.
    * ser algo muy raro = be a rare occurrence.
    * ser algo natural para = come + naturally to, be second nature to + Pronombre.
    * ser algo normal = be a fact of life, become + a common feature, be a part of life.
    * ser algo permanente = be here to stay.
    * ser algo poco común = be the exception rather than the rule.
    * ser algo poco conocido que = it + be + a little known fact that.
    * ser algo poco frecuente = be a rare occurrence.
    * ser algo poco sabido que = it + be + a little known fact that.
    * ser algo por lo que = be a matter for/of.
    * ser algo que no ocurre con frecuencia = be a rare occurrence.
    * ser algo seguro = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a picnic, be duck soup.
    * sonsacar algo de = get + something out of.
    * tener algo en contra de = have + something against.
    * tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.
    * tener algo reservado = have + something up + Posesivo + sleeve.
    * todo cuesta algo = nothing comes without a cost.
    * traerse algo malo entre manos = be up to no good, get up to + no good.
    * * *
    I
    a) something; (en frases interrogativas, condicionales, etc) anything; ( esperando respuesta afirmativa) something

    ¿quieres algo de beber? — do you want something o anything to drink?

    ¿queda algo de pan? — is there any bread left?

    II
    adverbio a little, slightly

    ¿te duele? - algo — does it hurt? - a little o a bit

    III
    1)
    a)

    un algo — ( un no sé qué) something

    si no llega pronto me va a dar algo — if he doesn't turn up soon, I'll go mad

    b) ( un poco)
    2) (Col) ( merienda) mid-afternoon snack
    * * *
    = anything, somewhat, something, business [businesses, -pl.], kinda [kind of], something or other.
    Nota: Expresión utilizada para indicar que nos estamos refiriendo a cualquier cosa o a algo concreto de lo que no nos acordamos muy bien.

    Ex: It may or may not be too late to do anything about it.

    Ex: Both definitions have common roots, but their perspectives differ somewhat, the second definition being slightly broader in scope.
    Ex: Bibliographic coupling is based on the idea that two articles which both cite another earlier article must have something in common; if they both cite two earlier articles, the linking is increased; while if their bibliographies had half a dozen earlier articles in common we should be justified in assuming that they covered very much the same subject.
    Ex: I think this whole business about whether punctuation is obtrusive or not is quite honestly not worth discussing.
    Ex: This paper examines colloquial contractions (spelling variants such as ' kinda' and 'hafta') against a background of other variations in the English writing system.
    Ex: The article is entitled 'Participatory something or other through bargaining'.
    * algas = algae.
    * algo absurdo = nonsense.
    * Algo a cargo de una sola persona = one-person operation.
    * algo anda mal = something is amiss.
    * algo antiestético = a blot on the landscape.
    * algo así como = something like.
    * algo banal = frill.
    * algo básico = necessity.
    * algo bueno = a good thing.
    * algo bueno aportará = something is bound to come of it.
    * algo casi seguro = a sure bet, safe bet.
    * algo concreto = that certain something.
    * algo demoledor = steamroller.
    * Algo desacertado = infelicity.
    * Algo desafortunado = infelicity.
    * algo desagradable a la vista = a blot on the landscape.
    * algo desconocido = virgin territory.
    * algo diferente = something else.
    * algo diferente de = something other than.
    * algo difícil = tall order.
    * algo digno de contemplar = a sight to behold.
    * algo digno de ver = a sight to behold.
    * algo distinto de = something other than.
    * algo diverto que hacer = fun thing to do.
    * algo en particular = that certain something.
    * algo esencial = essential.
    * algo es seguro = one thing is for sure.
    * algo estúpido = no-brainer.
    * algo estúpido, persona estúpida, algo fácil, algo obvio = no-brainer.
    * algo extra = frill.
    * algo fácil = no-brainer.
    * Algo falso = hoax.
    * algo grabado en piedra = tablet of stone.
    * algo hecho rápidamente = quickie.
    * algo impostergable = a matter of urgency.
    * algo inaplazable = a matter of urgency.
    * algo incompatible = a square peg in a round hole.
    * algo insignificante = just a little dot.
    * algo instintivo = gut feeling, gut instinct.
    * algo inútil = a dead dog.
    * algo irrelevante = irrelevance.
    * algo mal visto = dirty word.
    * algo maravilloso pero pasajero = a nine days wonder.
    * algo más = anything else.
    * algo más de = more of.
    * algo minúsculo = just a little dot.
    * algo muy agradable de oír = music to + Posesivo + ears.
    * algo muy diferente de = a far cry from.
    * algo muy difícil = a tough sell.
    * algo muy distinto de = a far cry from.
    * algo muy socorrido = standby [stand-by].
    * algo muy valioso = nugget.
    * algo obvio = no-brainer.
    * algo opcional = extra.
    * algo para picar = finger food.
    * algo parecido = suchlike.
    * Algo por lo que se puede cobrar = billable.
    * Algo que ahorra tiempo = time saver [timesaver].
    * Algo que es prescindible = inessential.
    * algo que estropea el paisaje = a blot on the landscape.
    * algo que rompe la armonía = a blot on the landscape.
    * Algo que se hace para matar el tiempo = time filler.
    * Algo que se le va tomando el gusto con el tiempo = acquired taste.
    * algo recién llegado = latecomer [late-comer].
    * algo seguro = safe bet.
    * algo sensacional = show-stopper [showstopper].
    * algo superfluo = frill.
    * algo urgente = rush on, a matter of urgency.
    * algo va mal = something is amiss.
    * algo visceral = gut feeling, gut instinct.
    * algo ya muy conocido y usado = old nag.
    * andar tramando algo malo = be up to no good, get up to + no good.
    * conseguir algo de = get + something out of.
    * convertirse en algo normal = become + standard practice, settle into + the norm.
    * estar haciendo algo que no se debe = be up to no good, get up to + no good.
    * estar tramando algo malo = be up to no good, get up to + no good.
    * haber algo raro con = there + be + something fishy going on with.
    * haber algo sospechoso con = there + be + something fishy going on with.
    * hacer algo alocado = do + something footloose and fancy-free.
    * hacer algo al respecto = do + something about it.
    * hacer algo con respecto a = do + something about.
    * merecerse algo = deserve + a little something.
    * o algo así = or something of that sort, or something to that effect, or something of that nature.
    * o algo parecido = or something of that sort, or something to that effect, or something of that nature, or anything like that, or words to that effect.
    * o algo similar = or something of that sort, or something to that effect, or something of that nature, or words to that effect.
    * obtener algo de = get + something out of.
    * pasar algo inesperado = things + take a turn for the unexpected.
    * por si sirve de algo = for what it's worth [FWIW].
    * preparar algo = put + a few things + together.
    * quien algo quiere algo le cuesta = no pain, no gain.
    * relativo a las algas = algal.
    * se obtendrá algo de provecho = something is bound to come of it.
    * ser algo bien conocido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.
    * ser algo bueno = be a good thing.
    * ser algo completamente distinto = be nothing of the sort.
    * ser algo común = be a fact of life, be a common occurrence, become + a common feature, be a part of life.
    * ser algo excepcional = be the exception rather than the rule, be in a league of its own.
    * ser algo fácil = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a picnic, be duck soup.
    * ser algo facilísimo = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a picnic, be duck soup.
    * ser algo habitual = become + a common feature, be a fact of life.
    * ser algo inevitable = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * ser algo (muy) bien sabido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.
    * ser algo muy claro = be a dead giveaway.
    * ser algo muy obvio = be a dead giveaway.
    * ser algo muy poco frecuente = be a rare occurrence.
    * ser algo muy raro = be a rare occurrence.
    * ser algo natural para = come + naturally to, be second nature to + Pronombre.
    * ser algo normal = be a fact of life, become + a common feature, be a part of life.
    * ser algo permanente = be here to stay.
    * ser algo poco común = be the exception rather than the rule.
    * ser algo poco conocido que = it + be + a little known fact that.
    * ser algo poco frecuente = be a rare occurrence.
    * ser algo poco sabido que = it + be + a little known fact that.
    * ser algo por lo que = be a matter for/of.
    * ser algo que no ocurre con frecuencia = be a rare occurrence.
    * ser algo seguro = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a picnic, be duck soup.
    * sonsacar algo de = get + something out of.
    * tener algo en contra de = have + something against.
    * tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.
    * tener algo reservado = have + something up + Posesivo + sleeve.
    * todo cuesta algo = nothing comes without a cost.
    * traerse algo malo entre manos = be up to no good, get up to + no good.

    * * *
    1 something; (en frases interrogativas, condicionales, etc) anything; (esperando respuesta afirmativa) something
    algo le debe haber molestado something must have upset her
    si llegara a pasarle algo, no me lo perdonaría if anything happened to her, I'd never forgive myself
    ¿quieres algo de beber? do you want something o anything to drink?
    si no te creyó, por algo será if he didn't believe you there must be some o a reason
    quiero que llegues a ser algo I want you to be somebody
    le va a dar algo cuando lo vea he'll have a fit ( o go crazy etc) when he sees it
    algo así something like that
    algo es algo it's better than nothing
    que esté arrepentido ya es algo he's sorry, that's something at least
    algo DE algo:
    ¿queda algo de pan? is there any bread left?
    hay algo de cierto en lo que dice there's some truth in what he says
    2
    (en aproximaciones): serán las once y algo it must be some time after eleven
    pesa tres kilos y algo it weighs three kilos and a bit, it weighs just over three kilos
    a little, slightly
    se siente algo cansada she feels slightly o a little tired
    son algo parecidos they're somewhat similar
    es algo más caro, pero es mejor it's slightly o a little o a bit more expensive, but it is better
    ¿te duele? — algo does it hurt? — a little o a bit
    A
    1
    tiene un algo que me recuerda a su madre she has something of her mother about her
    2
    (un poco): hay un algo de verdad en lo que dice there's a grain of truth o some truth in what she says
    B ( Col) (merienda) mid-afternoon snack, tea ( BrE)
    * * *

     

    algo 1 pronombre

    (en frases interrogativas, condicionales, etc) anything;
    ( esperando respuesta afirmativa) something;

    si llegara a pasarle algo if anything happened to her;
    ¿quieres algo de beber? do you want something o anything to drink?;
    por algo será there must be some o a reason;
    le va a dar algo he'll have a fit;
    o algo así or something like that;
    eso ya es algo at least that's something;
    sé algo de francés I know some French;
    ¿queda algo de pan? is there any bread left?


    pesa tres kilos y algo it weighs three kilos and a bit
    algo 2 adverbio
    a little, slightly;

    es algo para ti it's a bit too big for you
    algo
    I pron indef
    1 (afirmativo) something
    (interrogativo) anything: su padre es arquitecto o algo así, his father is an architect or something like that
    ¿algo más?, anything else?
    si tu madre te ha reñido, por algo será, if your mother has told you off, there must be a reason for it
    familiar me pagan poco, pero algo es algo, they don't pay me much, but it's better than nothing
    2 (cantidad pequeña) some, a little: ¿queda algo de comer?, is there any food left?
    II adv (un poco) quite, somewhat: me encuentro algo cansado, I'm feeling rather tired

    ' algo' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - acabar
    - achicharrar
    - acoger
    - acostumbrada
    - acostumbrado
    - actitud
    - actual
    - alcanzar
    - alisar
    - almohada
    - almorzar
    - alquilar
    - alrededor
    - amagar
    - añales
    - aparecer
    - apestar
    - aprender
    - así
    - asociarse
    - aspirar
    - atinar
    - atravesada
    - atravesado
    - aunar
    - bajar
    - bala
    - bambolearse
    - bandeja
    - beneficiarse
    - blanca
    - blanco
    - bombera
    - bombero
    - broma
    - buena
    - bueno
    - cábala
    - cacarear
    - cazar
    - cachondeo
    - calentar
    - canela
    - cantar
    - cantada
    - cantado
    - capaz
    - cara
    - carecer
    English:
    about
    - access
    - acclimatized
    - account
    - accountable
    - accustom
    - acquaint
    - acquit
    - acting
    - action
    - actual
    - addicted
    - advance
    - advantage
    - advice
    - afraid
    - again
    - agree
    - ahead
    - aim
    - aim at
    - aim to
    - all-out
    - allow
    - allowance
    - amenable
    - amends
    - amiss
    - anathema
    - angry
    - anxious
    - any
    - anything
    - apologize
    - appal
    - appall
    - appeal
    - arrange
    - as
    - ask
    - ask for
    - assess
    - assessment
    - associate
    - at
    - attempt
    - attest
    - authorize
    - away
    - ax
    * * *
    ♦ pron
    1. [alguna cosa] something;
    [en interrogativas] anything;
    algo de comida/bebida something to eat/drink;
    algo para leer something to read;
    ¿necesitas algo para el viaje? do you need anything for your journey?;
    ¿te pasa algo? is anything the matter?;
    deben ser las diez y algo it must be gone ten o'clock;
    pagaron dos millones y algo they paid over two million;
    algo así, algo por el estilo something like that;
    algo así como… something like…;
    por algo lo habrá dicho he must have said it for a reason;
    si se ofende, por algo será if she's offended, there must be a reason for it;
    algo es algo something is better than nothing
    2. [cantidad pequeña] a bit, a little;
    algo de some;
    habrá algo de comer, pero es mejor que vengas cenado there will be some food, but it would be best if you had dinner before coming;
    ¿has bebido cerveza? – algo did you drink any beer? – a bit
    3. Fam [ataque]
    te va a dar algo como sigas trabajando así you'll make yourself ill if you go on working like that;
    ¡a mí me va a dar algo! [de risa] I'm going to injure myself o Br do myself an injury (laughing)!;
    [de enfado] this is going to drive me mad!
    4. [cosa importante] something;
    si quieres llegar a ser algo if you ever want to be anybody, if you ever want to get anywhere;
    se cree que es algo he thinks he's something (special)
    ♦ adv
    [un poco] a bit;
    es algo más grande it's a bit bigger;
    estoy algo cansado de vuestra actitud I'm rather o somewhat tired of your attitude;
    se encuentra algo mejor she's a bit o slightly better;
    necesito dormir algo I need to get some sleep
    ♦ nm
    1.
    un algo [cosa indeterminada] something;
    esa película tiene un algo especial that film has something special
    2. Col [refrigerio] refreshment;
    tomar el algo to have a snack [between meals]
    * * *
    I pron
    1 en frases afirmativas something;
    algo es algo it’s something, it’s better than nothing;
    o algo así or something like that;
    unas 5.000 personas o algo así 5,000 or so people, 5,000 people more or less;
    por algo será there must be a reason
    2 en frases interrogativas o condicionales anything
    II adv rather, somewhat
    * * *
    algo adv
    : somewhat, rather
    es simpático, pero algo tacaño: he's nice but rather stingy
    algo pron
    1) : something
    2)
    algo de : some, a little
    tengo algo de dinero: I've got some money
    * * *
    algo1 adv rather / a bit
    algo2 pron
    ¿quiere algo más, señora? would you like anything else, madam?
    ¿pasa algo? is anything wrong?
    ¿me dejas algo de dinero? can you lend me some money

    Spanish-English dictionary > algo

  • 24 avoir

    avoir [avwaʀ]
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ➭ TABLE 34
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Lorsque avoir fait partie d'une locution comme avoir faim, avoir raison, reportez-vous à l'autre mot.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    1. <
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► En anglais britannique, I've got, he's got etc remplace souvent I have, he has etc.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    • j'ai trois frères I have or I've got three brothers
    • j'ai la réponse I have or I've got the answer
    • il n'avait pas d'argent he had no money or didn't have any money
    • en avoir (inf!) ( = être courageux) to have balls (vulg!)
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Lorsque avoir est utilisé pour localiser un bâtiment, un objet etc, il peut se traduire par to have (got), mais l'anglais préférera souvent une tournure avec to be.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
       c. ( = obtenir) to get
    • pouvez-vous nous avoir ce livre ? can you get this book for us?
       d. ( = porter) [+ vêtements] to wear
    • ici, le lac a 2 km de large the lake is 2km wide here
       f. (âge) ( = avoir) to be ; ( = atteindre) to turn
       g. ( = souffrir de) [+ rhume, maladie] to have
    • qu'est-ce que tu as ? what's wrong with you?
    • il a qu'il est jaloux he's jealous, that's what's wrong with him
    • qu'est-ce qu'il a à pleurer ? what's he crying for?
       h. ( = faire) to make
       i. ( = recevoir chez soi) to have
       j. ( = avoir un cours de, avoir à faire) to have
    • le vendredi, j'ai trois heures d'anglais I have three hours of English on Fridays
       k. ( = atteindre, attraper) to get
    • je l'ai eu ! (cible) got it!
    • on les aura ! we'll get them! (inf)
    • je t'aurai ! I'll get you! (inf)
       l. ( = duper) (inf) [escroc] to have (inf) ; [plaisantin] to fool
    • je t'ai bien eu ! got you there! (inf)
    • je me suis fait avoir de 300 € I was conned out of 300 euros (inf!)
    2. <
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Le passé composé français peut se traduire soit par le prétérit, soit par le parfait anglais, selon le contexte.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    • hier, j'ai mangé trois bananes yesterday, I ate three bananas
    • as-tu faim ? -- non, j'ai mangé trois bananes are you hungry? -- no, I've eaten three bananas
    • j'étais pressé, alors j'ai couru I was in a hurry so I ran
    ► avoir à + infinitif ( = devoir)
    • c'est simple, vous n'avez qu'à lui écrire it's simple, just write to him
    • s'il n'est pas content, il n'a qu'à partir if he doesn't like it, he can always leave
    3. <
    ► il y a
    • il y a voiture et voiture ! there are cars and cars!
    • qu'y a-t-il ? what is it?
    • qu'est-ce qu'il y a ? what's the matter?
    • il y a que nous sommes mécontents ! (inf) we're annoyed, that's what! (inf)
    • qu'est-ce qu'il y a eu ? what's happened?
    • il n'y a pas que toi ! you're not the only one!
    • il n'y a que lui pour faire cela ! trust him to do that!
    • j'achète du pain ? -- non, il y en a encore shall I buy some bread? -- no, there's some left
    • il y en a qui disent... there are those who say...
    • il y en a qui feraient mieux de se taire ! some people would do better to keep quiet!
    • il y en a, je vous jure ! (inf) really, some people! (inf)► il n'y en a que pour
    • il n'y en a que pour mon petit frère, à la maison my little brother gets all the attention at home
    il y a pas, faut que je parte it's no good, I've got to go
    • y a pas, il faut qu'il désobéisse he just won't do as he's told
    • il y a pas à dire, il est très there's no denying he's very intelligent► il n'y a qu'à (+ infinitif), y a qu'à (+ infinitif) (inf)
       b. (temps)
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Lorsque il y a se rapporte à une action non révolue, l'anglais utilise for.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Pour exprimer une durée, le présent français devient un parfait en anglais, l'imparfait un pluperfect.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Dans le cas d'une action révolue, on emploie ago et le prétérit.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    • il y a dix ans, j'ai obtenu mon diplôme I graduated ten years ago
    • combien y a-t-il d'ici à Lille ? how far is it from here to Lille?
    4. <
       a. ( = bien) assets
       b. ( = actif) credit ; ( = billet) credit note
    5. <
    * * *

    I avwaʀ
    1) ( obtenir) to get [objet, rendez-vous]; to catch [train, avion]

    j'ai réussi à l'avoir — I managed to get through to him/her

    3) ( porter) to wear, to have [something] on
    4) (colloq) ( triompher) to beat, to get (colloq), to have

    cette fois-ci, on les aura — this time, we'll get ou have them

    5) ( duper) to have (colloq); ( par malveillance) to con (colloq)

    elle s'est fait or laissée avoir — she's been had (colloq)

    6) ( éprouver moralement) to feel

    avoir du chagrin/de la haine — to feel sorrow/hate

    qu'est-ce que tu as? — what's wrong ou the matter with you?

    7) (servant à exprimer l'âge, des sensations physiques)

    j'ai 20 ans/faim/froid — I am 20 years old/hungry/cold

    la salle a 20 mètres de long — the room is 20 metres [BrE] long


    II avwaʀ
    nom masculin
    1) Commerce ( somme) credit; ( attestation) credit note
    2) ( possessions) assets (pl), holdings (pl)
    •
    Phrasal Verbs:

    ••
    Dans la plupart des situations exprimant la possession, la disponibilité avoir sera traduit par to have ou to have got: j'ai des livres/enfants/employés = I have (got) books/children/employees; je n'ai pas assez de place/temps = I don't have (ou I haven't got) enough room/time; la maison a l'électricité/cinq pièces = the house has electricity/five rooms; j'aurai mon visa demain = I'll have my visa tomorrow; ils vont/elle va avoir un bébé en mai = they're/she's having a baby in May
    Les autres sens de avoir, verbe transitif simple (obtenir, porter, triompher de etc), sont traités dans l'entrée plus bas
    On pourra également consulter les diverses notes d'usage répertoriées, notamment celles consacrées à l'expression de l'âge, aux maladies, à l'expression de l'heure etc
    On trouvera ci-dessous les divers emplois de avoir pour lesquelles une explication est nécessaire
    avoir = verbe auxiliaire
    avoir verbe auxiliaire se traduit toujours par to have sauf dans le cas du passé composé: ils avaient révisé les épreuves quand je suis parti = they had revised the proofs when I left; quand ils eurent (ou ont eu) révisé les épreuves, ils sont partis = when they had revised the proofs, they left; ils auront fini demain = they will have finished tomorrow; il aurait (ou eût) aimé parler = he would have liked to speak. Lorsqu'on a un passé composé en français, il sera traduit soit par le prétérit: ils ont révisé les épreuves en juin = they revised the proofs in June; ils ont révisé les épreuves avant ma démission = they revised the proofs before I resigned; je suis sûr qu'il l'a laissé là en partant = I'm sure he left it here when he left; soit par le ‘present perfect’: ils ont révisé les épreuves plusieurs fois = they have revised the proofs several times
    avoir = verbe semi-auxiliaire
    De même, avoir semi-auxiliaire dans les tournures attributives du type avoir le coeur malade/les genoux cagneux, se traduit de façon variable ( to be ou to have) selon la structure adoptée par l'anglais pour rendre ces tournures; voir, en l'occurrence, les entrées coeur et cagneux; mais c'est en général sous l'adjectif que ce problème est traité
    avoir à + infinitif
    Exprimant l'obligation ou la convenance, cette locution verbale se rend généralement par to have to suivi de l'infinitif: j'aurais à ajouter que... = I would have to add that...; tu auras à rendre compte de tes actes = you'll have to account for your actions; je n'ai pas à vous raconter ma vie = I don't have to tell you my life-story; vous n'aviez pas à le critiquer = you didn't have to criticize him; il n'a pas à te parler sur ce ton = he shouldn't speak to you in that tone of voice; j'ai beaucoup à faire = I have (ou I've got) a lot to do; tu n'as rien à faire? = don't you have (ou haven't you got GB) anything to do?; j'ai à faire un rapport/un rapport à faire = I have to write a report/a report to write
    Quand cette locution équivaut à suffir, plusieurs possibilités de traduction se présentent: tu n'avais qu'à = tu aurais dû, elle se rend par should have suivi du participe passé; tu n'as qu'à leur écrire = you only have to (ou you've only got to GB, ou all you have to do is) write to them; tu n'auras que cinq minutes à attendre = you'll only have to wait five minutes; tu n'avais qu'à faire attention/me le dire/partir plus tôt = you should have paid attention/told me/left earlier
    On trouvera sous assez, marre, etc les expressions figées en avoir assez, en avoir marre etc. Voir aussi les emplois avec il y a plus bas
    L'anglais distingue généralement entre une tâche précise ( to take) et une activité ou absence indéterminée ( to be): vous en avez (ou aurez) pour combien de temps? (à faire ce travail) = how long will it take you?, (à me faire attendre) = how long are you going to be?; j'en ai pour cinq minutes (= je reviens dans...) = I'll be five minutes; je n'en ai pas pour longtemps = I won't be long; j'en ai eu pour deux heures = it took me two hours
    Se traduit par to cost suivi du pronom personnel complément correspondant au pronom sujet français (voir aussi argent): j'en ai eu pour 500 francs = it cost me 500 francs; nous en aurons pour combien? = how much will it cost us?
    (sl) en avoir = to have balls (sl); ne pas en avoir = to have no balls (sl)
    il y a du lait dans le réfrigérateur = there's some milk in the fridge; il y a des souris/des araignées au grenier = there are mice/spiders in the attic; il n'y a pas/plus de riz = there's no/no more rice ou there isn't any/any more rice; il doit y avoir (ou il y aura) des souris dans le grenier = there must be mice in the attic; il n'y a pas eu moins de 50 concurrents = there were no less than 50 competitors; il y a chapeau et chapeau = there are hats and hats; il y aura Paul, Marie,... = there will be Paul, Marie,...; et il y aura Paul et Marie! = and Paul and Marie will be there!; il n'y a pas de raison de faire/que tu fasses = there's no reason to do/for you to do; il a dû y avoir quelque chose de grave = something serious must have happened; qu'est-ce qu'il y a? (qui ne va pas) = what's wrong?, (qui se passe) = what's going on?; il y a qu'elle m'énerve = she's getting on my nerves, that's what's wrong; il y a que l'ordinateur est en panne = the computer has broken down
    Attention, un mot singulier en français peut être traduit par un mot fonctionnant comme un pluriel en anglais: il y a beaucoup de monde = there are a lot of people; y avait-il du monde? = were there many people?
    il est venu il y a longtemps/cinq ans = he came a long time/five years ago; il y a cinq ans que j'habite ici = I have been living here for five years; il y aura cinq ans demain que j'ai pris ma retraite = it will be five years tomorrow since I retired; il y aura deux mois mardi que je travaille ici = I will have been working here for two months on Tuesday; il n'y a que deux mois que je suis/travaille ici = I have only been/been working here for two months; il n'y a pas cinq minutes qu'il est parti = he left less than five minutes ago; il n'y a pas 200 ans que l'espèce est éteinte = the species has been extinct for no more than 200 years; il y a combien de temps/d'années que tu habites ici? = how long/many years have you lived here?; il y a combien de temps/d'années qu'on ne s'est vus? = how long is it/many years has it been since we last met?
    Elle se fait généralement à l'aide du verbe to be: combien y a-t-il jusqu'à la gare/d'ici à la gare? = how far is it to the station/to the station from here?; combien y a-t-il encore jusqu'à la gare? = how much further is it to the station?; il y a 15 kilomètres jusqu'à/d'ici à la gare = the station is 15 kilometres [BrE] away/away from here; il y a au moins 15 kilomètres = it's at least 15 kilometres [BrE] away; il y a encore 15 kilomètres = it's another 15 kilometres [BrE]; il n'y a pas/que 200 mètres d'ici à la gare = it's less than/only 200 metres [BrE] from here to the station
    il y a à + infinitif
    il y a à manger pour quatre = there's enough food for four; il y a (beaucoup) à faire = there's a lot to be done (ceci traduit également il y a de quoi faire); souligner le danger/l'avantage qu'il y a à faire = to stress how dangerous/advantageous it is to do; les risques qu'il y avait/aurait à faire = how risky it was/would be to do; il n'y a pas à hésiter/s'inquiéter = there's no need to hesitate/worry; il n'y a pas à discuter! = no arguments!; il n'y a qu'à le repeindre! - y a qu'à (colloq), c'est facile à dire! = all you have to do is repaint it! - just repaint it! easier said than done!
    L'existence se rend par there is/are, le temps par to take, et le coût par to cost ou to come to: il y en a qui n'ont pas peur du ridicule! = there are some people who aren't afraid of being ridiculed!; il y en a toujours pour se plaindre (ou qui se plaignent) = there's always someone who complains; il y en a (ou aura) pour deux heures = it'll take two hours; il y en a eu/aurait eu pour deux heures = it took/would have taken two hours; il n'y en a plus que pour deux heures = it'll only take another two hours; il y en a encore pour combien de temps? = how much longer will it take?; il y en a (ou aura) pour 200 francs = it'll cost (ou come to) 200 francs; il y en a eu pour 200 francs = it cost (ou came to) 200 francs
    Noter aussi: il n'y en a que pour leur chien = they only think of their dog ou their dog comes first
    Remarque: certaines formes personnelles du verbe avoir sont équivalentes au présentatif il y a. En corrélation avec le relatif qui, elles ne se traduisent pas; directement suivies de l'objet présenté, elles se traitent comme il y a: j'ai mon stylo qui fuit = my pen is leaking; elle avait les larmes aux yeux = there were tears in her eyes; j'ai ma cicatrice qui me fait souffrir = my scar is hurting; à droite, vous avez une tapisserie d'Aubusson = on your right, there's an Aubusson tapestry
    * * *
    avwaʀ
    1. nm
    1) (= biens) assets pl
    2) COMMERCE (= note de crédit) credit
    2. vt
    1) (= posséder) to have, to have got

    Elle a 2 enfants. — She has 2 children., she has got 2 children

    Elle a une belle maison. — She has a lovely house., She has got a lovely house.

    Il a les yeux bleus. — He has blue eyes., He has got blue eyes.

    Tu as de beaux cheveux. — You have beautiful hair., You have got beautiful hair.

    Il a beaucoup d'amis. — He has a lot of friends., He has got a lot of friends.

    2) (= obtenir) to get
    3) (= trouver)

    ici, vous avez la cuisine — here we have the kitchen

    4) (= éprouver) [sensation, sentiment] to have

    J'avais un pressentiment. — I had a feeling.

    Il a des démangeaisons. — He is itching.

    J'ai une petite douleur ici. — I've got a slight pain here.

    J'ai un drôle de pressentiment. — I have a funny feeling.

    qu'est-ce que tu as?; qu'as-tu? — what's wrong?, what's the matter?

    See:
    faim, peur, mal

    avoir 3 ans — to be 3 years old, to be 3

    J'avais 10 ans quand je l'ai rencontré. — I was 10 when I met him.

    6) * (= duper) to do *

    on vous a eu! — you've been done!, you've been had!

    Vous n'avez qu'à lui demander. — You only have to ask him.

    Tu n'as pas à me poser des questions. — It's not for you to ask me questions.

    en avoir pour...; J'en ai pour une demi-heure. — It'll take me half an hour.

    On en a eu pour 100 euros. — It cost us 100 euros.

    3. vb aux

    J'ai déjà mangé. — I've already eaten.

    Il a mangé des frites. — He had some chips.

    Hier je n'ai pas mangé. — I didn't eat yesterday.

    Je lui ai parlé hier. — I spoke to him yesterday.

    Il a neigé pendant la nuit. — It snowed during the night.

    4. vb impers

    il y a (+ singulier) — there is, (+ pluriel) there are

    Il y a quelqu'un à la porte. — There's somebody at the door.

    Il y a un bon film à la télé. — There's a good film on TV.

    Il y a des chocolats sur la table. — There are some chocolates on the table.

    Il y a beaucoup de monde. — There are lots of people.

    il doit y avoir; Il doit y avoir une explication. — There must be an explanation.

    qu'est-ce qu'il y a?; qu'y a-t-il? — what's the matter?, what is it?

    Il n'y a qu'à... — We will just have to...

    Il n'y a qu'à partir plus tôt. — We'll just have to leave earlier.

    Il ne peut y en avoir qu'un. — There can only be one.

    Je l'ai rencontré il y a 2 ans. — I met him 2 years ago.

    Il y a 10 ans qu'il est arrivé. — It's 10 years since he arrived.

    * * *
    I.
    avoir ⇒ Note d'usage verb table: avoir vtr
    1 ( obtenir) to get [objet, rendez-vous]; to catch [train, avion]; j'ai pu vous avoir votre visa I managed to get your visa for you; j'ai eu ce vase pour cinq euros I got this vase for five euros; pouvez-vous m'avoir un des traducteurs? can you get me one of the translators?; je n'ai pas eu mon train I didn't catch my train; il l'a eue◑ le soir même he had○ her that very evening;
    2 ( au téléphone) j'ai réussi à l'avoir I managed to get through to him/her; essayer d'avoir le ministre to try to get through to the minister; pouvez-vous m'avoir son adjoint/Hongkong can you put me through to ou get me his assistant/Hong Kong;
    3 ( porter) to wear, to have [sth] on; elle avait une robe bleue à son mariage she wore a blue dress at her wedding; elle a toujours une écharpe autour du cou she's always got a scarf round her neck; il avait un béret (sur la tête) he had a beret on ou he was wearing a beret;
    4 ○( triompher) to beat, to get○, to have; l'équipe de Marseille nous a eus the Marseilles team beat us; ne nous laissons pas avoir par la concurrence let's not let the competition beat us; cette fois-ci, on les aura this time, we'll get ou have them;
    5 ( duper) to have○; ( par malveillance) to con○; j'ai été eu I've been had○; il t'a bien eu! ( l'escroc) he conned○ you!; ( le plaisantin) he was having you on○! GB, he put one over on you○!; elle s'est fait or laissé avoir she's been had○; j'ai failli me faire avoir I was nearly conned○; je ne me laisserai pas avoir par un abruti○ I won't be conned○ by a moron;
    6 ( éprouver moralement) to feel; avoir du chagrin/de la haine to feel sorrow/hate; qu'est-ce que tu as? what's wrong ou the matter with you?; j'ai qu'il m'énerve he's getting on my nerves, that's what's wrong; qu'est-ce que tu as à crier comme ça? what are you shouting like that for?; j'ai que mon ordinateur ne marche pas because my computer doesn't work; qu'est-ce qu'il a à conduire comme ça? why is he driving like that?; il a qu'il est soûl because he's drunk, that's why;
    7 (servant à exprimer l'âge, des sensations physiques) j'ai 20 ans/faim/froid I am 20 years old/hungry/cold; la salle a 20 mètres de long the room is 20 metresGB long.
    en avoir○ to have balls◑; ne pas en avoir○ to have no balls◑.
    II.
    avoir nm
    1 Comm ( somme) credit; ( attestation) credit note;
    2 ( possessions) assets (pl), holdings (pl); avoirs à l'étranger foreign assets ou holdings; avoirs en caisse cash holdings; avoirs en dollars dollar-based assets;
    3 Compta ( notion) assets (pl); ( titre d'entrée) credit.
    avoir fiscal tax credit.
    I
    [avwar] nom masculin
    [en comptabilité] credit side
    2. ÉCONOMIE & FINANCE
    avoirs assets, holdings
    II
    [avwar] verbe auxiliaire
    A.
    1. [avec des verbes transitifs]
    as-tu lu sa lettre? did you read ou have you read his letter?
    non content de les avoir humiliés, il les a jetés dehors not content with humiliating them, he threw them out
    2. [avec des verbes intransitifs]
    3. [avec le verbe 'être']
    il aurait été enchanté he would've ou would have been delighted
    B.
    1. [exprime la possibilité]
    avoir à: je n'ai rien à boire I haven't got anything ou I have nothing ou I've got nothing to drink
    a. [conseil] all they have to do ou all they've got to do is write to the manager
    s'il vous manque quelque chose, vous n'avez qu'à me le faire savoir if you're missing anything, just let me know
    2. [exprime l'obligation]
    et voilà, je n'ai plus qu'à recommencer! so now I've got to start all over again!
    3. [exprime le besoin]
    il a à te parler he's got something to ou there's something he wants to tell you
    tu n'as pas à t'inquiéter you shouldn't worry, you have nothing to worry about
    ————————
    [avwar] verbe transitif
    A.
    1. [être propriétaire de - action, bien, domaine etc.] to have, to own, to possess ; [ - chien, hôtel, voiture] to have, to own
    tu n'aurais pas un stylo en plus? have you got ou do you happen to have a spare pen?
    2. [ami, collègue, famille etc.] to have
    avoir un/une/des... qui: elle a un mari qui fait la cuisine she's got the sort ou kind of husband who does the cooking
    3. [détenir - permis de conduire, titre] to have, to hold ; [ - droits, privilège] to have, to enjoy ; [ - emploi, expérience, devoirs, obligations] to have ; [ - documents, preuves] to have, to possess
    4. [obtenir - amende, article] to get ; [ - information, rabais, récompense] to get, to obtain
    [au téléphone] to get through to
    5. [jouir de - beau temps, bonne santé, liberté, bonne réputation] to have, to enjoy ; [ - choix, temps, mauvaise réputation] to have
    6. [recevoir chez soi]
    avoir de la famille/des amis à dîner to have relatives/friends over for dinner
    7. RADIO & TÉLÉVISION [chaîne, station] to receive, to get
    bientôt, nous aurons les chaînes européennes soon, we'll be able to get the European channels
    8. [attraper - otage, prisonnier] to have
    9. [atteindre - cible] to get, to hit
    10. [monter à bord de - avion, bus, train] to catch
    B.
    1. [présenter - tel aspect] to have (got)
    elle a un joli sourire she's got ou she has a nice smile
    [avec pour complément une partie du corps] to have
    2. [porter sur soi - accessoire, vêtement, parfum] to have on (separable), to wear
    faites attention, il a une arme careful, he's got a weapon ou he's armed
    3. [faire preuve de]
    avoir du culot (familier) to be cheeky, to have a nerve
    avoir du talent to have talent, to be talented
    ayez la gentillesse de... would you ou please be kind enough to...
    4. [exprime la mesure] to be
    tu en as pour 12 jours/deux heures it'll take you 12 days/two hours
    5. [exprime l'âge] to be
    C.
    1. [subir - symptôme] to have, to show, to display ; [ - maladie, hoquet, mal de tête etc.] to have ; [ - accident, souci, ennuis] to have ; [ - difficultés] to have, to experience ; [ - opération] to undergo, to have ; [ - crise] to have, to go through (inseparable)
    avoir de la fièvre to have ou to be running a temperature
    le car n'a rien eu du tout, mais la moto est fichue (familier) there wasn't a scratch on the bus but the motorbike's a write-off
    qu'est-ce qu'elle a encore, cette voiture? (familier) NOW what's wrong with this car?
    un enfant/chaton qui a des vers a child/kitten with worms
    2. [émettre, produire - mouvement] to make ; [ - ricanement, regard, soupir] to give
    elle eut cette phrase devenue célèbre she said ou uttered those now famous words
    3. [ressentir]
    avoir faim to be ou to feel hungry
    avoir peur to be ou to feel afraid
    avoir de l'amitié pour quelqu'un to regard ou to consider somebody as a friend
    ce chien/cette guêpe en a après toi! this dog/wasp has got it in for you!
    4. [élaborer par l'esprit - avis, idée, suggestion] to have
    D.
    1. [battre, surpasser] to get, to beat
    2. [escroquer] to have, to do, to con
    1 500 euros pour ce buffet? tu t'es fait avoir! 1,500 euros for that dresser? you were conned ou had ou done!
    3. [duper] to take in (separable), to take for a ride, to have
    tu t'es fait avoir! you've been had ou taken in ou taken for a ride!
    E. [devoir participer à - débat, élection, réunion] to have, to hold ; [ - rendez-vous] to have
    ————————
    il y a verbe impersonnel
    1. [dans une description, une énumération - suivi d'un singulier] there is ; [ - suivi d'un pluriel] there are
    il n'y a qu'ici qu'on en trouve this is the only place (where) you can find it/them
    il n'y a rien à faire, la voiture ne démarre pas it's no good, the car won't start
    il n'y a pas à dire, il sait ce qu'il veut there's no denying he knows what he wants
    il y en a ou il y a des gens, je vous jure! (familier) some people, honestly ou really!
    2. [exprimant la possibilité, l'obligation etc.]
    il n'y a qu'à lui dire you/we etc. just have to tell him
    3. [indiquant la durée]
    4. [indiquant la distance]

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > avoir

  • 25 ποιέω

    ποιέω (Hom.+) impf. ἐποίουν; fut. ποιήσω; 1 aor. ἐποίησα; pf. πεποίηκα; plpf. πεποιήκειν Mk 15:7 (as IMagnMai 93b, 24; on the omission of the augment s. B-D-F §66, 1; Mlt-H. 190). Mid.: impf. ἐποιούμην; 1 aor. ἐποιησάμην; pf. πεποίημαι 1 Cl 1:1. Pass. (has disappeared almost entirely; B-D-F §315): 1 fut. ποιηθήσομαι; 1 aor. 3 pl. ἐποιήθησαν (En 22:9); pf. 3 sg. πεποίηται (Ec 8:14; Tat. 11, 2), ptc. πεποιημένος (Ec 1:14 al.) Hb 12:27. A multivalent term, often without pointed semantic significance, used in ref. to a broad range of activity involving such matters as bringing someth. into being, bringing someth. to pass, or simply interacting in some way with a variety of entities.
    ① to produce someth. material, make, manufacture, produce τὶ someth. (Gen 6:14ff; 33:17 al.; JosAs 16:8; GrBar 3:5 ‘build’; ApcMos 20; Mel., P. 38, 261).
    ⓐ of human activity: σκεῦος 2 Cl 8:2. χιτῶνας, ἱμάτια Ac 9:39. εἰκόνα Rv 13:14b. θεούς make gods Ac 7:40 (Ex 32:1). ναοὺς ἀργυροῦς 19:24. ἀνθρακιάν J 18:18. τέσσαρα μέρη 19:23 (s. μέρος 1a). πηλόν 9:11, 14. σκηνὰς pitch tents, build huts (1 Ch 15:1; 2 Esdr 18: 16f; Jdth 8:5; Jos., Ant. 3, 79; Just., D. 127, 3 σκηνήν) Mt 17:4; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33. ἁγίασμα GJs 6:1; καταπέτασμα τῷ ναῷ 10:1; τὴν πορφύραν καὶ τὸ κόκκινον 12:1.—Used w. prepositional expressions ποιῆσαι αὐτὴν (i.e. τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου) κατὰ τὸν τύπον to make it (the tent of testimony) according to the model (Ex 25:40) Ac 7:44; cp. Hb 8:5. ποιεῖν τι ἔκ τινος make someth. from or out of someth. (i.e. fr. a certain material; Hdt. 2, 96; cp. X., An. 4, 5, 14; Theophr., HP 4, 2, 5; Ex 20:24f; 28:15; 29:2) J 2:15; 9:6; Ro 9:21.
    ⓑ of divine activity, specifically of God’s creative activity create (Hes., Op. 109; Heraclitus, Fgm. 30 κόσμον οὔτε τις θεῶν οὔτε ἀνθρώπων ἐποίησεν, ἀλλʼ ἦν ἀεὶ καὶ ἔστιν καὶ ἔσται; Pla., Tim. 76c ὁ ποιῶν ‘the Creator’; Epict. 1, 6, 5; 1, 14, 10; 2, 8, 19 σε ὁ Ζεὺς πεποίηκε; 4, 1, 102; 107; 4, 7, 6 ὁ θεὸς πάντα πεποίηκεν; Ael. Aristid. 43, 7 K.=1 p. 2 D.: Ζεὺς τὰ πάντα ἐποίησεν; Herm. Wr. 4, 1. In LXX oft. for בָּרָא also Wsd 1:13; 9:9; Sir 7:30; 32:13; Tob 8:6; Jdth 8:14; Bar 3:35; 4:7; 2 Macc 7:28; Aristobulus in Eus., PE13, 12, 12 [pp. 182 and 184 Holladay]; JosAs 9:5; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 65 and oft.; SibOr 3, 28 and Fgm. 3, 3; 16; Just., A II, 5, 2 al.) w. acc. ἡ χείρ μου ἐποίησεν ταῦτα πάντα Ac 7:50 (Is 66:2). τοὺς αἰῶνας Hb 1:2 (s. αἰών 3). τὸν κόσμον (Epict. 4, 7, 6 ὁ θεὸς πάντα πεποίηκεν τὰ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον; Sallust. 5 p. 10, 29; Wsd 9:9; TestAbr A 10 p. 88, 21 [Stone p. 24]) Ac 17:24. τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν (cp. Ael. Aristid. above; Gen 1:1; Ex 20:11; Ps 120:2; 145:6; Is 37:16; Jer 39:17 et al.; TestJob 2:4; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 121; Aristobulus above) Ac 4:24; 14:15b; cp. Rv 14:7. τὰ πάντα PtK 2 p. 13, 26 (JosAs 12, 2; Just., D. 55, 2; also s. Ael. Aristid. above). Lk 11:40 is classed here by many. Of the relation of Jesus to God Ἰησοῦν, πιστὸν ὄντα τῷ ποιήσαντι αὐτόν= appointed him Hb 3:2 (cp. Is 17:7).—W. a second acc., that of the predicate (PSI 435, 19 [258 B.C.] ὅπως ἂν ὁ Σάραπις πολλῷ σὲ μείζω ποιήσῃ) ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς (God) created them male and female Mt 19:4b; Mk 10:6 (both Gen 1:27c).—Pass. Hb 12:27.—ὁ ποιήσας the Creator Mt 19:4a v.l.
    ② to undertake or do someth. that brings about an event, state, or condition, do, cause, bring about, accomplish, prepare, etc.
    ⓐ ἔργα π. do deeds, also in sg. (as JosAs 29:3 μὴ ποιήσῃς τὸ ἔργον τοῦτο) τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ π. do as Abraham did J 8:39. τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν vs. 41; cp. 10:37. τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα Rv 2:5. ἔργον commit a deed 1 Cor 5:2 v.l. ἔργον ποίησον εὐαγγελιστοῦ 2 Ti 4:5 (s. ἔργον 2).—ἔργον or ἔργα somet. refer to wondrous deeds: ἓν ἔργον ἐποίησα I have done just one (wondrous) deed J 7:21. Pl. 14:12a; cp. vs. 12bc. This illustrates the transition to
    ⓑ do, perform miracles δυνάμεις Mt 7:22; 13:58; Ac 19:11 (Just., A I, 26, 2 al.); sg. Mk 6:5; 9:39. θαυμάσια Mt 21:15 (cp. Sir 31:9). μεγάλα καὶ θαυμάσια AcPl Ha 8, 33=BMM verso 5f (Just., A I, 62, 4). σημεῖα (Ex 4:17) J 2:23; 3:2; 7:31; 9:16; 11:47b; 20:30; Rv 13:13a; 16:14; 19:20. Sing. J 6:30; 10:41. τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα Ac 6:8; 7:36. ὅσα Mk 3:8; 6:30; Lk 9:10.—Ac 10:39; 14:11.
    ⓒ of conditions bring about, etc.: εἰρήνην make, establish peace Eph 2:15; Js 3:18 (cp. 2 Macc 1:4). τὴν ἔκβασιν provide a way out 1 Cor 10:13 (on the foll. gen. of the inf. w. the art. s. B-D-F §400, 2; Rob. 1067). ἐπίστασιν ὄχλου cause a disturbance among the people Ac 24:12. τὰ σκάνδαλα create difficulties Ro 16:17. On Mk 6:20 v.l. KRomaniuk, ETL 69, ’93, 140f.—W. dat. of advantage ἐποίουν χαρὰν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς they brought joy to the members Ac 15:3 (s. ἀδελφός 2a).
    ⓓ used w. a noun as a periphrasis for a simple verb of doing (s. 7a below; B-D-F §310, 1.—ποιέω in such combinations as early as IPriene 8, 63 [c. 328 B.C.], also Plut., Crass. 551 [13, 6]; s. ἑορτή, end). ἐποίησεν ᾆσμα GJs 6:3. διαθήκην π. Hb 8:9 (Jer 38:32 cod. Q; cp. Is 28:15; TestAbr A 8 p. 86, 6 [Stone p. 20] διάταξιν). π. τὴν ἐκδίκησιν Lk 18:7f; cp. Ac 7:24 (s. ἐκδίκησις 1). ἐνέδραν 25:3. κοπετόν 8:2. κρίσιν (s. κρίσις 1aα and β) J 5:27; Jd 15. θρῆνον GJs 3:1. κυνηγίαν AcPl Ha 1, 33. λύτρωσιν Lk 1:68. ὁδὸν ποιεῖν (v.l. ὁδοποιεῖν) Mk 2:23 (ὁδός 2). π. (τὸν) πόλεμον (μετά τινος) wage war (on someone) Rv 11:7; 12:17; 13:7 (Da 7:8 LXX; 7:21 Theod.; Gen 14:2). πρόθεσιν Eph 3:11; συμβούλιον π. Mk 3:6 v.l.; 15:1; συστροφήν Ac 23:12; cp. vs. 13. φόνον Mk 15:7 (cp. Dt 22:8; Callinicus, Vi. Hyp. 98, 21 Bonn; TestAbr B 10 p. 115, 4 [Stone p. 78, 4]).—τὸ ἱκανὸν ποιεῖν τινι vs. 15 s. ἱκανός 1.
    ⓔ what is done is indicated by the neut. of an adj. or pron.: τὸ ἀγαθὸν π. do what is good Ro 13:3; τὰ ἀγαθὰ π. J 5:29; ἀγαθὸν π. do good Mk 3:4; 1 Pt 3:11 (Ps 33:15). τὸ καλὸν Ro 7:21; 2 Cor 13:7b; Gal 6:9. τὰ καλὰ (καὶ εὐάρεστα ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ) 1 Cl 21:1. καλόν Js 4:17. τὸ κακόν Ro 13:4. τὰ κακά 3:8. κακόν 2 Cor 13:7a (κακὸν μηδέν; cp. SIG 1175, 20 κακόν τι ποιῆσαι). κακά 1 Pt 3:12 (Ps 33:17). τὰ ἀρεστὰ αὐτῷ (=τῷ θεῷ) J 8:29; cp. Hb 13:21b; 1J 3:22 (TestAbr A 15 p. 96, 12 [Stone p. 40] πάντα τὰ ἀρεστὰ ἐνώπιον σου ἐποίησεν). πάντα 1 Cor 9:23; 10:31b; IEph 15:3.—ὅ Mt 26:13; Mk 14:9; J 13:7, 27a. τοῦτο Mt 13:28; Mk 5:32; Lk 5:6; J 14:13, 14 v.l.; AcPl Ha 9, 27; Ro 7:15f, 20 (cp. Epict. 2, 26, 4 ὸ̔ θέλει οὐ ποιεῖ καὶ ὸ̔ μὴ θέλει ποιεῖ); 1 Cor 11:24f (the specific sense ‘sacrifice’ in this passage is opposed by TAbbott [JBL 9, 1890, 137–52], but favored by FMozley [ET 7, 1896, 370–86], AAndersen [D. Abendmahl in d. ersten zwei Jahrh. 1904], and K Goetz [D. Abendmahlsfrage2 1907]). αὐτὸ τοῦτο Gal 2:10. ταῦτα Mt 21:23; 23:23; Gal 5:17; 2 Pt 1:10b. αὐτά J 13:17; Ro 1:32; 2:3. τὸ αὐτό Mt 5:46, 47b.—τί ποιήσω; Mk 10:17; cp. J 18:35 (TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 19 [Stone p. 10]; ParJer 6:14 τί ποιήσωμεν; ApcEsdr 7:4 p. 32, 14 Tdf.). τί ἀγαθὸν ποιήσω; Mt 19:16. τί κακὸν ἐποίησεν; Mt 27:23; Lk 23:22; Mk 15:14. τί περισσὸν ποιεῖτε; Mt 5:47a. τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο; what is this that you are doing? or why are you doing this? Mk 11:3 (GrBar 2:2 τί ἐποίησας τοῦτο; s. B-D-F §299, 1; Rob. 736; 738; Rdm.2 25f). τί ταῦτα ποιεῖτε; Ac 14:15a (as Demosth. 55, 5). τί σὺ ὧδε ποιεῖς; Hv 1, 1, 5. W. ptc. foll. (B-D-F §414, 5; Rob. 1121) τί ποιεῖτε λύοντες; what are you doing, untying? Mk 11:5. τί ποιεῖτε κλαίοντες; what are you doing, weeping? or what do you mean by weeping? Ac 21:13. τί ποιήσουσιν οἱ βαπτιζόμενοι; what are they to do, who have themselves baptized? 1 Cor 15:29.—A statement of what is to be done follows in an indirect question ὸ̔ ποιεῖς ποίησον do what you must do J 13:27 (as Epict. 3, 21, 24 ποίει ἃ ποιεῖς; 3, 23, 1; 4, 9, 18; TestJob 7:13).
    ⓕ of meals or banquets, and of festivities of which a banquet is the principal part give ἄριστον Lk 14:12. δεῖπνον (q.v. bα) Mk 6:21; Lk 14:12, 16; J 12:2; Hs 5, 2, 9. δοχήν (s. δοχή) Lk 5:29; 14:13; GJs 6:2. γάμους (s. γάμος 1a) Mt 22:2 (JosAs 20:6).—Keep, celebrate (PFay 117, 12) the Passover (feast) Mt 26:18; Hb 11:28 (s. πάσχα 3). Also in connection w. τὴν ἑορτὴν ποιῆσαι Ac 18:21 D the Passover is surely meant. But π. is also used of festivals in general (cp. X., Hell. 4, 5, 2 ποιεῖν Ἴσθμια; 7, 4, 28 τὰ Ὀλύμπια).
    ⓖ of the natural processes of growth; in plant life send out, produce, bear, yield καρπόν, καρπούς (Aristot., Plant. 1, 4, 819b, 31; 2, 10, 829a, 41; LXX [καρπός 1aα]) Mt 3:10; 7:17ab, 18, 19; 13:26; Lk 3:9; 6:43ab; 8:8; 13:9; Rv 22:2; also in imagery Mt 3:8; 21:43; Lk 3:8. κλάδους Mk 4:32. ἐλαίας Js 3:12a (cp. Jos., Ant. 11, 50 ἄμπελοι, αἳ ποιοῦσιν τὸν οἶνον). π. ὕδωρ produce water vs. 12b (but s. ἁλυκός).—Of capital yielding a return ἡ μνᾶ ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς the mina has made five minas Lk 19:18. Also of a person who operates w. capital make money (Ps.-Demosth. 10, 76; Polyb. 2, 62, 12) ἐποίησεν ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα Mt 25:16 v.l.
    ⓗ with focus on causality
    α. The result of the action is indicated by the acc. and inf.; make (to), cause (someone) to, bring it about that (Hom. et al.; also ins [SIG IV p. 510a index], pap, LXX; TestJob 3:7; 42:6; ParJer 9:16f; ApcMos 16; Just., A I, 26, 5, D. 69, 6; 114, 1; Ath. 13, 2) ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι Mt 5:32. ποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλεεῖς ἀνθρώπων Mk 1:17. Cp. 7:37b; Lk 5:34 ( force someone to fast); J 6:10; Ac 17:26; Rv 13:13b.—ἵνα takes the place of the inf.: ποιήσω αὐτοὺς ἵνα ἥξουσιν Rv 3:9; cp. 13:12b, 16. ἵνα without acc. (TestAbr B 6 p. 110, 20 [Stone p. 68] ποίησον ἵνα φαγῶμεν) J 11:37; Col 4:16; Rv 13:15.—ἡμῖν ὡς πεποιηκόσιν τοῦ περιπατεῖν αὐτόν us, as though we had caused him to walk Ac 3:12 (s. B-D-F §400, 7).
    β. w. a double accusative, of the obj. and the pred. (Hom. et al.; LXX; ApcEsdr 4:27 p. 38, 32 Tdf. λίθους ἄρτους ποιήσας; Mel., P. 68, 494 ποιήσας ἡμᾶς ἱεράτευμα καινόν), make someone or someth. (into) someth. W. noun as predicate acc.: ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων Mt 4:19. ὑμεῖς αὐτὸν (i.e. τὸν οἶκον τοῦ θεοῦ) ποιεῖτε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 21:13; Mk 11:17; Lk 19:46. Cp. Mt 23:15b; J 2:16; 4:46, 54; cp. 2:11; Ac 2:36; 2 Cor 5:21; Hb 1:7 (Ps 103:4); Rv 1:6; 3:12 al. ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τ. μισθίων σου Lk 15:19, 21 v.l. (cp. Gen 45:8; 48:20 and s. B-D-F §453, 4; Rob. 481). If the obj. acc. is missing, it may be supplied fr. the context as self-evident ἁρπάζειν αὐτὸν ἵνα ποιήσωσιν βασιλέα take him by force, in order to make (him) king J 6:15.—1 Cor 6:15. Claim that someone is someth., pretend that someone is someth. J 8:53; 10:33; 19:7, 12; 1J 1:10; 5:10. Cp. 5b.—W. adj. as predicate acc.: εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους (Is 40:3) make the paths straight Mt 3:3; Mk 1:3; Lk 3:4. τρίχα λευκὴν π. Mt 5:36. Cp. 12:16; 20:12b; 26:73; 28:14; Mk 3:12; J 5:11, 15; 7:23; 16:2; Ac 7:19; Eph 2:14 ὁ ποιήσας τὰ ἀμφότερα ἕν; Rv 12:15; 21:5. ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ θεῷ (thereby) declaring that he was equal to God or making himself equal to God J 5:18.—Cp. use of the mid. 7b below.
    γ. w. adv. of place send outside ἔξω ποιεῖν τινα put someone out (=send outside; cp. X., Cyr. 4, 1, 3 ἔξω βελῶν ποιεῖν=‘put outside bowshot’) Ac 5:34.
    ③ to carry out an obligation of a moral or social nature, do, keep, carry out, practice, commit
    ⓐ do, keep the will or law obediently τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ etc. (JosAs 12:3; s. θέλημα 1cγ) Mt 7:21; 12:50; Mk 3:35; J 4:34; 6:38; 7:17; 9:31; Eph 6:6; Hb 10:7, 9 (both Ps 39:9), 36; 13:21; 1J 2:17; Pol 2:2; τὰ θελήματα Mk 3:35 v.l.; Ac 13:22; GEb 121, 34. π. τὰ θελήματα τῆς σαρκός Eph 2:3. Cp. Mt 21:31.—π. τὸν νόμον J 7:19; Gal 5:3; cp. Mt 5:19; Ro 2:14; Gal 3:10 (Dt 27:26); vs. 12 (cp. Lev 18:5).—Mt 7:24, 26; Lk 6:46; J 2:5; 8:44. ἐκεῖνο τὸ προσταχθὲν ἡμῖν ποιήσωμεν let us do what has been commanded us GMary 463, 27f (ParJer 6:9).—ὸ̔ ἐὰν φανηρώσῃ … ὁ θεός, τοῦτο ποιήσομεν GJs 8:2.—ἐξουσίαν ποιεῖν exercise authority Rv 13:12a.
    ⓑ do, practice virtues (cp. SIG 304, 41f τὰ δίκαια): π. τὴν ἀλήθειαν (ἀλήθεια 2b) live the truth J 3:21 (cp. 1QS 1:5 al.); 1J 1:6. (τὴν) δικαιοσύνην (δικαιοσύνη 3a) 1J 2:29; 3:7, 10; Rv 22:11; 2 Cl 4:2; 11:7. τὰ ἐντολά Ro 22:14 v.l. (SGoranson, NTS 43, ’97, 154–57). Differently Mt 6:1 (δικαιοσύνη 3b), which belongs with ποιεῖν ἐλεημοσύνην vs. 2a and 3a (s. ἐλεημοσύνη 1); cp. Ac 9:36; 10:2; 24:17. π. ἐγκράτειαν 2 Cl 15:1. π. χρηστότητα Ro 3:12 (Ps 13:1, 3; 52:4 v.l.). π. ἔλεος show mercy Js 2:13; μετά τινος to someone Lk 1:72; 10:37a (JosAs 23:4; s. ἔλεος a and μετά A2γג).
    ⓒ do, commit, be guilty of sins and vices (τὴν) ἁμαρτίαν (ἁμαρτία 1a) J 8:34; 2 Cor 11:7; 1 Pt 2:22; 1J 3:4a, 8, 9; pl. Js 5:15 (TestAbr B 10 p. 115, 10 [Stone p. 78, 10]). ἁμάρτημα (TestJob 11:3; ParJer 2:2; s. ἁμάρτημα) 1 Cor 6:18. (τὴν) ἀνομίαν (ἀνομία 2) Mt 13:41; 1J 3:4b; 1 Cl 16:10 (Is 53:9). βδέλυγμα καὶ ψεῦδος Rv 21:27. τὸ πονηρὸν τοῦτο GJs 13:1; cp. 13:2; 15:3f; ταῦτα 15:2. τὰ μὴ καθήκοντα Ro 1:28. ὸ̔ οὐκ ἔξεστιν Mk 2:24; cp. Mt 12:2.
    ⓓ The manner of action is more definitely indicated by means of an adv. (Jos., C. Ap. 2, 51). καλῶς ποιεῖν do good or well Mt 12:12; 1 Cor 7:37, 38a (ApcMos 17). κρεῖσσον π. 7:38b; Js 2:8 (s. 5d below), 19; φρονίμως π. act wisely Lk 16:8; π. οὕτως do so (Chariton 8, 6, 4 ποιήσομεν οὕτως=this is the way we will proceed; JosAs 10:20; ApcMos 40; Mel., P. 13, 82) Mt 24:46; Lk 9:15; 12:43; J 14:31 (καθὼς … οὕτως π.); Ac 12:8; 1 Cor 16:1; Js 2:12; B 12:7; GJs 7:2. π. ὡσαύτως proceed in the same way Mt 20:5; ὁμοίως π. Lk 3:11; 10:37b. ὥσπερ οἱ ὑποκριταὶ ποιοῦσιν as the dissemblers do Mt 6:2b. καθὼς ποιεῖτε 1 Th 5:11.—ποιεῖν foll. by a clause beginning w. ὡς: ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν he did as (the angel) had ordered Mt 1:24; cp. 26:19. Or the clause begins w. καθώς Mt 21:6; J 13:15b (TestJob 7:9). For GJs 17:1 s. 5e.
    ⓔ The manner of the action is more definitely indicated by a prepositional expr. ποιεῖν κατά τι do or act in accordance w. someth. (SIG 915, 13 π. κατὰ τὰς συνθήκας; 1016, 6; PLille 4, 6; 22 [III B.C.]; BGU 998 II, 12 [II B.C.] π. κατὰ τὰ προγεγραμμένα) κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν as they do Mt 23:3b.—Lk 2:27. Also π. πρός τι: πρὸς τὸ θέλημα 12:47.
    ④ to do someth. to others or someth., do someth. to/with, of behavior involving others, π. τι w. some indication of the pers. (or thing) with whom someth. is done; the action may result to the advantage or disadvantage of this person:
    ⓐ neutral π. τί τινα do someth. with someone (double acc. as Demosth. 23, 194 τὶ ποιεῖν ἀγαθὸν τὴν πόλιν) τί ποιήσω Ἰησοῦν; what shall I do with Jesus? Mt 27:22. τί οὖν αὐτὴν ποιήσωμεν; what, then, shall I do about (Mary)? GJs 8:2; cp. 14:1; 17:1. τί ποιήσεις τὸν ἀγρόν; what will you do with the land? Hs 1:4 (ParJer 3:9 τί θέλει ποιήσω τὰ ἅγια σκεύη). Cp. Mk 15:12.—B-D-F §157, 1; Rob. 484.—Neutral is also the expr. π. τί τινι do someth. to someone J 9:26; 12:16; 13:12; Ac 4:16. Likew. the passive form of the familiar saying of Jesus ὡς ποιεῖτε, οὕτω ποιηθήσεται ὑμῖν as you do (whether it be good or ill), it will be done to you 1 Cl 13:2.
    ⓑ to someone’s advantage: π. τί τινι (Diod S 18, 51, 3; TestAbr B 12 p. 116, 19 [Stone p. 80]; ParJer 3:12; ApcMos 3): ὅσα ἐὰν θέλητε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι Mt 7:12a. τί θέλετε ποιήσω ὑμῖν; what do you want me to do for you? Mt 20:32.—25:40; cp. vs. 45; Mk 5:19f; 7:12; 10:35f, 51; Lk 1:49; 8:39ab; J 13:15a.—π. τι εἴς τινα 1 Th 4:10. π. τι μετά τινος (B-D-F §227, 3, add. reff. B-D-R) Ac 14:27; 15:4 (TestJob 1:4; on the constr. w. μετά s. 3b above and cp. BGU 798, 7; 948, 8).
    ⓒ to someone’s disadvantage: π. τί τινι (Gen 20:9; JosAs 28:10 μὴ ποιήσητε αὐτοῖς κακόν; ApcMos 42) τί ποιήσει τοῖς γεωργοῖς; what will he do to the vine-dressers? Mt 21:40.—Mk 9:13; Lk 6:11; 20:15; Ac 9:13; Hb 13:6 (Ps 117:6); GJs 9:2.—π. τι εἴς τινα (PSI 64, 20; 22 [I B.C.] μηδὲ ποιήσειν εἰς σὲ φάρμακα) J 15:21. π. τι ἔν τινι Mt 17:12; Lk 23:31.
    ⓓ w. dat. and adv. ἐποίησαν αὐτοῖς ὡσαύτως they treated them in the same way Mt 21:36. οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν κύριος the Lord has dealt thus with me Lk 1:25; cp. 2:48; Mt 18:35. εὖ ποιεῖν τινι Mk 14:7. καλῶς π. τινι Mt 5:44 v.l.; Lk 6:27. ὁμοίως π. τινι 6:31b.—In a condensed colloquialism (ποιεῖν) καθὼς ἐποίει αὐτοῖς (to do) as he was accustomed to do for them Mk 15:8 (s. εὐποιί̈α 1).
    ⓔ w. dat. and prep. κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ἐποίουν τοῖς προφήταις οἱ πατέρες αὐτῶν Lk 6:23; cp. vs. 26.
    ⑤ do, make, with variations in specialized expressions
    ⓐ get or gain someth. for oneself, provide oneself with someth. ποιήσατε ἑαυτοῖς βαλλάντια Lk 12:33; φίλους 16:9 (cp. X., An. 5, 5, 12 φίλον ποιεῖσθαί τινα).—Without a dat. Ἰησοῦς μαθητὰς ποιεῖ Jesus was gaining disciples J 4:1.
    ⓑ of mental construction assume, suppose, take as an example (Hdt. et al.) w. double acc. (Pla., Theaet. 197d) ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλόν suppose the tree is good Mt 12:33a; cp. vs. 33b.
    ⓒ w. an acc. of time spend, stay (Anth. 11, 330; PSI 362, 15 [251/250 B.C.]; UPZ 70, 21; PFlor 137, 7 [III A.D.] ἡμέραν, ἥν ποιεῖ ἐκεῖ; PGen 54, 18 τρεῖς ἡμέρας; Pr 13:23; Ec 6:12; Tob. 10:7 BA; TestJob 20:5; 31:4; ParJer 6:16; ApcMos 37 ὥρας τρεῖς; Jos. Ant. 6, 18 μῆνας τέσσαρας; cp. our colloquial ‘do time’. Demosth. 19, 163 and Pla., Phileb. 50d are wrongly cited in this connection, as shown by WSchulze, Graeca Latina 1901, 23f) χρόνον (Dionys. Hal. 4, 66; ParJer 7:33; ApcMos 31) Ac 15:33; 18:23. μῆνας τρεῖς 20:3. τρεῖς μῆνας GJs 12:3. νυχθήμερον 2 Cor 11:25. ἐνιαυτόν Js 4:13 (TestJob 21:1 ἔτη).
    ⓓ καλῶς ποιεῖν w. ptc. foll. do well if, do well to, as a formula somet.= please (s. καλῶς 4a and cp. SIG 561, 6f καλῶς ποιήσειν τοὺς πολίτας προσδεξαμένους; UPZ 110, 11 [164 B.C.]; POxy 300, 5 [I A.D.]; 525, 7; Hdt. 5, 24 εὖ ἐποίησας ἀφικόμενος; SIG 598e, 8f) Ac 10:33; Phil 4:14; 2 Pt 1:19; 3J 6; GEg 252, 53.—Sim. καλῶς ποιεῖν, εἰ … Js 2:8 (cp. PPetr II, 11 [1], 1 καλῶς ποιεῖς εἰ ἔρρωσαι).
    ⓔ αὕτη ἡ ἡμέρα κυρίου ποιήσει ὡς βούλεται this day of the Lord will turn out as (the Lord) wills GJs 17:1 (deStrycker cites Mt 6:34 for the construction); if the accentuation αὐτή is adopted, render: the day of the Lord shall itself bring things about as (the Lord) wills.
    ⑥ to be active in some way, work, be active, abs. (X., An. 1, 5, 8; Ruth 2:19) w. acc. of time (Socrat., Ep. 14, 8 ποιήσας ἡμέρας τριάκοντα) μίαν ὥραν ἐποίησαν they have worked for only one hour Mt 20:12a. ποιῆσαι μῆνας be active for months Rv 13:5.—Somet. it is not a general action or activity that is meant, but the doing of someth. quite definite. The acc. belonging to it is easily supplied fr. the context: λέγουσιν καὶ οὐ ποιοῦσιν they say (it), but do not do or keep (it) Mt 23:3c (the contrast is not betw. speaking [λαλεῖν] and acting in general).—2 Cor 8:10f (s. Betz, 2 Cor p. 64); 1 Th 5:24.
    ⑦ make/do someth. for oneself or of oneself mid.
    ⓐ mostly as a periphrasis of the simple verbal idea (s. 2d) ἀναβολὴν ποιεῖσθαι Ac 25:17 (s. ἀναβολή). ἐκβολὴν ποιεῖσθαι 27:18 (s. ἐκβολή); αὔξησιν π. Eph 4:16; δέησιν or δεήσεις π. Lk 5:33; Phil 1:4; 1 Ti 2:1 (s. δέησις). διαλογισμοὺς π. 1 Cl 21:3; τὰς διδασκαλίας Papias (2:15); τὴν ἕνωσιν π. IPol 5:2; ἐπιστροφὴν π. 1 Cl 1:1 (ἐπιστροφή 1); καθαρισμὸν π. Hb 1:3 (καθαρισμός 2). κοινωνίαν Ro 15:26. κοπετόν Ac 8:2 v.l.; λόγον (Isocr., Ep. 2, 2; Just., D. 1, 3 al.) 1:1; 11:2 D; 20:24 v.l. (on these three passages s. λόγος: 1b; 1aγ and 1aα, end). μνείαν Ro 1:9; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4 (μνεία 2). μνήμην 2 Pt 1:15 (s. μνήμη 1). μονήν J 14:23 (μονή 1). νουθέτησιν 1 Cl 56:2 (Just., A I, 67, 4). ὁμιλίαν IPol 5:1 (ὁμιλία 2). ποιεῖσθαι τὴν παραβολήν AcPlCor 2:28. πορείαν π. (=πορεύεσθαι; cp. X., An. 5, 6, 11, Cyr. 5, 2, 31; Plut., Mor. 571e; Jos., Vi. 57; 2 Macc 3:8; 12:10; Ar. 4, 2) Lk 13:22. πρόνοιαν π. make provision, care (Isocr. 4, 2 and 136; Demosth., Prooem. 16; Ps.-Demosth. 47, 80; Polyb. 4, 6, 11; Dion. Hal. 5, 46; Aelian, VH 12, 56. Oft. in ins and pap [esp. of civic-minded people]; Da 6:19 προν. ποιούμενος αὐτοῦ; Jos., Bell. 4, 317, C. Ap. 1, 9; Ar. 13, 2) Ro 13:14; Papias (2:15). προσκλίσεις π. 1 Cl 47:3; σπουδὴν π. be eager (Hdt. 1, 4; 5, 30 πᾶσαν σπουδὴν ποιούμενος; 9, 8; Pla., Euthyd. 304e, Leg. 1, 628e; Isocr. 5, 45 πᾶσαν τὴν σπ.̀ περὶ τούτου ποιεῖσθαι; Polyb. 1, 46, 2 al.; Diod S 1, 75, 1; Plut., Mor. 4e; SIG 539A, 15f; 545, 14 τὴν πᾶσαν σπ.̀ ποιούμενος; PHib 71, 9 [III B.C.] τ. πᾶσαν σπ. ποίησαι; 44, 8) Jd 3. συνελεύσεις ποιεῖσθαι come together, meet 1 Cl 20:10 (Just., A I, 67, 7). συνωμοσίαν ποιεῖσθαι form a conspiracy (Polyb. 1, 70, 6; Herodian 7, 4, 3; SIG 526, 16) Ac 23:13.—Cp. use of the act. 2d.
    ⓑ w. double acc., of the obj. and pred. (Lucian, Prom. Es in Verb. 6 σεμνοτάτας ἐποιεῖτο τὰς συνουσίας; GDI 4629, II, 22; 25 [Laconia]; Jos., Ant. 2, 263; s. 2hβ) βεβαίαν τὴν κλῆσιν ποιεῖσθαι make the calling certain 2 Pt 1:10. οὐδενὸς λόγου ποιοῦμαι τὴν ψυχὴν τιμίαν ἐμαυτῷ I don’t consider my life as something of value for myself Ac 20:24. Cp. use of the act. 2hβ.—B. 538. Cp. πράσσω. Schmidt, Syn. I 397–423. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ποιέω

  • 26 propio

    adj.
    1 own.
    2 one's own.
    3 very, same, self-same, selfsame.
    4 proper, right on.
    5 of one's own, of my own, of our own, of his own.
    * * *
    2 (indicado) proper, appropriate
    4 (mismo - él) himself; (- ella) herself; (- cosa, animal) itself; (- en plural) themselves
    * * *
    (f. - propia)
    adj.
    1) own
    3) self
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) [uso enfático]
    a) [con posesivos] own
    b) (=mismo)

    • hacer lo propio — to do the same, follow suit

    • al propio tiempo — at the same time

    c)

    • al propio — CAm on purpose

    • de propio — especially

    2) [indicando posesión] own

    ¿tiene coche propio? — do you have your own car?

    3) (=característico)

    • propio de algo/algn — typical of sth/sb

    4) (=inconfundible) all (of) its own
    5) (=adecuado) suitable

    • propio para algo — suitable for sth

    6) (=correcto) strict, true
    7) Esp
    * (=parecido)

    has salido muy propio en ese retrato — that portrait of you is a good likeness, that portrait looks really like you

    8) esp Méx, CAm

    - con su permiso -propio — "excuse me" - "certainly"

    2. SM
    1) (=mensajero) messenger
    2)

    • propios y extraños — all and sundry

    * * *
    - pia adjetivo
    1)

    ¿tu piso es propio o alquilado? — do you own your flat or is it rented?

    c) ( no postizo) real
    2) (característico, típico)

    propio DE algo/alguien: esa actitud es muy propio de él that kind of attitude is very typical of him; costumbres propias de los países orientales — customs characteristic of oriental countries

    3)

    propio PARA algo — (adecuado, idóneo) suitable for something

    * * *
    - pia adjetivo
    1)

    ¿tu piso es propio o alquilado? — do you own your flat or is it rented?

    c) ( no postizo) real
    2) (característico, típico)

    propio DE algo/alguien: esa actitud es muy propio de él that kind of attitude is very typical of him; costumbres propias de los países orientales — customs characteristic of oriental countries

    3)

    propio PARA algo — (adecuado, idóneo) suitable for something

    * * *
    propio1
    1 = home-grown [home grown/homegrown], of its own, own, of + Posesivo + own, self, distinctive.

    Ex: Most media centers have not used AACR in the past but have followed their own home-grown rules.

    Ex: The document has no title of its own.
    Ex: The command function 'OWN' serves to use a system's own command when the general system, in this case EURONET, does not cater for a specialised function available on a particular system.
    Ex: There is also a scheme afoot to help services create specialized data bases of their own using ECLAS norms.
    Ex: In the public library grand tradition this was patently the self image of the educated middle class.
    Ex: In addition to main or added entries under titles added entries are often also made in respect of distinctive series titles.
    * a cuenta propia = at + Posesivo + expense, at + Posesivo + own expense.
    * al propio ritmo de Uno = in + Posesivo + own time, at + Posesivo + own pace.
    * amor propio = self-esteem [self esteem], pride.
    * ante + Posesivo + propios ojos = before + Posesivo + (own two) eyes, before + Posesivo + very eyes.
    * aprender a su propio ritmo = learn at + Posesivo + own pace.
    * asuntos propios = personal business.
    * a su propio ritmo = at an individual pace.
    * bar que elabora su propia cerveza = brew pub.
    * característica propia = trademark.
    * cavarse su propia tumba = another nail in + Posesivo + coffin.
    * con financiación propia = self-funded.
    * con sus propias palabras = in + Posesivo + own words.
    * contar + Posesivo + propia vida y milagros = spill + Posesivo + guts.
    * decidir por cuenta propia = take it upon + Reflexivo + to.
    * de cosecha propia = home-grown [home grown/homegrown].
    * defensa propia = self-defence [self-defense, -USA].
    * delante de + Posesivo + propios ojos = before + Posesivo + (own two) eyes, before + Posesivo + very eyes.
    * de la propia comunidad = community-owned.
    * de la propia empresa = company-owned.
    * demasiado + Adjetivo + para su propio bien = too + Adjetivo + for + Posesivo + own good.
    * de + Posesivo + propia boca = straight from the horse's mouth.
    * de propia cosecha = home-grown [home grown/homegrown].
    * dinero propio = private means.
    * en beneficio propio = to + Posesivo + advantage.
    * encontrar su propio modo de actuar = find + Posesivo + own way.
    * en el propio campus universitario = campus-based.
    * en el propio cortijo = on-farm.
    * en la propia finca = on-farm.
    * en la propia granja = on-farm.
    * en la propia habitación = ensuite.
    * en las propias palabras de uno mismo = in + Posesivo + own words.
    * en + Posesivo + propio beneficio = to + Posesivo + advantage.
    * hacer Algo por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = make + Posesivo + own arrangements.
    * hecho por la propia biblioteca = in-house [inhouse].
    * hundirse por su propio peso = sink under + its own weight.
    * material editado por el propio autor = self-published material.
    * montar + Posesivo + propio negocio = set + Reflexivo + up in business.
    * muy propio = highly distinctive.
    * nombre propio = forename, proper name.
    * organizar Algo por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = make + Posesivo + own arrangements.
    * pagarse + Posesivo + propios gastos = pay + Posesivo + own way.
    * para + Posesivo + propio bien = for + Posesivo + own good.
    * patrocinado por la propia empresa = company-sponsored.
    * persona de la propia empresa = insider.
    * por cuenta propia = at + Posesivo + own expense.
    * por decisión propia = by choice.
    * por elección propia = by choice.
    * por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = at + Posesivo + own expense.
    * por + Posesivo + (propia) naturaleza = in + Posesivo + nature.
    * por propia iniciativa = self-directed.
    * por su propia voluntad = of its own accord.
    * promovido por el propio sistema de información = information-led.
    * propio de = germane to.
    * propio de espías = cloak-and-dagger.
    * propio del sistema = built-in.
    * propio de niña = girlish.
    * propio de niño = boyish.
    * propio de un caballero = gentlemanlike.
    * propio estilo = house style.
    * propios ingresos = earned income.
    * que busca el beneficio propio = self-serving.
    * recogida en su propia puerta = kerbside collection, curbside collection.
    * restablecer + Posesivo + propia identidad = re-establish + Posesivo + own identity.
    * revista editada por la propia institución = house journal.
    * según sus propias condiciones = on + Posesivo + own terms.
    * según sus propias palabras = in + Posesivo + own terms.
    * sentido muy desarrollado de su propio territorio = territoriality.
    * ser la propia responsabilidad de Alguien = be of + Posesivo + own making.
    * ser propio de = be proper of.
    * tirar piedras contra tu propio tejado = cut + the branch + you sit on, cut off + Posesivo + nose to spite + Posesivo + face.
    * tirarse piedras contra el propio tejado = shoot + Reflexivo + in the foot.
    * todas las iniciales del nombre propio = full initials.
    * tomarse + Expresión Temporal + de asuntos propios = take + Expresión Temporal + off, have + Expresión Temporal + off work.
    * tomarse unos días de asuntos propios = take + time off work.
    * trabajar al propio ritmo de Uno = work at + Posesivo + own pace.
    * tragarse el amor propio = swallow + Posesivo + pride.
    * uso público en la propia biblioteca = in-library use.
    * vencer a Alguien en su propio terreno = beat + Nombre + at + Posesivo + own game.

    propio2
    2 = proper, beffiting.

    Ex: With proper authorization, you may request information about the status of the copies displayed.

    Ex: Since I write in English I should really refer to the city as Florence, but Firenze is such a phonically beautiful sounding word, far more befitting of the beautiful Italian city.

    * * *
    A
    se necesita viajante con vehículo propio salesman with own car required
    tienen piscina propia they have their own swimming pool
    tengo mis propios problemas I've got problems of my own, I've got my own problems
    salió de la clínica por su propio pie she walked out of the clinic, she left the clinic under her own steam
    lo vi con mis propios ojos I saw it with my own two eyes o with my (very) own eyes
    3
    (verdadero, no artificial): la barba parece propia his beard looks real
    no es permanente, los rizos son propios it's not a perm, her hair is naturally curly
    B (característico, típico) propio DE algo/algn:
    es una enfermedad propia de la edad it's a common illness in older people o among the elderly
    ese desdén es muy propio de él that kind of disdainful attitude is very typical of him
    son costumbres propias de los países orientales these are characteristic customs of oriental countries
    su comportamiento es propio de un loco he behaves like a madman, his behavior is fitting of o befits a madman ( liter)
    C propio PARA algo (adecuado, idóneo) suitable FOR sth
    es un vestido muy propio para la ocasión it's a very suitable dress for the occasion, the dress is just right for the occasion
    este no es lugar propio para una conversación seria this is not a suitable o an appropriate o the right place for a serious conversation
    D
    (mismo): fue el propio presidente it was the president himself
    debe ser el propio interesado quien lo pida it must be the person concerned who makes the request
    el propio Juan se llevó una sorpresa even Juan himself got a surprise
    2
    lo propio the same
    el presidente abandonó la sala y minutos después hizo lo propio el vicepresidente the president left the room and minutes later the vice president did the same
    ( Esp)
    messenger
    propios y extraños all and sundry
    * * *

     

    propio
    ◊ - pia adjetivo

    1

    ◊ ¿es propio o alquilado? is it your own or is it rented?;

    tienen piscina propia they have their own swimming pool


    todo lo hace en beneficio propio everything he does is for his own gain;
    lo vi con mis propios ojos I saw it with my own two eyes o with my (very) own eyes
    2 (característico, típico):

    una enfermedad propia de la vejez an illness common among old people;
    no es un comportamiento propio de una señorita it's not ladylike behaviour
    3 ( delante del n) ( mismo):

    debe ser el propio interesado quien lo pida it must be the person concerned who makes the request
    propio,-a adjetivo
    1 (posesión) own: tiene su propio apartamento, he has his own apartment
    2 (adecuado) suitable, appropriate: ese vestido no es propio para la fiesta, that dress is not suitable for the party
    3 (característico) typical, peculiar
    el clima propio de la región, the typical weather for the area
    4 (intensificador) (hombre) himself
    (mujer) herself
    (animal, cosa) itself: se lo dijo el propio presidente, the President himself told her so
    ' propio' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    bolsillo
    - cacarear
    - chalet
    - comodidad
    - femenina
    - femenino
    - gustar
    - infantil
    - masculina
    - masculino
    - monte
    - peculiar
    - propia
    - provecho
    - vileza
    - amor
    - campo
    - correspondiente
    - fray
    - hispanismo
    - interés
    - pie
    - santo
    - tiempo
    English:
    benefit
    - brain
    - epitaph
    - grind
    - higher-up
    - homegrown
    - interest
    - ladylike
    - nourish
    - ostracize
    - own
    - private
    - proper noun
    - right
    - self-esteem
    - self-respect
    - sisterly
    - specific
    - transport
    - very
    - disown
    - drive-in
    - ego
    - for
    - proper
    - purpose
    - sake
    - self
    * * *
    propio, -a
    ♦ adj
    1. [en propiedad] own;
    tiene coche propio she has a car of her own, she has her own car;
    se requiere vehículo propio [en anuncio laboral] own car required
    2. [de la misma persona]
    lo vi con mis propios ojos I saw it with my own eyes;
    me lo dijo en mi propia cara he said it to my face;
    actuó en defensa propia she acted in self-defence;
    por tu propio bien for your own good
    3. [peculiar]
    propio de typical o characteristic of;
    el monzón es propio de esta época the monsoon is characteristic of this season;
    es muy propio de él llegar tarde it's absolutely typical of him to arrive late;
    no es propio de él it's not like him
    4. [adecuado] suitable, right ( para for);
    recitó un poema propio para la ocasión she recited a suitable poem for the occasion
    5. [correcto] proper, true
    6. [en persona] himself, f herself;
    el propio compositor the composer himself
    7. [semejante] true to life;
    en ese retrato quedaste muy propio that portrait is a very good likeness of you
    8. Gram proper
    9.
    lo propio [lo mismo] the same;
    Elena se retiró a descansar y su compañero hizo lo propio Elena went to have a rest and her companion did the same
    ♦ nmpl
    a propios y extraños all and sundry;
    ♦ de propio loc adv
    [expresamente]
    fui de propio a la ciudad para verla I went to the city just to see her
    * * *
    adj
    1 (de uno mismo) own
    2 ( característico) characteristic (de of), typical (de of)
    3 ( adecuado) suitable ( para for);
    hacer lo propio do the right o appropriate thing
    4
    :
    la propia directora the director herself
    * * *
    propio, - pia adj
    1) : own
    su propia casa: his own house
    sus recursos propios: their own resources
    2) apropiado: appropriate, suitable
    3) característico: characteristic, typical
    4) mismo: oneself
    el propio director: the director himself
    * * *
    propio adj
    2. (mismo) himself / herself

    Spanish-English dictionary > propio

  • 27 ser2

    2 = be, take + the form of, stand as.
    Ex. Systems such as Dialog, IRS, ORBIT and BLAISE may be accessed by libraries and information units.
    Ex. Hierarchical relationships may also take the form of co-ordinate relationships, in which case they may be represented by 'RT' or related term, in a similar manner to affinitive relationships below.
    Ex. Meantime, our new library stand as as a confident symbol of the importance of ALL librarires to the nation's cultural, educational and economic success.
    ----
    * anhelar ser = ache to be.
    * a no ser que = unless.
    * así es = that's how it is.
    * así sea = amen.
    * así son las cosas = that's they way things are.
    * centrado en el ser humano = anthropocentric.
    * clonación del ser humano = human cloning.
    * como es el caso de = as it is with.
    * cómo + ser = what + be like.
    * conseguir ser el centro de atención = capture + spotlight.
    * continuar siendo importante = remain + big.
    * crearse el prestigio de ser = establish + a record as.
    * cualquiera que fuere = any... whatsoever.
    * cualquiera que fuese = any... whatsoever.
    * cualquiera que sea + Nombre = whichever + Nombre.
    * debilidad del ser humano = mankind's frailty.
    * dejar de ser útil = outlive + Posesivo + usefulness.
    * demostrar ser = prove + to be.
    * de tal forma que + ser/estar = in such form as to + be.
    * dicho sea de paso = by the by(e).
    * dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres = you are known by the company you keep.
    * dinero + ser para = money + go towards.
    * el + Nombre + es inestimable = the + Nombre + cannot be overestimated.
    * el ser barato = cheapness.
    * el sueño de todo ser viviente = the stuff dreams are made of.
    * entrar sin ser visto = sneak into.
    * es = it's [it is].
    * esa es la cuestión = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.
    * esa es la dificultad = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.
    * es decir = i.e. (latín - id est), in other words, that is, that is to say, which is to say.
    * es de deducir que = it follows that.
    * es de destacar que = significantly.
    * es de esperar = hopefully.
    * es de esperar que = all being well.
    * es de resaltar que = significantly.
    * es de suponer que = presumably.
    * ese es el asunto = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.
    * ese es el problema = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.
    * es el momento adecuado = the moment is ripe, the time is ripe.
    * es el momento oportuno = the moment is ripe, the time is ripe.
    * es evidente = clearly.
    * es importante destacar = importantly.
    * es inevitable que = inevitably.
    * es interesante que = interestingly.
    * es lo que a mí me parece = my two cents' worth.
    * es lo que yo pienso = my two cents' worth.
    * es más = more important, moreover.
    * es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.
    * es mi opinión = my two cents' worth.
    * es mi parecer = my two cents' worth.
    * es por lo tanto deducible que = it therefore follows that.
    * es por lo tanto de esperar que = it therefore follows that.
    * es por lo tanto lógico que = it therefore follows that.
    * ¡esta es tu oportunidad! = here's your chance!.
    * estar siendo + Participio = be in process of + Nombre.
    * evitar ser afectado = escape + unaffected.
    * fue durante mucho tiempo = long remained.
    * haber sido aceptado = be here to stay, have come + to stay.
    * haber sido comprobado exhaustivamente = be thoroughly tested.
    * la razón de ser = the reason for being.
    * la verdad sea dicha = to tell the truth.
    * llegar a ser = become, develop into.
    * llegar a ser conocido como = become + known as.
    * lo que es aun peor = worse still.
    * lo que es peor = what's worse.
    * lo que haya que de ser, será = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * lo que + ser = what + be like.
    * lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * merecer ser mencionado = deserve + mention.
    * no ser aconsejable = be undesirable.
    * no ser + Adjetivo + Infinitivo = be less than + Adjetivo + Infinitivo.
    * no ser así ya = be no longer the case.
    * no ser bien visto = be in the doghouse.
    * no ser cobarde = be no chicken.
    * no ser consciente de = remain + unaware of.
    * no ser deseable = be undesirable.
    * no + ser + de sorprender que = it + be + not surprising that.
    * no ser fácil = be no picnic, not be easy.
    * no ser gran cosa = not add up to much, add up to + nothing.
    * no ser lo suficientemente bueno = not be good enough.
    * no ser más que = be nothing more than, be nothing but.
    * no ser nada = add up to + nothing.
    * no ser nada fácil = be hard-pushed to.
    * no ser ningún jovencito = be no chicken.
    * no ser ni una cosa ni otra = fall between + two stools.
    * no ser sino = be nothing but.
    * no ser una gran pérdida = be no great loss.
    * no ser un lecho de rosas = be not all roses.
    * no ser verdad = be untrue.
    * no somos todos iguales = one size doesn't fit all.
    * no tener razón de ser + Infinitivo = there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * para ser específico = to be specific.
    * para ser franco = in all honesty.
    * para ser sincero = to be honest, in all honesty.
    * pasar a ser = become, develop into.
    * por ser + Adjetivo = as being + Adjetivo.
    * por si fuera poco = to boot, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.
    * posible de ser consultado por máquina = machine-viewable.
    * posible de ser visto en pantalla = displayable.
    * primer puesto + ser para = pride of place + go to.
    * puede muy bien ser = could well be.
    * puede muy bien ser que = it may well be that.
    * que fue = one-time.
    * que fue común antes = once-common.
    * que ha sido abordado con preguntas = accost.
    * que puede ser apilado = stacking.
    * razón de ser = point, raison d'etre, rationale, sense of purpose.
    * ser reconocido = gain + recognition.
    * resultar ser = prove + to be, turn out to be, happen + to be.
    * sea como sea = be that as it may, at all costs, at any cost, at any price, come hell or high water.
    * sea cual fuere = any... whatsoever, any... whatsoever.
    * sea cual fuese = any... whatsoever, any... whatsoever.
    * sea cual sea el criterio utilizado = by any standard(s).
    * sea lo que sea = whatever it is, be that as it may, call it what you want.
    * seamos realistas = face it, let's face it.
    * sean cuales sean = whatever they may be.
    * sentido del ser humano = human sense.
    * ser accesible a través de = be available through.
    * ser aceptado = take + hold, gain + acceptance, take off.
    * ser acertado = be spot on.
    * ser aconsejable = be welcome, be better served by, be in order.
    * ser acorde con = be commensurate with.
    * ser acuciante = be acute.
    * ser acusado de delito criminal = face + criminal charge.
    * ser adecuado = be right, stand up, fit + the bill.
    * ser + Adjetivo = get + Adjetivo.
    * ser + Adjetivo + para = have + a + Adjetivo + effect on.
    * ser afectado por = have + a high stake in.
    * ser aficionado a = be fond of.
    * ser afortunado = be lucky, strike + lucky.
    * ser agradable de oír = be good to hear.
    * ser agradable + Verbo = be neat to + Verbo.
    * ser algo bien conocido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.
    * ser algo bueno = be a good thing.
    * ser algo completamente distinto = be nothing of the sort.
    * ser algo común = be a fact of life, dominate + the scene, be a common occurrence, become + a common feature, be a part of life.
    * ser Algo demasiado difícil para = be in over + Posesivo + head, be out of + Posesivo + depth.
    * ser algo excepcional = be the exception rather than the rule, be in a league of its own.
    * ser algo fácil = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a picnic, be duck soup.
    * ser algo facilísimo = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a picnic, be duck soup.
    * ser algo habitual = become + a common feature, be a fact of life.
    * ser Algo imponente = loom + large.
    * ser algo inevitable = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * ser algo más profundo que = go + deeper than.
    * ser algo más serio que = go + deeper than.
    * ser algo (muy) bien sabido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.
    * ser algo muy claro = be a dead giveaway.
    * ser algo muy fácil de conseguir = be there for the taking.
    * ser Algo muy importante = loom + large.
    * ser algo muy obvio = be a dead giveaway.
    * ser algo muy poco frecuente = be a rare occurrence.
    * ser algo muy raro = be a rare occurrence.
    * ser algo muy revelador = be a giveaway.
    * ser algo natural para = be second nature to + Pronombre, come + naturally to.
    * ser algo normal = be a fact of life, become + a common feature, be a part of life.
    * ser algo permanente = be here to stay.
    * ser algo poco común = be the exception rather than the rule.
    * ser algo poco conocido que = it + be + a little known fact that.
    * ser algo poco frecuente = be a rare occurrence.
    * ser algo poco sabido que = it + be + a little known fact that.
    * ser algo por lo que = be a matter for/of.
    * ser algo por ver = be an open question.
    * ser algo que no ocurre con frecuencia = be a rare occurrence.
    * ser algo seguro = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a picnic, be duck soup.
    * ser algo útil para = be something in the hand for.
    * ser amado = loved-one.
    * ser amigo de = be buddies with.
    * ser analizado como una frase = be phrase parsed.
    * ser apreciado = receive + appreciation.
    * ser apropiado = be right.
    * ser aproximadamente + Número = be around + Número, be about + Número.
    * ser arrestado = be under arrest.
    * ser asequible = be available, become + available.
    * ser asequible a = be amenable to.
    * ser así = be the case (with), be just like that.
    * ser atacado = be under attack, come under + fire, be under assault.
    * ser atractivo = look + attractive, be popular in appeal.
    * ser atrevido = make + a bold statement.
    * ser atribuible a = be attributable to.
    * ser aun más = be all the more.
    * ser autosuficiente = stand on + Posesivo + own, self-serve.
    * ser autosuficiente económicamente = pay + Posesivo + own way.
    * ser avaricioso = have + Posesivo + cake and eat it.
    * ser bienvenido = be most welcome, make + welcome, be welcome.
    * ser bonito + Verbo = be neat to + Verbo.
    * ser buenísimo + Gerundio = be terrific at + Gerundio.
    * ser bueno = make + good + Nombre.
    * ser bueno en = be good at.
    * ser bueno para Alguien = be to + Posesivo + advantage.
    * ser cada vez más importante = increase in + importance.
    * ser capaz de = be capable of.
    * ser capaz de hacer cualquier cosa por = go to + any lengths to, go to + great lengths to.
    * ser característico de = be emblematic of.
    * ser carísimo = cost + be prohibitive.
    * ser caro = be steep.
    * ser casi seguro = be a good bet.
    * ser chiquito pero matón = punch above + Posesivo + weight.
    * ser chulo = be cool.
    * ser clavado a = be a dead ringer for.
    * ser cliente de una tienda = patronise + shop.
    * ser coherente = cohere.
    * ser como el día y la noche = different as night and day.
    * ser como hablar con la pared = be like talking to a brick wall.
    * ser como mínimo = be no less than.
    * ser como una esfera = wrap around.
    * ser como un círculo = wrap around.
    * ser como un libro abierto = be an open book.
    * ser complementario el uno del otro = be integral one to another.
    * ser complementarios = be integral one to another.
    * ser completamente diferente = be in a different league.
    * ser completo = be all inclusive.
    * ser común = be the case (with).
    * ser condenado a prisión = receive + prison sentence.
    * ser confuso = be deceiving.
    * ser conocido por = famously, have + a track record of.
    * ser conocido por todos = be out in the open.
    * ser consciente = sentient being.
    * ser consciente de = be alive to, be aware of, be cognisant of, be mindful of/that, become + cognisant of, be aware of, realise [realize, -USA].
    * ser consciente de + Posesivo + valía = be alive to + Posesivo + worth.
    * ser consciente + desafortunadamente = be painfully aware of.
    * ser contradictorio de = run + contrary to.
    * ser contraproducente = defeat + Posesivo + purpose, blowback.
    * ser contrario a = be contrary to, be hostile to.
    * ser conveniente + Infinitivo = be as well + Infinitivo, be well + Infinitivo.
    * ser correcto = be all right, be correct, be right.
    * ser cortés con = be civil towards.
    * ser costumbre = be customary.
    * ser creativo = be inventive.
    * ser creíble = invoke + belief.
    * ser criticado = be subjected to + criticism, be (the) subject of/to criticism, take + heat, come under + fire.
    * ser crucial (para) = be central (to).
    * ser cuestión de = come down to.
    * ser culpable = be to blame.
    * ser culpable (por/de) = be at fault (for/to).
    * ser dado a = be amenable to, be apt to, be given to.
    * ser de = be a native of.
    * ser de alto nivel = be at a high level.
    * ser de armas tomar = be a (real) handful.
    * ser de ayuda = be of assistance.
    * ser debatible = be a moot point, be open to question, be open to debate, be at issue.
    * ser de calidad = be up to snuff, be up to scratch.
    * ser decisión de + Nombre = be down to + Nombre.
    * ser de contenido + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in content.
    * ser de crecimiento rápido = be a quick grower.
    * ser de difícil acceso = tuck away.
    * ser de dominio público = be public domain.
    * ser deficiente = be wanting.
    * ser definitivo = be final.
    * ser de gran ayuda para = be a boon to.
    * ser de gran beneficio para = be of great benefit to.
    * ser de importancia primordial = be of key importance.
    * ser de importancia vital = lie at + the heart of.
    * ser de interés para = be of interest (to/for).
    * ser dejado en la obligación de Uno = be derelict in + duty.
    * ser de la izquierda = be of the left.
    * ser de la noche = night creature.
    * ser de la opinión de que = be of the opinion that, be of the view that.
    * ser del gusto de Uno = be to + Posesivo + taste.
    * ser del orden de + Número = be of the order of + Número.
    * ser de los que piensan que = subscribe to + view.
    * ser demasiado = be over-provided, be a mouthful.
    * ser demasiado + Adjetivo = be too + Adjetivo + by half.
    * ser demasiado complaciente = lean over + too far backwards.
    * ser demasiado común = be all too common.
    * ser demasiado para = be too much for, be too much for.
    * ser demasiado precavido = err + on the side of caution.
    * ser demasiado preciso = put + too fine a point on, split + hairs.
    * ser demasiado quisquilloso = put + too fine a point on, split + hairs.
    * ser demasiado tarde para echar atrás = reach + the point of no return.
    * ser de mucho uso = take + Nombre + a long way.
    * ser de número limitado = be limited in number.
    * ser de origen + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in origin.
    * ser de poco valor = be of little use, be of little value.
    * ser de primera categoría = be top notch.
    * ser de raza negra o de piel morena = be coloured.
    * ser de sabios = be a point of wisdom.
    * ser desacertado = miss + the mark, miss + the point.
    * ser desastroso = spell + bad news, be a shambles, be (in) a mess.
    * ser desconocido para = be alien to.
    * ser descorazonador = be dispiriting.
    * ser desoído = be unheeded.
    * ser despiadado = play + hardball.
    * ser detenido = be under arrest.
    * ser de un solo uso = be a one-trip pony.
    * ser de un tipo diferente = be different in kind, differ in + kind (from).
    * ser de un valor especial = be of particular value.
    * ser de uso general = be in general use, be generally available.
    * ser de utilidad = be of use.
    * ser de utilidad a = be of service to.
    * ser diestro en = be skilled at.
    * ser difícil = be a stretch.
    * ser difícil de bregar = be a (real) handful.
    * ser difícil de conseguir = be hard to get.
    * ser difícil de creer = beggar + belief.
    * ser difícil de encontrar = be hard to find.
    * ser difícil de lograr = be hard to get.
    * ser difícil de superar = take + some beating.
    * ser digno de = merit.
    * ser digno de admiración = deserve + admiration.
    * ser digno de crítica = merit + a critical eye.
    * ser digno de + Infinitivo = be worth + Gerundio.
    * ser diplomático = say + the right thing.
    * ser discutible = be open to question, be open to debate, be at issue.
    * ser dogmático = be dogmatic.
    * ser dos mundos completamente distintos = be poles apart.
    * ser dudoso = be doubtful.
    * ser duro = play + hardball.
    * ser eficaz para + Infinitivo = be efficient at + Gerundio.
    * ser el acabóse = take + the biscuit, take + the cake, be the limit.
    * ser el alma de = be the life of, be the life and soul of.
    * ser el asunto = be the point.
    * ser el beneficiario de = be on the receiving end of.
    * ser el blanco de = be a pushover for.
    * ser el blanco de las críticas = come under + fire.
    * ser el canalizador de = be the conduit for.
    * ser el capitán = skipper, captain.
    * ser el caso (de) = be the case (with).
    * ser el centro de atención = steal + the limelight, steal + the show, cut + a dash.
    * ser el centro de todas las miradas = cut + a dash.
    * ser el colmo = be the last straw, bring + the situation to a head, take + the biscuit, take + the cake, be the limit.
    * ser el contrincante más débil = punch above + Posesivo + weight.
    * ser el culo del mundo = be the pits.
    * ser elegido = get in.
    * ser elevado = be steep.
    * ser el éxito de la fiesta = steal + the limelight, steal + the show.
    * ser el fin de = sign + a death warrant (for).
    * ser el jefe = be in charge, call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * ser el límite = be the limit.
    * ser el mandamás = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * ser el más afectado por = bear + the brunt of.
    * ser el máximo = be the limit.
    * ser el momento clave = mark + the watershed.
    * ser el momento (de) = be the time to.
    * ser el momento decisivo = mark + the watershed.
    * ser el momento de/para = it + be + time to/for.
    * ser el objetivo de Uno = be in business for.
    * ser el orgullo de = be the pride and joy of.
    * ser el origen de = provide + the material for.
    * ser el paraje natural de = be home to.
    * ser el preludio = usher in.
    * ser el primero = be second to none, come out on + top.
    * ser el primero en = lead + the way in.
    * ser el primero en + Infinitivo = take + the lead in + Gerundio.
    * ser el punto de partida de = form + the basis of.
    * ser el punto más débil de Alguien = be at + Posesivo + weakest.
    * ser el punto más flaco de Alguien = be at + Posesivo + weakest.
    * ser el que con mayor frecuencia = be (the) most likely to.
    * ser el que con menor frecuencia = be (the) least likely to.
    * ser el resultado de = follow from, result from.
    * ser el segundo de a bordo = play + second fiddle.
    * ser el último grito = be all the rage.
    * ser el último mono ser el último mono = feel + pulled and tugged.
    * ser emblemático de = be emblematic of.
    * ser en balde = be of no avail, be to no avail.
    * ser en cierto modo un + Nombre = be something of a + Nombre.
    * ser en vano = be of no avail, be to no avail.
    * ser enviado a = have + the lead to.
    * ser equiparable a = be commensurate with.
    * ser erróneo = be wide of the mark, be wrong.
    * ser escaso = be few and far between, be in short supply.
    * ser esclavo de = be slave to.
    * ser estupendo = sound + great, be fine and dandy.
    * ser estúpido = be off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * ser exigente al elegir = pick and choose.
    * ser exigente al escoger = pick and choose.
    * ser experto en = be skilled at.
    * ser expulsado de = be dropped from.
    * ser extraño para = be alien to.
    * ser extremadamente + Adjetivo = be too + Adjetivo + by half.
    * ser fácil = be easy.
    * ser fácil de conseguir = be readily available.
    * ser facilísimo = be a snap, be a piece of cake.
    * ser factible de = be amenable to.
    * ser familiar = strike + familiar chords, ring + a bell.
    * ser famoso = gain + recognition, be popular.
    * ser famoso por = famously, have + a track record of.
    * ser favorable = be a plus.
    * ser ficticio = be fiction.
    * ser fiel a = cleave to.
    * ser fructífero = come to + fruition.
    * ser goloso = have + a sweet tooth.
    * ser grosero con = be abusive of.
    * ser hábil para = be adroit at.
    * ser habitual = be customary.
    * ser harina de otro costal = be a different kettle of fish.
    * ser hipertenso = be hyper.
    * ser hora de = it + be + time to/for.
    * ser hora de definirse = time to climb off the fence.
    * ser hora de irse = be time to go.
    * ser hora de marcharse = be time to go.
    * ser hora ya de que = be about time (that), be high time (that/to/for).
    * ser humilde = hide + Posesivo + light under a bushel.
    * sería mejor que + Subjuntivo = better + Infinitivo.
    * ser ideal = suit + best, be just the thing, be just the ticket, be just the job.
    * ser ideal para Uno = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley, be + Posesivo + cup of tea.
    * ser idóneo para = be suited to.
    * ser ignorado = be unheeded.
    * ser igual a = be equivalent to, equal.
    * ser igual que = amount to + the same thing as.
    * ser ilegal = be against the law.
    * ser ilimitado = be boundless.
    * ser implacable = play + hardball.
    * ser imponente = be awe-inspiring.
    * ser importante = be of importance, make + a difference, be of consequence.
    * ser importantísimo = make + all the difference in the world, make + difference in the world.
    * ser importantísimo (para) = be central (to).
    * ser imposible = be dead meat.
    * ser imprescindible = be a must.
    * ser improcedente = be out of order.
    * ser imprudente = be reckless.
    * ser inalterable = set in + stone, set in + tablets of stone.
    * ser incapaz de = be unable to.
    * ser incoherente = Negativo + hold + water.
    * ser incompatible (con) = be irreconcilable (with).
    * ser inconsistente = Negativo + hold + water.
    * ser increíble = beggar + belief.
    * ser independiente = go + Posesivo + own way, stew in + Posesivo + own juice, stand on + Posesivo + own (two) feet.
    * ser indescriptible = beggar + description.
    * ser indispensable = be a must.
    * ser ineficaz = fire + blanks.
    * ser infundado = be unfounded.
    * ser inherente a = inhere in.
    * ser inimaginable = beggar + imagination.
    * ser inminente = be on the cards.
    * ser inmune a = be immune from, be immune against.
    * ser innovador = break + new ground, break + ground.
    * ser innumerable = be without number, be legion.
    * ser innumerables = run into + the thousands.
    * ser insignificante = pale into + insignificance, stick + Algo + on a pin-point, be of no consequence.
    * ser insignificante de = be slight in.
    * ser inteligente = be talented.
    * ser interesante = be of interest (to/for).
    * ser interesante + Infinitivo = be as well + Infinitivo, be well + Infinitivo.
    * ser interesante + Verbo = be neat to + Verbo.
    * ser interminable = there + be + no end to.
    * ser intransigente = play + hardball.
    * ser inútil = fire + blanks.
    * ser irrespetuoso con = disrespect, diss.
    * ser justo = play + fair.
    * ser justo con todos = give the devil his due.
    * ser justo hasta con el diablo = give the devil his due.
    * ser justo lo que se necesita = be just the thing, be just the ticket, be just the job.
    * ser justo lo que Uno necesita = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley.
    * ser justo que = there + be + justice in.
    * ser juzgado = stand + trial, stand for + trial.
    * ser la abreviatura de = be short for.
    * ser la base de = be at the core of, form + the basis of, be at the heart of.
    * ser la ciudad de = be home to.
    * ser la clave de = hold + the key to.
    * ser la comidilla del barrio = be the talk of the town.
    * ser la comidilla del pueblo = be the talk of the town.
    * ser la consecuencia de = follow from, result from.
    * ser la costumbre = be customary.
    * ser la cuestión = be the point.
    * ser la culminación de Algo = represent + the culmination of, mark + the culmination of.
    * ser la culpa de = be the fault of.
    * ser la debilidad de Alguien = be a sucker for.
    * ser la elección lógica = be a/the natural choice.
    * ser la elección natural = be a/the natural choice.
    * ser la excepción = be the exception.
    * ser la excepción a la regla = constitute + the exception to the rule.
    * ser la excepción que confirma la regla = be the exception rather than the rule.
    * ser la forma abreviada de = be short for.
    * ser la forma de = be a recipe for.
    * ser la fórmula para = be a recipe for.
    * ser la gota que colma el vaso = bring + the situation to a head.
    * ser la idea central de = be at the core of, be at the heart of.
    * ser la imagen de = be a picture of.
    * ser la intención = be the intention.
    * ser la intención de uno = be + Posesivo + intention.
    * ser la manera de = be a recipe for.
    * ser la materia prima de = be grist to + Posesivo + mill.
    * ser la mayoría = be in the majority.
    * ser la mejor alternativa = be the best bet.
    * ser la mejor manera de = be the conduit for.
    * ser lamentable = be a pity.
    * ser la minoría = be in the minority.
    * ser la norma = be the norm, be the rule, become + the norm.
    * ser la novedad = be on the scene.
    * ser la obra de = be the work of.
    * ser la persona ideal para = be the best placed to.
    * ser la persona más indicada para = be in a position to.
    * ser la propia responsabilidad de Alguien = be of + Posesivo + own making.
    * ser la prueba de fuego de Algo = test + Nombre + to the limit.
    * ser la punta de lanza de = spearhead.
    * ser la razón de = lie at + the root of.
    * ser la representación misma de = be a picture of.
    * ser la responsabilidad de = be the responsibility of.
    * ser la responsabilidad de Alguien + Infinitivo = it + lie with + Nombre/Pronombre + to + Infinitivo.
    * ser la última palabra = be all the rage.
    * ser la última persona del mundo que + Infinitivo = be one of the last people in the world to + Infinitivo.
    * ser lector de una biblioteca = library membership.
    * ser lento = be slow off the mark, be slow off the blocks.
    * ser líder en = take + the lead in + Gerundio.
    * ser lo de Uno = be cut out for, be (right) up + Posesivo + alley.
    * ser lo más parecido a = be as close as we come to.
    * ser lo mismo = be one and the same.
    * ser lo normal = be the order of the day.
    * ser lo principal de = be at the core of, be at the heart of.
    * ser lo que a Uno le encanta = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley.
    * ser lo que a Uno le gusta = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley, be + Posesivo + cup of tea.
    * ser lo que a Uno le interesa = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley, be + Posesivo + cup of tea.
    * ser lo que a Uno le va = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley.
    * ser lo que a Uno más le gusta = be + Posesivo + big scene.
    * ser lo que nos espera = be the shape of things to come.
    * ser lo suficientemente + Adjetivo + como para = be + Adjetivo + enough to.
    * ser lo suficientemente comprensivo = go + far enough.
    * ser lo suficientemente conocido como para que = be sufficiently well known for.
    * serlo todo para todos = be all things to all men, be all things to all people.
    * ser lo último = be all the rage, be the pits.
    * ser lo último en = become + the next stop in.
    * ser lo último en lo que + pensar = be the last thing of + Posesivo + mind.
    * ser lo último que + ocurrir + a Alguien = be the last thing of + Posesivo + mind.
    * ser magnífico + Gerundio = be terrific at + Gerundio.
    * ser malo = be a joke, spell + bad news, make + poor + Nombre.
    * ser maravilloso = sound + great.
    * ser más astuto que = outfox, outwit, outsmart.
    * ser más interno = inner being.
    * ser más un + Nombre = be more of a + Nombre.
    * ser mayor = be older.
    * ser mejor en = be better at.
    * ser mejor que = be superior to, compare + favourably.
    * ser mejor que + Subjuntivo = better + Infinitivo.
    * ser menor = be less.
    * ser menos + Adjetivo = be less of a(n) + Nombre.
    * ser mínimo = be at a minimum.
    * ser mirado de forma extraña = get + some funny looks.
    * ser modesto = hide + Posesivo + light under a bushel.
    * ser molesto = be disturbing.
    * ser moroso = be in default.
    * ser motivador = be motivating.
    * ser motivo de preocupación = loom + large.
    * ser mucho = be a mouthful.
    * ser mucho más = be all the more.
    * ser mucho más que = be far more than.
    * ser muy aconsejable que = be well advised to.
    * ser muy alto = be metres high.
    * ser muy amigo de = be pally with.
    * ser muy antiguo = go ba.

    Spanish-English dictionary > ser2

  • 28 el2

    = the, ye.
    Ex. The first institute, 'The Catalog: Its Nature and Prospects,' was held in New York City on October 9 and 10, 1975.
    Ex. The article 'Ye olde smart card' presents an annotated list of information sources on the credit card industry.
    ----
    * a lo extremo = to the extreme.
    * aunque no lo creas = believe it or not.
    * barrio de los ricos = upper town.
    * de los mejores = as good as any.
    * el abuelo de = the granddaddy of.
    * el acabose = the last straw.
    * el alcance = comprehensiveness.
    * el amor de + Posesivo + vida = the love of + Posesivo + life.
    * el año próximo = the year ahead.
    * el arte de = the art of, the fine art of.
    * el ataque es la mejor defensa = attack is the best form of defence.
    * el auténtico = the real McCoy.
    * el beneficio de la duda = the benefit of the doubt.
    * el bien de = the good of.
    * el buenazo de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.
    * el bueno de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.
    * el camino a seguir = the way ahead, the way to go.
    * el camino correcto = the way ahead, the way to go.
    * el camino hacia + Nombre + está lleno de + Nombre = the road (to/towards) + Nombre + is paved with + Nombre.
    * el camino hacia + Nombre + está plagado de + Nombre = the road (to/towards) + Nombre + is paved with + Nombre.
    * el camino por recorrer = the way ahead.
    * el camino que lleva a = a/the doorway to.
    * el camino recorrido = the road travelled so far.
    * el camino se hace andando = actions speak louder than words.
    * el centro de atención + ser = all eyes + be + on.
    * el charco = the big pond.
    * el ciudadano de a pie = the average Joe.
    * el ciudadano medio = the average Joe.
    * el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.
    * el colmo = the last straw.
    * el consejo de otra persona = a second opinion.
    * el copón = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.
    * el corazón de = the heart of.
    * el crecimiento de = the rising tide of.
    * el cual = which.
    * el de = that in, that of.
    * el diablo está en los detalles = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * el día del Juicio Final = the Day of Judgement.
    * El Diluvio = the Flood.
    * el dinero es el origen de todos los males = money is the root of all evil.
    * el dinero es la fuente de todos los males = money is the root of all evil.
    * el dinero mueve al mundo = money makes the world go (a)round.
    * el dinero no crece en los árboles = money doesn't grow on trees.
    * el doble = twice + as many.
    * el doble de = twice + the number of.
    * El Dorado = El Dorado.
    * el enemigo en casa = the enemy within.
    * el entonces + Nombre = the then + Nombre.
    * el espíritu de la época = the spirit of the times.
    * el estado de las cosas = the lay of the land [the lie of the land, -UK].
    * el evitar = avoidance.
    * el éxito genera éxito = success breeds success (SBS).
    * el éxito llama al éxito = success breeds success (SBS).
    * el final de = the close of.
    * el final de los problemas = the light at the end of the tunnel.
    * el fin del mundo = the ends of the earth.
    * el fin de semana = over the weekend, at the weekend.
    * el fin de todos los fines = the end of all ends.
    * el fin justifica los medios = the end justifies the means.
    * el fruto de + Nombre = the fruit of + Nombre.
    * el futuro = the way ahead, the way of the future.
    * el futuro + estar + justo a la vuelta de la esquina = the future + be + just around the corner.
    * el Gato con Botas = Puss in Boots.
    * el grado de = the extent of.
    * el grado de + Nombre = the breadth and depth of + Nombre.
    * el grado en que = the extent to which.
    * el gran hermano = big brother.
    * el guapo de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.
    * el hecho es que = fact is, the fact is (that).
    * el hecho es que... = the fact of the matter is that....
    * el hombre de la calle = the average Joe.
    * el hombre no es una isla = no man is an island.
    * el hombre propone y Dios dispone = Man proposes, God disposes.
    * el impulsor de = the power behind.
    * el interés público = the public interest.
    * El Juicio Final = The Last Judgement.
    * el lastre de = the shackles of.
    * el llevar = carrying.
    * el lugar que le corresponde a = the due place of.
    * El Mago de Oz = The Wizard of Oz, The Wizard of Oz.
    * el más = all-time.
    * el más + Adjetivo = the most + Adjetivo.
    * el más allá = hereafter.
    * el más bajo = rock-bottom.
    * el más favorito del mes = pick of the month.
    * el más leído = the most widely read.
    * el más recomendado = best of breed, the.
    * el Mediterráneo = Mediterranean Sea, the, the Med.
    * el mejor = best of breed, the.
    * el mejor de todos = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.
    * el mejor hasta ahora = the best yet.
    * el mejor modo de = the best way of.
    * el mejor momento de todos = the time of all times.
    * el mejor + Nombre = the best available + Nombre.
    * el mejor que ha hecho hasta ahora = Posesivo + best yet.
    * el mentir = lying.
    * el mes pasado = last month.
    * el mío = mine.
    * el mismo + Nombre (+ que) = every bit as much + Nombre (+ as).
    * el mismo número = as many.
    * el modo como = the way in which.
    * el modo de = the way in which.
    * el modo de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.
    * el momento preciso = the point in time at which.
    * el motor de = the power behind.
    * el movimiento se demuestra andando = actions speak louder than words.
    * el muerto al hoyo y el vivo al bollo = dead men have no friends.
    * el mundo de las noticias = newsmaking.
    * el mundo en la palma de la mano = the world in the palm of + Posesivo + hand.
    * el mundo está a sus pies = the world is + Posesivo + oyster.
    * el mundo es un pañuelo = it's a small world.
    * el + Nombre + correcto al + Nombre + adecuado en el momento oportuno = the right + Nombre + to the right + Nombre + at the right time.
    * el + Nombre + es inestimable = the + Nombre + cannot be overestimated.
    * el + Nombre + más completo = the + Nombre + to end all + Nombre.
    * el no va más = the be all and end all, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * el nuevo aspecto de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.
    * el orgullo de = showpiece.
    * el otro lado de la barrera = the other side of the fence.
    * el padre de = the father of.
    * el pan nuestro de cada día = all in a day's work.
    * el paso del tiempo = the passage of time, the sands of time.
    * el peor de todos = the worst of the lot.
    * el perro es el mejor amigo del hombre = a dog is man's best friend.
    * el peso de = brunt of, the.
    * el populacho = the great unwashed.
    * el porqué de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.
    * el portavoz de = the voice of.
    * el presente = thisness.
    * el primer intento = the first time around.
    * el primer + Nombre = the earliest + Nombre.
    * el primero mencionado = former.
    * el principal = the number one.
    * el principio de = the dawn of.
    * el principio del fin = the beginning of the end.
    * el principio de + Mes/Estación = early + Mes/Estación.
    * el problema no es el qué, sino el cómo = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * el problema obvio = the elephant in the room.
    * el proletariado = the great unwashed.
    * el pulmón de = the heart of.
    * el punto más bajo = rock-bottom.
    * el que = that, the one.
    * el que aprende = learner.
    * el que las hace, las paga = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.
    * el que lo encuentre se lo queda = finders keepers.
    * el que mantiene a la familia = breadwinner [bread winner].
    * el que mucho abarca poco aprieta = jack of all trades, master of none.
    * el que no llora, no mama = the squeaky (squeaking) wheel gets the grease (the oil/oiled).
    * el que no se aventura no cruza el mar = nothing ventured, nothing gained.
    * el que pregunta = inquirer [enquirer, -UK].
    * el quid de la cuestión = the crux of the problem, the crux of the matter.
    * el registro de los registros = record-of-record.
    * el registro modelo = record-of-record.
    * el resto = rest, the.
    * el resto (de) = the remainder (of), the rest (of).
    * El Salvador = El Salvador.
    * el segundo mencionado = latter.
    * el sendero que lleva a = a/the doorway to.
    * el ser barato = cheapness.
    * el siguiente no, el otro = next but one.
    * el sitio adecuado en el momento adecuado = the right place at the right time.
    * el sueño de toda persona = the stuff dreams are made of.
    * el sueño de todos = the stuff dreams are made of.
    * el sueño de todo ser viviente = the stuff dreams are made of.
    * el súmmum = the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * el tamaño de = the extent of.
    * el tema de la discusión = the focus of the discussion.
    * el tema del debate = the focus of the discussion.
    * el tiempo de Algo = in season.
    * el tiempo es oro = time is money.
    * el tiempo lo dirá = only time will tell.
    * el tiempo vuela = time flies (by).
    * el tipo de = the range of.
    * el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.
    * el total de = the total sum of, the sum total of.
    * el transcurrir del tiempo = the sands of time.
    * el transcurso del tiempo = as time goes by.
    * el último citado = latter.
    * el último grito = the last word, the cat's meow, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * el último + Nombre = the latest + Nombre.
    * el último pero no el menos importante = the last but by no means least.
    * el único = the one and only.
    * el único e incomparable = the one and only.
    * el único e inimitable = the one and only.
    * el único problema = a fly in the soup, the fly in the ointment.
    * el verdadero = the real McCoy.
    * el verdadero problema = the elephant in the room.
    * el ver televisión = television viewing.
    * el viejo = the elder.
    * el vulgo = the great unwashed.
    * el yugo de = the shackles of.
    * espicharlas = kick + the bucket.
    * la = the, ye.
    * la alternativa + ser = the alternative + be.
    * la belleza es superficial = beauty is only skin deep.
    * La Biblioteca Responde = Ask the Library.
    * la Biblioteca y el Archivo de Canadá = Library and Archives Canada.
    * la buena noticia = the good news.
    * la calidad es nuestro lema = quality is our middle name.
    * la calma que precede a la tormenta = the lull before the storm.
    * la cambiante fisonomía de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.
    * la caridad empieza por uno mismo = charity begins at home.
    * la ciudadana de a pie = the average Jane.
    * la ciudadana media = the average Jane.
    * la ciudad que nunca duerme = the city that never sleeps.
    * la clave de = at the heart of.
    * la clave está en la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * la comunidad en general = the community at large.
    * la Convención de la Haya de 1954 = the 1954 Hague Convention.
    * la copa del árbol = the top of the tree.
    * la cosa es que = the thing is.
    * la cosa principal = the number one thing.
    * la crème de la crème = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.
    * la cruz de = the bane of.
    * la cuestión es que = the thing is.
    * la década de los + Número = the + Número + s.
    * la demanda de = a call for.
    * la diversidad de = the range of.
    * la diversidad de + Nombre = the many + Nombre.
    * la edad se lleva en el alma = you are as old as you feel.
    * la época de Algo = in season.
    * la escoria de la sociedad = the gutter.
    * la espalda de = the back of.
    * la evidencia = the writing on the wall.
    * la fe mueve montañas = faith will move mountains.
    * la filosofía de = the reason behind, the reasoning behind.
    * la flor de + Nombre = the prime of + Nombre.
    * la flor y nata = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.
    * la forma correcta de hacer las cosas = the way to go.
    * la forma de = ways and means (of/for/to/in/by).
    * la forma de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.
    * la forma de ver las cosas = the way + to see things.
    * la fuerza de la mayoría = strength in numbers.
    * la gente decía que = rumour had it that.
    * la gente dice que = rumour has it that.
    * la gente se está inquietando = the natives are nervous.
    * la gente se está poniendo nerviosa = the natives are nervous.
    * la gente se puso de pie para aplaudir = standing ovation.
    * la gota que colmó el vaso = the straw that broke the camel's back.
    * la Gran Manzana = the Big Apple.
    * la gran mayoría de = the vast majority of, the bulk of.
    * la historia + repetirse = history + come full circle.
    * la historia + volverse a repetir = history + come full circle.
    * la hostia = the cat's pyjamas, the cat's pyjamas, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * la hoz y el martillo = the hammer and sickle.
    * la idea que hay detrás de = the idea behind.
    * la imaginación no tiene límites = your imagination is the limit.
    * la imitación es la mejor forma de que lo halaguen a uno = imitation is the sincerest form of flattery.
    * La Isla del Tesoro = Treasure Island.
    * la joya de = showpiece.
    * la judicatura = the Bench.
    * la justicia = the Bench.
    * la juventud no es cuestión de edad sino de espíritu = you are as old as you feel.
    * la leche = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.
    * la luz al final del túnel = the light at the end of the tunnel.
    * la magistratura = the Bench.
    * la manera de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.
    * la mano que mece la cuna es la mano que domina el mundo = the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world.
    * la mano que mece la cuna gobierna el mundo = the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world.
    * la mar de = a whole slew of.
    * la mayoría con mucho de = the vast majority of.
    * la mayoría de = the majority of, most + Nombre, the main bulk of.
    * la mayoría de la gente = most people, the majority of the people.
    * la mayoría de las personas = most people, the majority of the people.
    * la mayoría de las veces = most of the time, more often than not.
    * la mayoría del mundo = the majority of the world, most people, the majority of the people.
    * la mayoría del tiempo = most of the time.
    * la mayor parte de = the majority of, the main bulk of, the lion's share of.
    * la mayor parte de las veces = more often than not.
    * la medida en que = the extent to which.
    * la mejor forma de hacer Algo = best practices, lessons learned [lessons learnt].
    * la mejor manera = how best.
    * la mejor manera de = the best way of.
    * la mejor oferta = the best deal.
    * la mejor opción = the best bet.
    * la mejor salida = the best way forward.
    * la mejor solución = the best way forward.
    * la menor duda de que = no doubt whatsoever.
    * la mentira = lying.
    * la mirada en = eye(s) on.
    * la misma persona = one and the same person.
    * la mitad (1/2) = one-half (1/2).
    * la necesidad agudiza el ingenio = necessity mothers invention.
    * la ocasión la pintan calva = make + hay while the sun shines.
    * la opinión de otra persona = a second opinion.
    * la oportunidad de + Posesivo + vida = the opportunity of a lifetime.
    * la parte de atrás de = the back of.
    * la parte más dura de = brunt of, the.
    * la parte más importante = the heart of.
    * la parte principal de = the bulk of.
    * la parte superior izquierda de = the upper left of.
    * la parte trasera de = the back of.
    * la personificación de la confianza en uno mismo = confidence personified.
    * la pesadilla de = the bane of.
    * la pesca del día = the day's catch, the catch of the day.
    * la petición de = a call for.
    * la píldora = the pill.
    * la plebe = the great unwashed.
    * la polla = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.
    * la práctica hace al maestro = practice makes perfect.
    * la primera tentativa = the first time around.
    * la primera vez = the first time around.
    * la proporción mayor de = the lion's share of.
    * la próxima moda = the next hot thing.
    * la puntilla = the final/last nail in + Posesivo + coffin.
    * la que = that, the one.
    * la razón de ser = the reason for being.
    * la realidad es que = the fact remains that..., fact is, the fact is (that).
    * la rehostia = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.
    * la responsabilidad ahora recae en + Nombre = the ball is in + Posesivo + court.
    * la responsabilidad es de... = the buck + stops....
    * la riqueza de = the wealth of.
    * la ruina de = the bane of.
    * las = the, ye.
    * las 24 horas = round the clock, around the clock.
    * las apariencias engañan = don't judge a book by its cover, there's more to it than meets the eye.
    * las ataduras de = the shackles of.
    * las autoridades = the powers-that-be.
    * las cosas + cambiar = pendulum + swing.
    * las cosas + estar + claras = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * las cosas no pasan así como así = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).
    * las cosas no pasan (así) porque sí = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).
    * las cosas no son tan simples como parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.
    * las cosas + seguir + igual = business + revolve + as usual.
    * las cosas siguen igual = business as usual.
    * las cosas sólo pasan una vez = lightning never strikes twice.
    * las cosas son más complicadas de lo que parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.
    * las cosas tal y como son = the birds and the bees.
    * las cosas + volver + a su punto de partida = the wheel + turn + full circle.
    * las de = those for.
    * las doce del mediodía = noon.
    * la segunda mitad de + Fecha = the latter part of + Fecha.
    * la segunda opción = the next best choice.
    * la segunda vez = the second time around.
    * la semana pasada = last week.
    * la senda que lleva a = a/the doorway to.
    * la situación = the course of events.
    * la sociedad en general = society at large.
    * las posibilidades son infinitas = the possibilities are endless.
    * las profundidades del mar = the deep.
    * las profundidades del océano = the deep.
    * las pruebas = the writing on the wall.
    * las raíces se encuentran = roots + lie.
    * las raíces se remontan a = roots + lie.
    * las razones de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.
    * las Reglas de Cutter para un Catálogo Diccionario = Cutter's Rules for a Dictionary Catalog.
    * las triquiñuelas de la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * la suerte + cambiar = the tide + turn.
    * la suerte estaba echada = the die was cast, the die had been cast.
    * la suerte está echada = the die is cast.
    * la suma total de = the total sum of, the sum total of.
    * las uvas están verdes = sour grapes.
    * las veinticuatro horas = day and night, day or night, night and day.
    * la temporada de Algo = in season.
    * la tierra de la abundancia = the land of plenty.
    * la tierra de las oportunidades = the land of opportunity.
    * la tira de = a whole slew of.
    * la tira de tiempo = donkey's years.
    * la triste realidad es que = the sad fact is (that).
    * la última palabra = the last word, the last word, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * la última vez = last time.
    * la última vez que = the last time.
    * la única pega = the fly in the ointment, a fly in the soup.
    * la unión hace la fuerza = strength in numbers.
    * la ventaja de = the beauty of.
    * la ventaja es que = on the positive side, the advantage is that, on the bright side.
    * la verdad = the lowdown (on).
    * la verdad es que = if the truth be known, if the truth be told, the fact is (that), fact is.
    * la verdad es que... = the fact of the matter is that....
    * la verdad sea dicha = to tell the truth.
    * la verdad sea dicha que = if the truth be told.
    * la Vía Láctea = the Milky Way.
    * la vida continúa = the show must go on.
    * la vida + continuar = life + go on.
    * la vida es así = life's like that.
    * ¡la vida no es un camino de rosas! = the course of true love never did run smooth!.
    * la vida + seguir = life + go on.
    * la víspera de = on the eve of.
    * la voz de = the voice of.
    * la voz de la conciencia = the voice within.
    * la voz de la experiencia = the voice of experience.
    * la voz de la razón = the voice of reason.
    * la voz del odio = the voice of hate.
    * la voz interior = the voice within.
    * lo absurdo = ridiculousness.
    * lo adecuado = adequacy.
    * lo + Adjetivo + que sea/esté = how + Adjetivo.
    * lo anodino = blandness.
    * lo anteriormente expuesto = the preceding.
    * lo apropiado = appropriateness.
    * lo barato = inexpensiveness.
    * lo básico = essential, the, nuts and bolts, bare minimum, bare necessities, the, the lowdown (on).
    * lo bastante elevado = high enough.
    * lo bastante extenso = adequately scoped.
    * lo bueno de = the beauty of.
    * lo bueno es que = the good news is (that)..., on the positive side, on the bright side.
    * lo bueno viene en frascos pequeños = small is beautiful.
    * lo bueno y lo malo = the rights and wrongs.
    * lo caro = expensiveness.
    * lo chicano = Chicana.
    * lo chulo = coolness.
    * lo cierto es que = fact is, the fact is (that).
    * lo completo = completeness.
    * lo completo que Algo está = fullness.
    * lo creas o no = believe it or not.
    * lo decisivo = the last word.
    * lo definitivo = the last word.
    * lo desagradable = unpleasantness.
    * ¿lo dices en broma? = you must be joking!, you must be kidding!.
    * lo directo = directness.
    * lo divertido = the fun part.
    * lo engorroso de = cumbersomeness.
    * lo esencial = essential, the, nuts and bolts, bare minimum, bare necessities, the, the lowdown (on).
    * lo estrafalario = zaniness.
    * lo estrambótico = zaniness.
    * lo extenso = comprehensiveness.
    * lo favorable = propitiousness.
    * lo hebraico = Hebraica.
    * lo hecho hecho está = no use crying over spilt/spilled milk.
    * lo importante es lo que eres no cómo te llamas = a rose by any other name.
    * lo imprescindible = bare necessities, the, bare minimum.
    * lo incómodo de = cumbersomeness.
    * lo indefinido = indefiniteness.
    * lo indirecto = indirectness.
    * lo indispensable = bare necessities, the, bare minimum.
    * lo insulso = blandness.
    * lo interesante = the fun part.
    * lo judío = Judaica.
    * lo lindo = cuteness.
    * lo llano = flatness.
    * lo más cercano a = the nearest thing to.
    * lo más conveniente es que = optimally.
    * lo más destacado = highlights.
    * lo más detestado = pet hate.
    * lo más importante = most of all, at its core.
    * lo más interesante = highlights.
    * lo más mínimo = so much as.
    * lo más novedoso = the last word.
    * lo más odiado = pet hate.
    * lo más parecido a = the nearest thing to.
    * lo más probable es que = most probably.
    * lo más recio de = brunt of, the.
    * lo más recóndito = nooks and crannies.
    * lo máximo = the be all and end all, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * lo mejor = the top of the tree.
    * lo mejor de = the beauty of, showpiece.
    * lo mejor de ambas partes = the best of both worlds.
    * lo mejor de lo mejor = the best of the best.
    * lo mejor de todo = best of all.
    * lo mejor entre lo mejor = the best of the best.
    * lo mejor es que... = the good news is (that)....
    * lo mejor está aún por llegar = the best is yet to come.
    * lo mejor posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability, at + Posesivo + (very) best, optimally.
    * lo mejor que pueda = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.
    * lo mejor que se puede hacer = the best bet.
    * lo mejor + ser = the beautiful part + be.
    * lo menos posible = as little as possible.
    * lo mínimo = bare minimum, bare necessities, the.
    * lo mismo ocurre con = the same goes for.
    * lo mismo ocurre en el caso de = the same is true (for/of/with).
    * lo mismo que = the same as, along the lines of, in much the same way as.
    * lo mismo que antes = the same as before.
    * lo mismo que para = the same as that for.
    * lo mismo se aplica a = the same is true (for/of/with).
    * lo molesto de = cumbersomeness.
    * lo mucho que = how extensively.
    * lo noble = high-mindedness.
    * lo no convencional = unconventional, the.
    * lo normal + ser + que = there + be + a tendency (to/for), there + be + a tendency (to/for).
    * lo oportuno = timeliness.
    * lo pasado pasado está = let bygones be bygones.
    * lo peor de = brunt of, the.
    * lo peor del = the armpit of the.
    * lo pintoresco = quaintness.
    * lo plano = flatness.
    * lo poco común = rarity, rareness.
    * lo poco convencional = unconventional, the.
    * lo primero = for one, first off.
    * lo primero de todo = first of all, first off.
    * lo prometido es deuda = a promise is a promise.
    * lo propicio = propitiousness.
    * lo público = publicness.
    * lo que = that which, what.
    * lo que aguarda a = what is on store for.
    * lo que Algo o Alguien se merece, lo que le corresponde, bastante = fair share, fair share.
    * lo que a uno cura a otro mata = one man's meat is another man's poison.
    * lo que demuestra que = which (just) goes to show that.
    * lo que el futuro depara a = what is on store for.
    * lo que es aun más inquietante = more disturbingly.
    * lo que es aun más preocupante = more disturbingly.
    * lo que es aun mejor = better still.
    * lo que es aun peor = worse still.
    * lo que es bueno para uno es bueno para otro = what's sauce for the goose is sauce for the gander.
    * lo que es bueno para uno también es bueno para otro = what's good for the goose is good for the gander.
    * lo que es más = what is more, what's more.
    * lo que es más importante = most importantly, more importantly, most of all, most important.
    * lo que es mejor aun = better still.
    * lo que es muy importante = importantly.
    * lo que es peor = what's worse.
    * lo que es peor aun = worse still.
    * lo que espera a = what is on store for.
    * lo que está bien y lo que está mal = rights and wrongs.
    * lo que existe (en el mercado) = what's out there.
    * lo que haya que de ser, será = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * lo que hay (en el mercado) = what's out there.
    * lo que hay que hacer = do + the right thing, the way to go.
    * lo que hay que hacer y lo que hay que evitar = do's and don'ts, rights and wrongs.
    * lo que le corresponde = fair share.
    * lo que nos espera = things to come.
    * lo que quiera que = whatever.
    * lo que sea = something or other.
    * lo que se gana por un lado se pierde por otro = swings and roundabouts.
    * lo que se pierda en una cosa se gana en la otra = what you lose on the swings you gain on the roundabouts.
    * lo que + ser = what + be like.
    * lo que se suele pagar = going rate, the.
    * lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * lo que vale para tí también vale para mí = what's good for the goose is good for the gander, what's sauce for the goose is sauce for the gander.
    * lo rural = rurality.
    * los = the, ye.
    * los 365 días del año = year-round.
    * los 40 principales = Top 40 singles chart.
    * los abajo firmantes = the parties hereto.
    * los acontecimientos = the course of events.
    * lo sagrado = sacredness.
    * los albores de = the dawn of.
    * los años cincuenta = fifties.
    * los años treinta = thirties.
    * los árboles no dejan ver el bosque = lose + sight of the forest for the trees.
    * los avatares de la guerra = the tides of war.
    * los buenos tiempos = the good old days.
    * los comienzos de = the dawn of.
    * los constantes cambios de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.
    * los de = those for, those in.
    * los demás = rest, the, everybody else.
    * los detalles de la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * los días antes de = leading up to.
    * los dos = both, both of them, both of which.
    * los efectos negativos se están dejando sentir ahora = chickens come home to roost.
    * los gobernantes = the powers-that-be.
    * los hay para dar y regalar = there's one born every minute.
    * los mandamás = the powers-that-be.
    * los más necesitados = those most in need.
    * los más pobres + Nombre = the poorest + Nombre.
    * los menos locuaces = inarticulate, the.
    * los motivos de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.
    * los necesitados = the needy.
    * los orígenes de = the dawn of.
    * los otros con los que aparece(n) = neighbours [neighbors, -USA].
    * los peores + Nombre = the poorest + Nombre.
    * los poderes fáticos = the powers-that-be.
    * los pormenores de la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * Los Principios de París = Paris Principles.
    * los que = those who.
    * los que detentan el poder = the powers-that-be.
    * los que mandan = the powers-that-be.
    * los que no han recibido formación específica = uninstructed, the.
    * los que + Verbo = those + Participio.
    * los tribunales = the Bench.
    * lo suficientemente cerca = within range.
    * lo suficientemente cerca como para oír = within earshot of.
    * lo suficientemente estúpido como para = dumb enough to.
    * lo suficientemente grande = large enough, big enough.
    * lo suficientemente lejos como para no poder oír = out of earshot.
    * los últimos coletazos = fag-end.
    * lo sumo = the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks, the cat's pyjamas.
    * los unos a costa de los otros = at each other's expense.
    * los viejos tiempos = the good old days.
    * lo tomas o lo dejas = take it or leave it.
    * lo último = the last word.
    * lo uno es tan malo como lo otro = one is as bad as the other.
    * lo vanguardista = cutting edge.
    * lo yidish = Yiddica.
    * parmarlas = kick + the bucket.
    * ser lo que nos espera = be the shape of things to come.

    Spanish-English dictionary > el2

  • 29 su

    adj. poss.
    1 his, her, her own, his own, its, of theirs, their own, its own.
    su coche his/her/your/their car
    sus libros his/her/your/their books
    su hocico its snout
    2 your, your own, thy.
    3 their.
    * * *
    su
    1 (de él) his; (de ella) her; (de usted, de ustedes) your; (de ellos, de ellas) their; (de animales, cosas) its; (de uno) one's
    ■ abra su maleta, por favor open your suitcase, please
    * * *
    adj.
    1) his, her, its, their
    2) your
    * * *
    ADJ POSES
    1) [sing] (=de él) his; (=de ella) her; (=de usted) your; (=de animal, cosa) its; [impersonal] one's
    2) [pl] (=de ustedes) your; (=de ellos, de ellas) their
    3) [uso enfático]
    * * *
    adjetivo (delante del n)
    a) ( de él) his; ( de ella) her; (de usted, ustedes) your; (de ellos, ellas) their; (de animal, cosa) its
    * * *
    = his, its, their, your.
    Ex. Of particular note is his classic monograph 'Prejudices and Antipathies', published by Scarecrow Press, a critique of LC entry and subject heading practices.
    Ex. Special thanks to the ISAD Program Planning Committee, in particular its chairperson, for the conceptual organization.
    Ex. The physical format of manual post-coordinate indexes also restricts their use to sectors in which the librarian or information officer acts as an intermediary between the index and its users.
    Ex. And there is a basis for your belief: money.
    ----
    * adelantado a su tiempo = ahead of + Posesivo + time(s).
    * aguas + volver a su cauce = dust + settle.
    * aprender a su propio ritmo = learn at + Posesivo + own pace.
    * a su debido tiempo = in due course, timely, in due time.
    * a su propio ritmo = at an individual pace.
    * a su tiempo = in a timely fashion, in due course.
    * a su vez = Verbo + further, in turn.
    * atribuir su origen a = trace to, trace back to.
    * colocar en su lugar = drop into + place.
    * considerar en su justa medida = see + in proportion.
    * con sus propias palabras = in + Posesivo + own words.
    * criticar a Alguien a sus espaldas = cut + Nombre + up + behind + Posesivo + back.
    * dar su conformidad a = assent to.
    * dejar a su aire = leave to + Reflexivo.
    * dejar su impronta en = set + Posesivo + stamp on.
    * demostrar su valía = prove + its worth, realise + its full potential.
    * desde su época = since + Posesivo + day.
    * desde su origen = from + its/their + inception, since + its/their + inception.
    * desde sus comienzos = from + its/their + inception, from + its/their + beginnings, since + its/their + beginnings, since + its/their + inception.
    * de su época = of + Posesivo + time.
    * dicho sea a su favor = to + Posesivo + credit.
    * directorio accesible por su contenido (cafs) = content-addressable file store (cafs).
    * distribución de una materia en su índice = subject scatter.
    * el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.
    * encontrar su propio modo de actuar = find + Posesivo + own way.
    * encontrar su sitio = find + a home.
    * en su base = at its core.
    * en su conjunto = overall, together, collective, put together.
    * en su debido momento = in due time.
    * en su defecto = failing that/these.
    * en su día = in its day.
    * en su eje = at its core.
    * en su esencia = in substance.
    * en su estricto sentido = strictly speaking.
    * en su haber = on the credit side.
    * en su infancia = in + Posesivo + infancy.
    * en su interior = between its covers.
    * en su lugar = instead, in + Posesivo + stead.
    * en su mayoría = for the most part, mostly, in most respects.
    * en su mayor parte = largely, mostly.
    * en su mejor momento = at + Posesivo + peak.
    * en su momento = in timely fashion.
    * en su momento álgido = at + Posesivo + peak.
    * en su nivel más bajo = at its lowest ebb.
    * en su parte central = at its core.
    * en su punto = ripe [riper -comp., ripest -sup.].
    * en su punto más álgido = at its height.
    * en su punto más bajo = at its lowest ebb.
    * en sus años de apogeo = in + Posesivo + heyday.
    * en sus años de auge = in + Posesivo + heyday.
    * en sus buenos tiempos = in + Posesivo + heyday.
    * en su seno = therein.
    * en sus inicios = in + Posesivo + infancy.
    * en su sitio = in place.
    * en sus orígenes = originally.
    * en su tiempo = formerly.
    * en su totalidad = as a whole, in + Posesivo + entirety, in full, in toto, in whole, wholesale.
    * esperar su momento = wait in + the wings.
    * esperar su oportunidad = wait in + the wings.
    * estar muy por delante de su tiempo = be years ahead of + Posesivo + time.
    * forma de la curva estadística en su valor más alto = peak-shape.
    * formar en su conjunto = weave + to form.
    * hacer su debut = make + Posesivo + debut.
    * hacer valer sus derechos = assert + Posesivo + rights.
    * hay que decir a su favor que = to + Posesivo + credit.
    * hundirse por su propio peso = sink under + its own weight.
    * información en su estado primario = raw information.
    * llegar al final de su vida útil = come to + the end of + Posesivo + useful life, reach + the end of + Posesivo + useful life.
    * madre que se dedica a sus hijos = practising mother.
    * mordaz en sus comentarios = sharp of tongue.
    * para su fácil + Nombre = for ease of + Nombre.
    * poner en su sitio = put in + place.
    * por su cuenta y riesgo = at + Posesivo + own risk.
    * por su naturaleza = by + Posesivo + nature.
    * por su papel = in its role.
    * por su propia voluntad = of its own accord.
    * por su volatilidad = mercurially.
    * que conserva su encanto natural = unspoilt [unspoiled, -USA].
    * reducción de una palabra a su raíz = stemming.
    * reducir una palabra a su raíz = stem.
    * retomar su camino = get back on + track.
    * reunión a la que los padres acuden con sus bebés = lapsit.
    * se cae de su peso que = it goes without saying that.
    * según sus propias condiciones = in + Posesivo + own terms.
    * según sus propias palabras = in + Posesivo + own terms.
    * sentido muy desarrollado de su propio territorio = territoriality.
    * ser un producto de su tiempo = be a product of + Posesivo + time.
    * su (de ella) = her.
    * Sus Majestades = Their Majesties.
    * sustituir a Alguien en su ausencia = fill in + in + Posesivo + absence.
    * tener programado su comienzo = be scheduled to start.
    * tener su apogeo = flourish.
    * tener su efecto = take + Posesivo + toll (on).
    * tener su origen en = trace to, trace back to, have + Posesivo + roots in.
    * tener sus diferencias = have + their differences.
    * tener sus orígenes = be rooted in.
    * todo en su conjunto = whole affair, the.
    * vencer a Alguien en su propio terreno = beat + Nombre + at + Posesivo + own game.
    * ver las cosas en su conjunto = see + things as a whole.
    * ver las cosas en su totalidad = see + things as a whole.
    * volver Algo a su estado anterior = put + Nombre + back on track.
    * volver a por sus fueros = be back on track, bite back.
    * volver a su camino = get back on + track.
    * * *
    adjetivo (delante del n)
    a) ( de él) his; ( de ella) her; (de usted, ustedes) your; (de ellos, ellas) their; (de animal, cosa) its
    * * *
    su (de ella)
    (adj.) = her

    Ex: Ms. Hinton received her library degree from the University of North Carolina after getting her bachelor's from the Agnes Scott College in Decatur, Georgia.

    = his, its, their, your.

    Ex: Of particular note is his classic monograph 'Prejudices and Antipathies', published by Scarecrow Press, a critique of LC entry and subject heading practices.

    Ex: Special thanks to the ISAD Program Planning Committee, in particular its chairperson, for the conceptual organization.
    Ex: The physical format of manual post-coordinate indexes also restricts their use to sectors in which the librarian or information officer acts as an intermediary between the index and its users.
    Ex: And there is a basis for your belief: money.
    * adelantado a su tiempo = ahead of + Posesivo + time(s).
    * aguas + volver a su cauce = dust + settle.
    * aprender a su propio ritmo = learn at + Posesivo + own pace.
    * a su debido tiempo = in due course, timely, in due time.
    * a su propio ritmo = at an individual pace.
    * a su tiempo = in a timely fashion, in due course.
    * a su vez = Verbo + further, in turn.
    * atribuir su origen a = trace to, trace back to.
    * colocar en su lugar = drop into + place.
    * considerar en su justa medida = see + in proportion.
    * con sus propias palabras = in + Posesivo + own words.
    * criticar a Alguien a sus espaldas = cut + Nombre + up + behind + Posesivo + back.
    * dar su conformidad a = assent to.
    * dejar a su aire = leave to + Reflexivo.
    * dejar su impronta en = set + Posesivo + stamp on.
    * demostrar su valía = prove + its worth, realise + its full potential.
    * desde su época = since + Posesivo + day.
    * desde su origen = from + its/their + inception, since + its/their + inception.
    * desde sus comienzos = from + its/their + inception, from + its/their + beginnings, since + its/their + beginnings, since + its/their + inception.
    * de su época = of + Posesivo + time.
    * dicho sea a su favor = to + Posesivo + credit.
    * directorio accesible por su contenido (cafs) = content-addressable file store (cafs).
    * distribución de una materia en su índice = subject scatter.
    * el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.
    * encontrar su propio modo de actuar = find + Posesivo + own way.
    * encontrar su sitio = find + a home.
    * en su base = at its core.
    * en su conjunto = overall, together, collective, put together.
    * en su debido momento = in due time.
    * en su defecto = failing that/these.
    * en su día = in its day.
    * en su eje = at its core.
    * en su esencia = in substance.
    * en su estricto sentido = strictly speaking.
    * en su haber = on the credit side.
    * en su infancia = in + Posesivo + infancy.
    * en su interior = between its covers.
    * en su lugar = instead, in + Posesivo + stead.
    * en su mayoría = for the most part, mostly, in most respects.
    * en su mayor parte = largely, mostly.
    * en su mejor momento = at + Posesivo + peak.
    * en su momento = in timely fashion.
    * en su momento álgido = at + Posesivo + peak.
    * en su nivel más bajo = at its lowest ebb.
    * en su parte central = at its core.
    * en su punto = ripe [riper -comp., ripest -sup.].
    * en su punto más álgido = at its height.
    * en su punto más bajo = at its lowest ebb.
    * en sus años de apogeo = in + Posesivo + heyday.
    * en sus años de auge = in + Posesivo + heyday.
    * en sus buenos tiempos = in + Posesivo + heyday.
    * en su seno = therein.
    * en sus inicios = in + Posesivo + infancy.
    * en su sitio = in place.
    * en sus orígenes = originally.
    * en su tiempo = formerly.
    * en su totalidad = as a whole, in + Posesivo + entirety, in full, in toto, in whole, wholesale.
    * esperar su momento = wait in + the wings.
    * esperar su oportunidad = wait in + the wings.
    * estar muy por delante de su tiempo = be years ahead of + Posesivo + time.
    * forma de la curva estadística en su valor más alto = peak-shape.
    * formar en su conjunto = weave + to form.
    * hacer su debut = make + Posesivo + debut.
    * hacer valer sus derechos = assert + Posesivo + rights.
    * hay que decir a su favor que = to + Posesivo + credit.
    * hundirse por su propio peso = sink under + its own weight.
    * información en su estado primario = raw information.
    * llegar al final de su vida útil = come to + the end of + Posesivo + useful life, reach + the end of + Posesivo + useful life.
    * madre que se dedica a sus hijos = practising mother.
    * mordaz en sus comentarios = sharp of tongue.
    * para su fácil + Nombre = for ease of + Nombre.
    * poner en su sitio = put in + place.
    * por su cuenta y riesgo = at + Posesivo + own risk.
    * por su naturaleza = by + Posesivo + nature.
    * por su papel = in its role.
    * por su propia voluntad = of its own accord.
    * por su volatilidad = mercurially.
    * que conserva su encanto natural = unspoilt [unspoiled, -USA].
    * reducción de una palabra a su raíz = stemming.
    * reducir una palabra a su raíz = stem.
    * retomar su camino = get back on + track.
    * reunión a la que los padres acuden con sus bebés = lapsit.
    * se cae de su peso que = it goes without saying that.
    * según sus propias condiciones = in + Posesivo + own terms.
    * según sus propias palabras = in + Posesivo + own terms.
    * sentido muy desarrollado de su propio territorio = territoriality.
    * ser un producto de su tiempo = be a product of + Posesivo + time.
    * su (de ella) = her.
    * Sus Majestades = Their Majesties.
    * sustituir a Alguien en su ausencia = fill in + in + Posesivo + absence.
    * tener programado su comienzo = be scheduled to start.
    * tener su apogeo = flourish.
    * tener su efecto = take + Posesivo + toll (on).
    * tener su origen en = trace to, trace back to, have + Posesivo + roots in.
    * tener sus diferencias = have + their differences.
    * tener sus orígenes = be rooted in.
    * todo en su conjunto = whole affair, the.
    * vencer a Alguien en su propio terreno = beat + Nombre + at + Posesivo + own game.
    * ver las cosas en su conjunto = see + things as a whole.
    * ver las cosas en su totalidad = see + things as a whole.
    * volver Algo a su estado anterior = put + Nombre + back on track.
    * volver a por sus fueros = be back on track, bite back.
    * volver a su camino = get back on + track.

    * * *
    su
    1 (de él) his; (de ella) her; (de usted, ustedes) your; (de ellos, ellas) their; (de un animal, una cosa) its
    cuando uno ha perdido su última esperanza when one's last hope is gone
    2
    (uso enfático): estas botas ya tienen sus años these boots have lasted a good many years
    debe pesar sus buenos 90 kilos he must weigh a good 90 kilos
    * * *

     

    su adjetivo ( delante del n) ( de él) his;
    ( de ella) her;
    (de usted, ustedes) your;
    (de ellos, ellas) their;
    (de animal, cosa) its
    su adj pos
    1 (de él) his: vino con su hija, he came with his daughter
    (de ella) her: sus amigos son italianos, her friends are Italians
    (de ellos, de ellas) their: perdieron su coche, they lost their car
    (de cosa, animal) its: su cola es naranja, its tail is orange
    (de varios animales) sus cachorros son moteados, their cubs are spotted
    (de usted, ustedes) your: su cena está lista, your dinner is ready
    sus entradas, por favor, your tickets, please
    2 fam (más o menos) cuesta sus (buenos) dos millones, it costs about two million
    'su' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - abandonar
    - abandonada
    - abandonado
    - abandonarse
    - abarcar
    - abdicar
    - ablandar
    - abogada
    - abogado
    - abominable
    - abrazarse
    - abuhardillada
    - abuhardillado
    - abusar
    - acabar
    - academicismo
    - acallar
    - acanallar
    - acentuar
    - acerba
    - acerbo
    - achantar
    - aciaga
    - aciago
    - aclararse
    - acoger
    - acometer
    - acostumbrar
    - acto
    - actuación
    - acusar
    - adolecer
    - afán
    - afectar
    - agradecer
    - agrado
    - agriar
    - aguijonear
    - aire
    - ajena
    - ajeno
    - alcanzar
    - alejarse
    - álgida
    - álgido
    - algo
    - alma
    - alteza
    - altura
    English:
    aback
    - abroad
    - abrupt
    - absence
    - abuse
    - acclaim
    - accompany
    - accomplished
    - account
    - aching
    - acknowledgement
    - admire
    - advantage
    - affirm
    - afford
    - after
    - against
    - ageing
    - aggravate
    - album
    - alienate
    - allege
    - aloud
    - ambit
    - amok
    - amount to
    - amusing
    - analyst
    - anniversary
    - announcement
    - annul
    - anticipate
    - apathetic
    - apologetic
    - applaud
    - applicant
    - apron
    - Arabian
    - archives
    - argue
    - around
    - aside
    - ask back
    - assignment
    - astonishment
    - astray
    - attachment
    - attest
    - attraction
    - auction
    * * *
    su adj posesivo
    [de él] his; [de ella] her; [de cosa, animal] its; [de uno] one's; [de ellos, ellas] their; [de usted, ustedes] your;
    su libro his/her/your/their book;
    sus libros his/her/your/their books;
    su hocico its snout;
    Fam
    debe de tener sus buenos millones en el banco she must have a good few million in the bank
    * * *
    su, sus
    adj pos: de él his; de ella her; de cosa its; de usted, ustedes your; de ellos their; de uno his, Br
    one’s
    * * *
    su adj
    1) : his, her, its, their, one's
    su libro: her book
    sus consecuencias: its consequences
    2) (formal) : your
    tómese su medicina, señor: take your medicine, sir
    * * *
    su adj
    1. (de él) his
    2. (de ella) her
    3. (de un animal, cosa) its
    4. (de ellos) their
    5. (de usted) your
    abra su maleta, por favor open your suitcase, please

    Spanish-English dictionary > su

  • 30 propio1

    1 = home-grown [home grown/homegrown], of its own, own, of + Posesivo + own, self, distinctive.
    Ex. Most media centers have not used AACR in the past but have followed their own home-grown rules.
    Ex. The document has no title of its own.
    Ex. The command function 'OWN' serves to use a system's own command when the general system, in this case EURONET, does not cater for a specialised function available on a particular system.
    Ex. There is also a scheme afoot to help services create specialized data bases of their own using ECLAS norms.
    Ex. In the public library grand tradition this was patently the self image of the educated middle class.
    Ex. In addition to main or added entries under titles added entries are often also made in respect of distinctive series titles.
    ----
    * a cuenta propia = at + Posesivo + expense, at + Posesivo + own expense.
    * al propio ritmo de Uno = in + Posesivo + own time, at + Posesivo + own pace.
    * amor propio = self-esteem [self esteem], pride.
    * ante + Posesivo + propios ojos = before + Posesivo + (own two) eyes, before + Posesivo + very eyes.
    * aprender a su propio ritmo = learn at + Posesivo + own pace.
    * asuntos propios = personal business.
    * a su propio ritmo = at an individual pace.
    * bar que elabora su propia cerveza = brew pub.
    * característica propia = trademark.
    * cavarse su propia tumba = another nail in + Posesivo + coffin.
    * con financiación propia = self-funded.
    * con sus propias palabras = in + Posesivo + own words.
    * contar + Posesivo + propia vida y milagros = spill + Posesivo + guts.
    * decidir por cuenta propia = take it upon + Reflexivo + to.
    * de cosecha propia = home-grown [home grown/homegrown].
    * defensa propia = self-defence [self-defense, -USA].
    * delante de + Posesivo + propios ojos = before + Posesivo + (own two) eyes, before + Posesivo + very eyes.
    * de la propia comunidad = community-owned.
    * de la propia empresa = company-owned.
    * demasiado + Adjetivo + para su propio bien = too + Adjetivo + for + Posesivo + own good.
    * de + Posesivo + propia boca = straight from the horse's mouth.
    * de propia cosecha = home-grown [home grown/homegrown].
    * dinero propio = private means.
    * en beneficio propio = to + Posesivo + advantage.
    * encontrar su propio modo de actuar = find + Posesivo + own way.
    * en el propio campus universitario = campus-based.
    * en el propio cortijo = on-farm.
    * en la propia finca = on-farm.
    * en la propia granja = on-farm.
    * en la propia habitación = ensuite.
    * en las propias palabras de uno mismo = in + Posesivo + own words.
    * en + Posesivo + propio beneficio = to + Posesivo + advantage.
    * hacer Algo por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = make + Posesivo + own arrangements.
    * hecho por la propia biblioteca = in-house [inhouse].
    * hundirse por su propio peso = sink under + its own weight.
    * material editado por el propio autor = self-published material.
    * montar + Posesivo + propio negocio = set + Reflexivo + up in business.
    * muy propio = highly distinctive.
    * nombre propio = forename, proper name.
    * organizar Algo por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = make + Posesivo + own arrangements.
    * pagarse + Posesivo + propios gastos = pay + Posesivo + own way.
    * para + Posesivo + propio bien = for + Posesivo + own good.
    * patrocinado por la propia empresa = company-sponsored.
    * persona de la propia empresa = insider.
    * por cuenta propia = at + Posesivo + own expense.
    * por decisión propia = by choice.
    * por elección propia = by choice.
    * por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = at + Posesivo + own expense.
    * por + Posesivo + (propia) naturaleza = in + Posesivo + nature.
    * por propia iniciativa = self-directed.
    * por su propia voluntad = of its own accord.
    * promovido por el propio sistema de información = information-led.
    * propio de = germane to.
    * propio de espías = cloak-and-dagger.
    * propio del sistema = built-in.
    * propio de niña = girlish.
    * propio de niño = boyish.
    * propio de un caballero = gentlemanlike.
    * propio estilo = house style.
    * propios ingresos = earned income.
    * que busca el beneficio propio = self-serving.
    * recogida en su propia puerta = kerbside collection, curbside collection.
    * restablecer + Posesivo + propia identidad = re-establish + Posesivo + own identity.
    * revista editada por la propia institución = house journal.
    * según sus propias condiciones = on + Posesivo + own terms.
    * según sus propias palabras = in + Posesivo + own terms.
    * sentido muy desarrollado de su propio territorio = territoriality.
    * ser la propia responsabilidad de Alguien = be of + Posesivo + own making.
    * ser propio de = be proper of.
    * tirar piedras contra tu propio tejado = cut + the branch + you sit on, cut off + Posesivo + nose to spite + Posesivo + face.
    * tirarse piedras contra el propio tejado = shoot + Reflexivo + in the foot.
    * todas las iniciales del nombre propio = full initials.
    * tomarse + Expresión Temporal + de asuntos propios = take + Expresión Temporal + off, have + Expresión Temporal + off work.
    * tomarse unos días de asuntos propios = take + time off work.
    * trabajar al propio ritmo de Uno = work at + Posesivo + own pace.
    * tragarse el amor propio = swallow + Posesivo + pride.
    * uso público en la propia biblioteca = in-library use.
    * vencer a Alguien en su propio terreno = beat + Nombre + at + Posesivo + own game.

    Spanish-English dictionary > propio1

  • 31 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 32 ὑπάρχω

    ὑπάρχω, [tense] fut.
    A

    - ξω Hdt.6.109

    , S.Ant. 932 (anap.): [tense] aor. ὑπῆρξα (v. infr. 1):—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.

    ὑπαρχθήσομαι PTeb.418.7

     (iii A. D.): [tense] pf. ὕπηργμαι, [dialect] Ion.

    - αργμαι Hdt.7.11

    :—begin, take the initiative:—Constr.:
    1 abs., Od.24.286, E.Ph. 1223;

    ὑπάρχων ἠδίκεις αὐτούς Isoc.16.44

    ; ὁ ὑπάρξας the beginner (in a quarrel), D.59.15, cf. 1;

    ἀμύνεσθαι τοὺς ὑπάρξαντας Lys.24.18

    ;

    ἀμυνομένους, μὴ ὑπάρχοντας Pl.Grg. 456e

    ;

    ὡς οὐχ ὑπάρχων ἀλλὰ τιμωρούμενος Men.358

    :—[voice] Med., Pl.Ti. 41c, Ael. NA12.41, etc.
    2 c. gen., take the initiative in, begin, ἀδίκων ἔργων, ἀδικίης, Hdt.1.5, 4.1, cf. Th.2.74, etc.;

    ὑ. τῆς ἐλευθερίας τῇ Ἑλλάδι And.1.142

    , cf. Pl.Mx. 237b.
    b in [voice] Med. c. inf., Ael.NA14.11: c. gen., βαδίσεως -ονται ib.4.34; ἡλίου -ομένου τῆς ἀκμῆς ib.1.20.
    4 c. acc., ὑ. εὐεργεσίας εἴς τινα or τινι take the initiative in [doing] kindnesses to one, D.19.280, Aeschin.2.26; ὑ. τοῦτο (sc. τὸ εὐνοεῖν) Men.927:—[voice] Pass.,

    ὑπηρεσίαι ὑπηργμέναι εἰς Φίλιππον αὑτῷ Aeschin. 2.109

    ;

    τὰ παρὰ τῶν θεῶν ὑπηργμένα D.1.10

    ; τὰ ἔκ τινος ὑπαργμένα ([dialect] Ion. for ὑπηργ-) Hdt.7.11;

    ὑπηργμένων πολλῶν κἀγαθῶν Ar. Lys. 1159

    ;

    οὐδέν μοι ὑπῆρκτο εἰς αὐτόν Antipho 5.58

    ;

    ἀνάξια τῶν εἰς ὑμᾶς ὑπηργμένων Lys.21.25

    ; ἄξιον τῶν ὑ. equivalent to what was done for him, Arist.EN 1163b21: impers., ὑπῆρκτο αὐτοῦ (sc. τοῦ Πειραιέως) a beginning of it had been made, Th.1.93.
    B in [voice] Act. only, to be the begining,

    παιδοβόροι μὲν πρῶτον ὑπῆρξαν μόχθοι τάλανες A.Ch. 1068

     (anap.); πολλῶν κακῶν, μεγάλων ἀχέων, E.Ph. 1582 (v. l.), Andr. 274 (lyr.), cf. HF 1169.
    2 to be already in existence,

    πημονῆς δ' ἅλις γ' ὑπάρχει A.Ag. 1656

     (troch.);

    φοίνισσα δὲ Θρηϊκίων ἀγέλα ταύρων ὑπᾶρχεν

     was already there,

    Pi.P.4.205

    ; αὗται αἱ νέες τοῖσι Ἀθηναίοισι ὑπῆρχον already existed, opp. to those they were about to build, Hdt.7.144; εἰ τοίνυν σφι χώρη γε μηδεμία ὑπῆρχε if they had no country originally existing, Id.2.15; χωρὶς δὲ τούτων οἱ χίλιοι ὑπῆρχον the original thousand existed, X.Cyr.1.5.5;

    ἔδει πρῶτον μὲν ὑπάρχειν πάντων ἰσηγορίαν Eup.291

     (lyr.);

    ὑπαρχούσης μὲν τιμῆς, παρούσης δὲ δυνάμεως X.Ages.8.1

    ;

    τοῦτο δεῖ προσεῖναι, τὰ δ' ἄλλ' ὑπάρχει D.3.15

    , cf. 8.53;

    ταὐτὰ ὑ. αὐτῷ ἅπερ ἐμοί Antipho 5.60

    , cf. Lys.12.23; ὑμῖν.. ἐλευθερίαν τε ὑπάρχειν καὶ Λακεδαιμονίων ξυμμάχοις κεκλῆσθαι there is in store for you.., Th.5.9: c. gen., οἶκος δ' ὑ. τῶνδε.. ἔχειν there is store of these things for us to have, A.Ag. 961 (s. v. l., οἴκοις Pors.): freq. in part., ἡ ὑπάρχουσα οὐσία the existing property, Isoc.1.28;

    τὰ ὑ. ἁμαρτήματα Th.2.92

    ; τῆς ὑ. τιμῆς for the current price, Syngr. ap. D.35.12; οἱ ὑ. πολῖται the existing citizens, Id.18.295; τῆς φύσεως ὑ. nature being what it is, X.Cyr.6.4.4; also κρησφύγετόν τι ὑπάρχον εἶναι that there should be a refuge ready prepared, Hdt.5.124.
    4 simply, be,

    τοῖσιν ἄγουσιν κλαύμαθ' ὑπάρξει S.Ant. 932

     (anap.);

    ὅθεν εὐμάρει' ὑπάρχοι πόρου Id.Ph. 704

     (lyr.): and with a predicate,

    θησαυρὸς ἄν σοι παῖς ὑπῆρχ' οὑμός E.Hec. 1229

    ;

    τὸ χωρίον καρτερὸν ὑ. Th.4.4

    ; φύσεως ἀγαθῆς ὑπάρξαι to be of a good natural disposition, X.Oec.21.11;

    κἂν σοφὸς ὑπάρχῃ Philem.102

    ; μέγα ὑ. τοῖς τοιούτοις λόγοις ις of great advantage to them, D.3.19; πολλῶν ὑπάρξει κῦρος ἡμέρα καλῶν, = κυρώσει πολλὰ καλά, S.El. 919.
    b τὰ ὑπάρχοντα, much like τὰ ὑπηργμένα (A. 4 [voice] Pass.), a man's record,

    ἀνάξιον τῶν ὑ. τῇ πόλει καὶ πεπραγμένων τοῖς προγόνοις D.8.49

    ; τὰ κάλλιστα τῶν ὑ. your past record, Id.18.95; ἡ ὑπάρχουσα αἰσχύνη the disgrace which has been incurred, Id.19.217;

    τὰ ὑπάρχοντα [αὑτῷ] ἐγκλήματα Aeschin.1.179

    .
    5 sts. with a part., much like τυγχάνω, τοιαῦτα [αὐτῷ] ὑπῆρχε ἐὀντα Hdt.1.192;

    ἐχθρὸς ὑ. ὤν D.21.38

    ;

    ὑ. δύναμιν κεκτημένοι Id.3.7

    , cf. 15.1.
    6 προγόνων ὑ. τῶν ἐξ Ἰλίου to be the descendant of.., D.H.2.65.
    II like ὑπόκειμαι 11.2, to be laid down, to be taken for granted, Pl.Smp. 198d; τούτου ὑπάρχοντος, τούτων ὑπαρχόντων, this being granted, Id.Ti. 30c, 29b;

    θέντες ὡς ὑπάρχον Id.R. 458a

    .
    III belong to, fall to one, accrue, ὑπάρξει τοι.. τὰ ἐναντία you will have, Hdt.6.109, etc.;

    τὸ μισεῖσθαι πᾶσιν ὑ. Th.2.64

    ; τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν ἀπ' ἀλλήλων ἀμφοτέροις [σωτηρίαν] Id.6.86; ἡ ὑπάρχουσα φύσις your proper nature, its normal condition, Id.2.45; τῇ τέχνῃ ὑπάρχειν διδούς assigning as a property of art, Pl.Phlb. 58c, cf. Tht. 150b, 150c.
    2 of persons, ὑ. τινί to be devoted to one, X.An.1.1.4, HG7.5.5, D.19.54, etc.; καθ' ὑμῶν ὑπάρξων ἐκείνῳ he will be on his side against you, ib.118, cf. 2.14.
    b ἐν παντὶ.. πᾶς χωρίῳ, καὶ ᾧ μὴ ὑπάρχομεν every one in every place, even outside our sphere of influence (lit. to which we do not belong), Th.6.87.
    3 in the Logic of Arist. ὑπάρχειν denotes the subsistence of qualities in a subject, Metaph.1025a14; ὑ. τινί, = κατηγορεῖσθαί τινος, APr. 25a13, al.; ὑ. κατά τινος ib. 24a27, Int. 16b13; ἐπί τινος ib. 16a32;

    ὑ. τινὶ ζῴῳ πεζῷ δίποδι εἶναι Top. 109a14

    ; ὑπάρξει τι [τῷ πρώτῳ] it will have predicates, Plot.5.6.2;

    ἡ γένεσις τῷ χρόνῳ.. ὑπάρχει Dam.Pr. 142

    .
    IV freq. in neut. pl. part., τὰ ὑπάρχοντα,
    1 in signf. 1, existing circumstances, presentadvantages, Democr. 191, D.2.2;

    ἀπὸ τῶν αἰεὶ ὑ. σφαλέντες Th.4.18

    , cf. 6.33; πρὸς τὰ ὑ. ib.31;

    ἐκ τῶν ὑ.

     under the circumstances, according to one's means,

    X. An.6.4.9

    , Arist.Pol. 1288b33;

    ὡς ἐκ τῶν ὑ. Th.7.76

    , 8.1.
    2 in signf. 111, possessions, resources, Id.1.70, 144, etc.; τὰ ἑκατέροις ὑ. ib. 141;

    κινδυνεύειν περὶ τῶν ὑ. Isoc.3.57

    : as a Subst.,

    τὰ ὑ. αὐτοῦ Ev.Matt. 24.47

    , cf. LXXGe.12.5; ὑποθέμενος τὰ ὑ. καὶ ὑπάρξοντα present and future resources, POxy.125.22 (vi A.D.), etc.
    3 Math., ὑπάρχοντα εἴδη positive terms, Dioph.1Def.10.
    V impers., ὑπάρχει the fact is that.., c. acc. et inf.,

    ὑ. γάρ σε μὴ γνῶναί τινα S.El. 1340

    ; ὡς ὑ. τοῦ ἔχειν .. as the case stands with regard to having, Arist.HA 516b25; περὶ τοὺς μαστοὺς ὑπεναντίως ὑ. ib. 500a14.
    2 it is allowed, it is possible, c. dat. et inf.,

    ὑ. ἡμῖν ἐπικρατεῖν Th.7.63

    , cf. And.2.19, etc.;

    ὑ. αὐτῇ εὐδαίμονι εἶναι Pl.Phd. 81a

    , cf. Prt. 345a, Phdr. 240b, etc.: also without a dat.,

    οὐχ ὑ. εἰδέναι Th.1.82

    ;

    ὑ. τὴν αὐτὴν εἶναι μητέρα Is.7.25

    , etc.: abs., ὥσπερ ὑπῆρχε as well as was possible, Th.3.109.
    3 in neut. part., ὑπάρχον ὑμῖν πολεμεῖν since it is allowed you to.., Th. 1.124, cf. Pl.Smp. 217a.
    C to be ὕπαρχος or subordinate colleague, D.C.36.36;

    τῷ.. Ἀντωνίνῳ Id.71.34

    .
    II dub. in the sense of ἄρχω, rule; for Th.6.87, where the Sch. is in error, v. supr. B.111.2b; in Arist.Pol. 1291b32 ὑπερέχειν is prob. l.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑπάρχω

  • 33 se

    pron.
    1 himself, (f) herself (de personas) (singular).
    se está lavando, está lavándose she is washing (herself)
    se lavó los dientes she cleaned her teeth
    espero que se diviertan I hope you enjoy yourselves
    el perro se lame the dog is licking itself
    se lame la herida it's licking its wound
    se levantaron y se fueron they got up and left
    2 oneself.
    hay que afeitarse todos los días one has to shave every day, you have to shave every day
    3 each other, one another.
    se aman they love each other
    se escriben cartas they write to each other
    4 (to) him, (f) (to) her (de personas) (singular).
    se lo dio he gave it to him/her/etc
    se lo dije, pero no me hizo caso I told her, but she didn't listen
    si usted quiere, yo se lo arreglo en un minuto if you like, I'll sort it out for you in a minute
    m.
    Se, selenium.
    * * *
    SE
    1 ( sureste) southeast; (símbolo) SE
    * * *
    pron.
    1) to him, to her, to you, to them
    2) himself, herself, itself, yourself, yourselves, themselves
    * * *
    ABR
    = sudeste SE
    * * *
    (= sureste) SE
    * * *
    = one.
    Ex. None of these labels is entirely accurate, in that some packages which one would want to include in this category do not match one or other of these labels.
    ----
    * per se = per se.
    * se anunciará = to be announced.
    * se argumenta que = the argument goes that.
    * se avecinan malos tiempos = hard times lie ahead.
    * se cae de su peso que = it goes without saying that.
    * se decía que = rumour had it that.
    * se desprende que = it follows that.
    * se dice = so the story goes.
    * se dice pronto, pero no es tan fácil = easier said than done.
    * se dice que = rumour has it that, the saying + be + that.
    * se ha hecho público = word's out, the.
    * se pierda o se gane = win or lose.
    * se postula que = the argument goes that.
    * se puede = is to be.
    * se rumoreaba que = rumour had it that.
    * se rumorea que = rumour has it that.
    * ¡se te acabó el cuento! = the jig's up!.
    * se va a + Infinitivo = be to be + Participio.
    * se + Verbo = be + to be + Verbo, one + Verbo.
    * se ve tal cual aparecerá impreso (WYSIWYG) = WYSIWYG (what you see is what you get).
    * * *
    (= sureste) SE
    * * *
    = one.

    Ex: None of these labels is entirely accurate, in that some packages which one would want to include in this category do not match one or other of these labels.

    * per se = per se.
    * se anunciará = to be announced.
    * se argumenta que = the argument goes that.
    * se avecinan malos tiempos = hard times lie ahead.
    * se cae de su peso que = it goes without saying that.
    * se decía que = rumour had it that.
    * se desprende que = it follows that.
    * se dice = so the story goes.
    * se dice pronto, pero no es tan fácil = easier said than done.
    * se dice que = rumour has it that, the saying + be + that.
    * se ha hecho público = word's out, the.
    * se pierda o se gane = win or lose.
    * se postula que = the argument goes that.
    * se puede = is to be.
    * se rumoreaba que = rumour had it that.
    * se rumorea que = rumour has it that.
    * ¡se te acabó el cuento! = the jig's up!.
    * se va a + Infinitivo = be to be + Participio.
    * se + Verbo = be + to be + Verbo, one + Verbo.
    * se ve tal cual aparecerá impreso (WYSIWYG) = WYSIWYG (what you see is what you get).

    * * *
    SE
    (= sureste) SE
    * * *

    Multiple Entries:
    S.E.    
    SE    
    saber    
    se    
    ser    
    sé
    saber 1 sustantivo masculino
    knowledge;

    saber 2 ( conjugate saber) verbo transitivo
    1
    a) ‹nombre/dirección/canción› to know;


    no lo sé I don't know;
    no sé cómo se llama I don't know his name;
    ¡yo qué sé! how (on earth) should I know! (colloq);
    que yo sepa as far as I know;
    sé algo de algo to know sth about sth;
    sé muy poco de ese tema I know very little about the subject;
    no sabe lo que dice he doesn't know what he's talking about


    sin que lo supiéramos without our knowing;
    ¡si yo lo hubiera sabido antes! if I had only known before!;
    ¡cómo iba yo a sé que …! how was I to know that …!
    2 ( ser capaz de):

    ¿sabes nadar? can you swim?, do you know how to swim?;
    sabe escuchar she's a good listener;
    sabe hablar varios idiomas she can speak several languages
    verbo intransitivo

    ◊ ¿quién sabe? who knows?;

    sé de algo/algn to know of sth/sb;
    yo sé de un lugar donde te lo pueden arreglar I know of a place where you can get it fixed
    b) (tener noticias, enterarse):


    yo supe del accidente por la radio I heard about the accident on the radio
    a) ( tener sabor) (+ compl) to taste;

    ◊ sabe dulce/bien it tastes sweet/nice;

    sé a algo to taste of sth;
    no sabe a nada it doesn't taste of anything;
    sabe a podrido it tastes rotten
    b) ( causar cierta impresión): me sabe mal or no me sabe bien tener que decírselo I don't like having to tell him

    saberse verbo pronominal ( enf) ‹lección/poema› to know
    se pron pers
    1 seguido de otro pronombre: sustituyendo a
    ◊ le, les: ya sé lo he dicho ( a él) I've already told him;


    ( a ella) I've already told her;
    (a usted, ustedes) I've already told you;
    ( a ellos) I've already told them;

    2 ( en verbos pronominales):
    ◊ ¿no sé arrepienten? [ellos/ellas] aren't they sorry?;


    [ ustedes] aren't you sorry?;

    sé secó/secaron ( refl) he dried himself/they dried themselves;
    sé secó el pelo ( refl) she dried her hair;
    sé hizo un vestido ( refl) she made herself a dress;

    ( caus) she had a dress made;

    sé lo comió todo ( enf) he ate it all
    3
    a) ( voz pasiva):

    ◊ sé oyeron unos gritos there were shouts, I (o we etc) heard some shouts;

    sé publicó el año pasado it was published last year
    b) ( impersonal):


    sé castigará a los culpables those responsible will be punished
    c) (en normas, instrucciones):

    ◊ ¿cómo sé escribe tu nombre? how is your name spelled?, how do you spell your name?;

    sé pica la cebolla bien menuda chop the onion finely
    ser ( conjugate ser) cópula
    1 ( seguido de adjetivos) to be
    ◊ ser expresses identity or nature as opposed to condition or state, which is normally conveyed by estar. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in estar 1 cópula 1 es bajo/muy callado he's short/very quiet;

    es sorda de nacimiento she was born deaf;
    es inglés/católico he's English/(a) Catholic;
    era cierto it was true;
    sé bueno, estate quieto be a good boy and keep still;
    que seas muy feliz I hope you'll be very happy;

    (+ me/te/le etc)

    ver tb imposible, difícil etc
    2 ( hablando de estado civil) to be;

    es viuda she's a widow;
    ver tb estar 1 cópula 2
    3 (seguido de nombre, pronombre) to be;

    ábreme, soy yo open the door, it's me
    4 (con predicado introducido por `de'):

    soy de Córdoba I'm from Cordoba;
    es de los vecinos it belongs to the neighbors, it's the neighbors';
    no soy de aquí I'm not from around here
    5 (hipótesis, futuro):

    ¿será cierto? can it be true?
    verbo intransitivo
    1

    b) (liter) ( en cuentos):

    ◊ érase una vez … once upon a time there was …

    2
    a) (tener lugar, ocurrir):


    ¿dónde fue el accidente? where did the accident happen?

    ◊ ¿qué habrá sido de él? I wonder what happened to o what became of him;

    ¿qué es de Marisa? (fam) what's Marisa up to (these days)? (colloq);
    ¿qué va a ser de nosotros? what will become of us?
    3 ( sumar):
    ◊ ¿cuánto es (todo)? how much is that (altogether)?;

    son 3.000 pesos that'll be o that's 3,000 pesos;
    somos diez en total there are ten of us altogether
    4 (indicando finalidad, adecuación) sé para algo to be for sth;

    ( en locs)
    ◊ a no ser que (+ subj) unless;

    ¿cómo es eso? why is that?, how come? (colloq);
    como/cuando/donde sea: tengo que conseguir ese trabajo como sea I have to get that job no matter what;
    hazlo como sea, pero hazlo do it any way o however you want but get it done;
    el lunes o cuando sea next Monday or whenever;
    puedo dormir en el sillón o donde sea I can sleep in the armchair or wherever you like o anywhere you like;
    de ser así (frml) should this be so o the case (frml);
    ¡eso es! that's it!, that's right!;
    es que …: ¿es que no lo saben? do you mean to say they don't know?;
    es que no sé nadar the thing is I can't swim;
    lo que sea: cómete una manzana, o lo que sea have an apple or something;
    estoy dispuesta a hacer lo que sea I'm prepared to do whatever it takes;
    o sea: en febrero, o sea hace un mes in February, that is to say a month ago;
    o sea que no te interesa in other words, you're not interested;
    o sea que nunca lo descubriste so you never found out;
    (ya) sea …, (ya) sea … either …, or …;
    sea como sea at all costs;
    sea cuando sea whenever it is;
    sea donde sea no matter where;
    sea quien sea whoever it is;
    si no fuera/hubiera sido por … if it wasn't o weren't/hadn't been for …
    ( en el tiempo) to be;
    ◊ ¿qué fecha es hoy? what's the date today?, what's today's date;

    serían las cuatro cuando llegó it must have been (about) four (o'clock) when she arrived;
    ver tb v impers
    sé v impers to be;

    sé v aux ( en la voz pasiva) to be;
    fue construido en 1900 it was built in 1900
    ■ sustantivo masculino
    1
    a) ( ente) being;

    ◊ sé humano/vivo human/living being

    b) (individuo, persona):


    2 ( naturaleza):

    sé see
    ◊ saber, ser

    saber sustantivo masculino knowledge, learning, information
    saber
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (una cosa) to know: no sé su dirección, I don't know her address
    para que lo sepas, for your information
    que yo sepa, as far as I know
    2 (hacer algo) to know how to: no sabe nadar, he can't swim
    3 (capacidad, destreza) sabe dibujar muy bien, he knows how to draw really well
    4 (comportarse, reaccionar) can: no sabe aguantar una broma, she can't take a joke
    no sabe perder, he's a bad loser
    5 (tener conocimientos elevados sobre una materia) sabe mucho de música, she knows a lot about music
    6 (enterarse) to learn, find out: lo llamé en cuanto lo supe, I called him as soon as I heard about it
    7 (estar informado) sabía que te ibas a retrasar, he knew that you were going to be late
    8 (imaginar) no sabes qué frío hacía, you can't imagine how cold it was
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 (sobre una materia) to know [de, of]: sé de un restaurante buenísimo, I know of a very good restaurant
    2 (tener noticias) (de alguien por él mismo) to hear from sb
    (de alguien por otros) to have news of sb
    (de un asunto) to hear about sthg
    3 (tener sabor) to taste [a, of]: este guiso sabe a quemado, this stew tastes burnt
    4 (producir agrado o desagrado) to like, please: me supo mal que no viniera, it upset me that he didn't come
    ♦ Locuciones: el saber no ocupa lugar, you can never learn too much
    me ha sabido a poco, I couldn't get enough of it
    quién sabe, who knows
    vas a saber lo que es bueno, I'll show you what's what
    vete a saber, God knows
    a saber, namely
    se pron pers
    1 (reflexivo) 3ª pers sing (objeto directo) (a sí mismo) himself
    (a sí misma) herself: se cuida mucho, she takes good care of herself
    (un animal a sí mismo) itself
    (objeto indirecto) (a sí mismo) (for o to) himself
    (a sí misma) (for o to) herself
    (un animal a sí mismo) for o to itself: el león se lamía las heridas, the lion licked its wounds
    plural (objeto directo) (a sí mismos) themselves
    (indirecto) (for o to) themselves
    2 frml 2.ª pers sing (objeto directo) (a usted mismo) yourself
    plural (a ustedes mismos) yourselves: dejen de minusvalorarse, stop underestimating yourselves
    3 (recíproco) each other, one another: se adoran, they adore each other
    4 (impersonal) cualquiera se puede equivocar, anyone can make a mistake
    se puede ir en tren, you can go by train
    se prohíbe aparcar, parking is forbidden
    4 (pasiva) la casa se construyó en 1780, the house was built in 1780
    se pron pers
    1 (objeto indirecto) 3.ª persona sing (masculino) (to o for) him
    (femenino) (to o for) her
    (plural) (to o for) them: se lo dedicó a Carla, he dedicated it to Carla
    se lo deletreé, I spelt it for him
    se lo susurró al oído, he whispered it in her ear
    2 2.ª persona (a usted o ustedes) (to o for) you: no se lo reprocho, I don't reproach you
    ser
    I sustantivo masculino
    1 being: es un ser despreciable, he's despicable
    ser humano, human being
    ser vivo, living being
    2 (esencia) essence: eso forma parte de su ser, that is part of him
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 (cualidad) to be: eres muy modesto, you are very modest
    2 (fecha) to be: hoy es lunes, today is Monday
    ya es la una, it's one o'clock
    3 (cantidad) eran unos cincuenta, there were about fifty people
    (al pagar) ¿cuánto es?, how much is it?
    son doscientas, it is two hundred pesetas
    Mat dos y tres son cinco, two and three make five
    4 (causa) aquella mujer fue su ruina, that woman was his ruin
    5 (oficio) to be a(n): Elvira es enfermera, Elvira is a nurse
    6 (pertenencia) esto es mío, that's mine
    es de Pedro, it is Pedro's
    7 (afiliación) to belong: es del partido, he's a member of the party
    es un chico del curso superior, he is a boy from the higher year
    8 (origen) es de Málaga, she is from Málaga
    ¿de dónde es esta fruta? where does this fruit come from?
    9 (composición, material) to be made of: este jersey no es de lana, this sweater is not (made of) wool
    10 ser de, (afinidad, comparación) lo que hizo fue de tontos, what she did was a foolish thing
    11 (existir) Madrid ya no es lo que era, Madrid isn't what it used to be
    12 (suceder) ¿qué fue de ella?, what became of her?
    13 (tener lugar) to be: esta tarde es el entierro, the funeral is this evening 14 ser para, (finalidad) to be for: es para pelar patatas, it's for peeling potatoes
    (adecuación, aptitud) no es una película para niños, the film is not suitable for children
    esta vida no es para ti, this kind of life is not for you
    15 (efecto) era para llorar, it was painful
    es (como) para darle una bofetada, it makes me want to slap his face
    no es para tomárselo a broma, it is no joke
    16 (auxiliar en pasiva) to be: fuimos rescatados por la patrulla de la Cruz Roja, we were rescued by the Red Cross patrol
    17 ser de (+ infinitivo) era de esperar que se marchase, it was to be expected that she would leave
    ♦ Locuciones: a no ser que, unless
    como sea, anyhow
    de no ser por..., had it not been for
    es más, furthermore
    es que..., it's just that...
    lo que sea, whatever
    o sea, that is (to say)
    sea como sea, in any case o be that as it may
    ser de lo que no hay, to be the limit

    'sé' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - abalanzarse
    - abandonarse
    - abarcar
    - abaratarse
    - abastecimiento
    - abatirse
    - abogada
    - abogado
    - abrazarse
    - abuela
    - aburrida
    - aburrido
    - acabarse
    - acaramelada
    - acaramelado
    - acaso
    - acentuarse
    - acercarse
    - achacar
    - achantarse
    - achuchar
    - aclimatarse
    - acomodarse
    - acto
    - actual
    - acuerdo
    - acumularse
    - acusarse
    - adelantarse
    - adherirse
    - adivinarse
    - administración
    - admitir
    - adónde
    - adscribirse
    - afanarse
    - aferrarse
    - agachar
    - agarrar
    - aglomerarse
    - agradecer
    - ahorcarse
    - aire
    - alargarse
    - alejarse
    - alma
    - alquilar
    - alrededor
    - alta
    English:
    A
    - ablaze
    - abstain
    - accessible
    - acclaim
    - accomplished
    - account
    - account for
    - accustom
    - actual
    - actually
    - address
    - administration
    - admit
    - adrift
    - advance
    - advantage
    - adventure
    - advice
    - advise
    - after
    - after-sales
    - ago
    - agree
    - ahead
    - aid
    - alienate
    - alike
    - alive
    - all
    - almost
    - alone
    - already
    - also
    - alter
    - always
    - ambit
    - ambush
    - ammunition
    - anonymous
    - another
    - anticipate
    - antiquated
    - antisexist
    - antsy
    - applaud
    - approach
    - apt
    - archives
    - arguable
    * * *
    SE (abrev de Sudeste)
    SE
    * * *
    SE
    abr (= sudeste) SE (= Southeast)
    * * *
    se pron
    1) : to him, to her, to you, to them
    se los daré a ella: I'll give them to her
    2) : each other, one another
    se abrazaron: they hugged each other
    3) : himself, herself, itself, yourself, yourselves, themselves
    se afeitó antes de salir: he shaved before leaving
    se dice que es hermosa: they say she's beautiful
    se habla inglés: English spoken
    sé saber, ser
    * * *
    se pron
    1. (él) himself
    2. (ella) herself
    3. (ello) itself
    4. (usted) yourself
    ¿se divierte usted? are you enjoying yourself?
    5. (ellos, ellas) themselves
    6. (ustedes) yourselves
    ¿se han divertido? have you enjoyed yourselves?
    7. (posesivo) his / her / its / your / their
    ¿se ha lavado las manos? has he washed his hands?
    8. (recíproco) each other / one another
    9. (impersonal, pasivo)
    se dice que... people say that...
    ¿cómo se escribe? how do you spell it?
    se ruega silencio silence, please
    10. (a él) to him / him
    11. (a ella) to her / her
    12. (a usted) to you / you
    13. (a ellos) to them / them

    Spanish-English dictionary > se

  • 34 ὄνομα

    ὄνομα, ατος, τό (Hom.+).
    ① proper name of an entity, name
    ⓐ gener. τῶν ἀποστόλων τὰ ὀνόματα ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2; cp. Rv 21:14. τῶν παρθένων τὰ ὀν. Hs 9, 15, 1. τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρός Lk 1:59. ὄν. μοι, sc. ἐστίν, my name is (Od. 9, 366) Mk 5:9b. τί ὄν. σοι; what is your name? vs. 9a; w. copula Lk 8:30.—The expressions ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄν., οὗ τὸ ὄν., καὶ τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ (αὐτῆς), ὄν. αὐτῷ (parenthetic) are almost always without the copula (B-D-F §128, 3; Rob. 395): ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄν. (Sb 7573, 13 [116 A.D.]; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 5 Jac.; Just., A I, 53, 8 ᾧ ὄν. Λώτ) Lk 1:26, 27a; 2:25; 8:41; 24:13, 18 v.l.; Ac 13:6.—οὗ τὸ ὄν. (without a verb as BGU 344, 1) Mk 14:32. Cp. ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα ἐν βίβλῳ ζωῆς Phil 4:3 (ὧν τὰ ὀν. is a formula [Dssm., LO 95=LAE 121]. S. esp. BGU 432 II, 3 ὧν τὰ ὀν. τῷ βιβλιδίῳ δεδήλωται).—καὶ τὸ ὄν. αὐτῆς Lk 1:5b. καὶ τὸ ὄν. τῆς παρθένου Μαριάμ vs. 27b.—ὄν. αὐτῷ (Demosth. 32, 11 Ἀριστοφῶν ὄνομʼ αὐτῷ; Dionys. Hal. 8, 89, 4; Aelian, NA 8, 2 γυνὴ … Ἡρακληὶς ὄν. αὐτῇ; LXX) J 1:6; 3:1. ὁ καθήμενος ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ (i.e. τοῦ ἵππου), ὄν. αὐτῷ (ὁ) θάνατος Rv 6:8; cp. 9:11a.—W. the copula ἦν δὲ ὄν. τῷ δούλῳ Μάλχος J 18:10 (POxy 465, 12 ὁ δὲ κραταιὸς αὐτοῦ, ὄν. αὐτῷ ἐστιν Νεβύ, μηνύει; Jos., Ant. 19, 332). ἄγγελος …, οὗ τὸ ὄν. ἐστιν Θεγρί Hv 4, 2, 4.—The dat. is quite freq. ὀνόματι named, by name (X., Hell. 1, 6, 29 Σάμιος ὀνόματι Ἱππεύς; Tob 6:11 BA; 4 Macc 5:4; Just., D. 85, 6; 115, 3; B-D-F §160; 197; Rob. 487) ἄνθρωπον ὀν. Σίμωνα Mt 27:32; cp. Mk 5:22; Lk 1:5a; 5:27; 10:38; 16:20; 23:50; 24:18; Ac 5:1, 34; 8:9; 9:10–12, 33, 36; 10:1; 11:28; 12:13; 16:1, 14; 17:34; 18:2, 7, 24; 19:24; 20:9; 21:10; 27:1; 28:7; MPol 4. Also the acc. τοὔνομα (on the crasis s. B-D-F §18; Mlt-H. 63; FPreisigke, Griech. Urkunden des ägypt. Mus. zu Kairo [1911] 2, 6 γυνὴ Ταμοῦνις τοὔνομα; Diod S 2, 45, 4 πόλιν τοὔνομα Θ.; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 3; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 68; Jos., Ant. 7, 344, Vi. 382) named, by name (the acc. as X. et al., also 2 Macc 12:13; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 5 Jac. υἱὸν ὄ. Δάν.—B-D-F §160; Rob. 487) Mt 27:57. (Cp. ὄν. gener. as ‘mode of expression’ εἰ καὶ διάφορα ὀνόματα ἐστιν, ἀλλʼ … οἰκείαν … δέχεται τὴν νόησιν although there are various ways of expressing it, it nevertheless has a definite sense Did., Gen. 86, 22 [of various metaphors and images for the soul].)
    ⓑ used w. verbs
    α. as their obj.: ὄν. ἔχειν Did., Gen. 29, 6 bear the name or as name, be named ὄν. ἔχει Ἀπολλύων Rv 9:11b (in this case the name Ἀ. stands independently in the nom.; B-D-F §143; Rob. 458). καλεῖν τὸ ὄν. τινος w. the name foll. in the acc. (after the Hb.; B-D-F §157, 2; Rob. 459) καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν you are to name him Jesus Mt 1:21; Lk 1:31.—Mt 1:25. καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννην Lk 1:13. καλέσουσιν τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἐμμανουήλ Mt 1:23 (Is 7:14). διδόναι GJs 6:2. Pass. w. the name in the nom. (cp. GrBar 6:10 Φοῖνιξ καλεῖται τὸ ὄν. μου) ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς Lk 2:21; cp. Rv 19:13. Also τὸ ὄν. τοῦ ἀστέρος λέγεται ὁ ῎ Αψινθος Rv 8:11.—ἐπιθεῖναι ὄν. τινι w. acc. of the name Mk 3:16f; cp. 12:8f; κληρονομεῖν ὄν. receive a name Hb 1:4=1 Cl 36:2. κληροῦσθαι τὸ αὐτὸ ὄν. obtain the same name (s. κληρόω 2) MPol 6:2.—τὰ ὀν. ὑμῶν ἐγγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς Lk 10:20.—Rv 13:8; 17:8. ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄν. αὐτῶν 1 Cl 53:3 (Dt 9:14); Rv 3:5a (perh. to be placed in 4 below); s. ἐξαλείφω.
    β. in another way (εἰ δέ τις ὀνόματι καλέσει but if anyone is so named Hippol., Ref. 6, 20, 2): ὸ̔ς καλεῖται τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ who is so named Lk 1:61. ἀνὴρ ὀνόματι καλούμενος Ζακχαῖος a man whose name was Zacchaeus 19:2. καλεῖν τι (i.e. παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί τινος name someone after someone 1:59. Cp. IMg 10:1. This leads to
    ⓒ used w. prepositions: ἐξ ὀνόματος (Ctesias, Ind. p. 105 M.: Diod S 13, 15, 1; 37, 15, 2; Appian, Mithrid. 59, §243, Bell. Civ. 3, 21 §77; 4, 73 §310; PGM 4, 2973; Jos., Ant. 2, 275) by name, individually, one by one (so that no one is lost in the crowd) ἐξ ὀν. πάντας ζήτει IPol 4:2. ἀσπάζομαι πάντας ἐξ ὀνόματος 8:2. πάντες ἐξ ὀν. συνέρχεσθε (parallel to κατʼ ἄνδρα) IEph 20:2.—κατʼ ὄν. by name, individually (Diod S 16, 44, 2; Gen 25:13; EpArist 247; Jos., Bell. 7, 14) J 10:3 (New Docs 3, 77f; animals called individually by name: Ps.-Aristot., Mirabil. 118.—HAlmqvist, Plut. u. das NT ’46, 74). Esp. in greetings (BGU 27, 18 [II A.D.] ἀσπάζομαι πάντας τοὺς φιλοῦντάς σε κατʼ ὄν.; POxy 1070, 46; pap in Dssm., LO 160/1, ln. 14f [LAE 193, ln. 15, note 21]; New Docs 3, 77f) 3J 15; ISm 13:2b. ῥάβδους ἐπιγεγραμμένας ἑκάστης φυλῆς κατʼ ὄν. staffs, each one inscribed with the name of a tribe 1 Cl 43:2b.
    ⓓ used in combination with God and Jesus. On the significance of the Divine Name in history of religions s. FGiesebrecht, Die atl. Schätzung des Gottesnamens 1901; Bousset, Rel.3 309ff; ADieterich, Eine Mithrasliturgie 1903, 110ff; FConybeare, JQR 8, 1896; 9, 1897, esp. 9, 581ff; JBoehmer, Das bibl. ‘im Namen’ 1898, BFCT V 6, 1901, 49ff, Studierstube 2, 1904, 324ff; 388ff; 452ff; 516ff; 580ff; BJacob, Im Namen Gottes 1903;WHeitmüller, ‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903; WBrandt, TT 25, 1891, 565ff; 26, 1892, 193ff; 38, 1904, 355ff; RHirzel, Der Name: ASG 36, 2, 1918; Schürer III4 409–11; HObbink, De magische betekenis van den naam inzonderheid in het oude Egypte 1925; OGrether, Name u. Wort Gottes im AT ’34; HHuffman, Name: 1148–52.—The belief in the efficacy of the name is extremely old; its origin goes back to the most ancient times and the most primitive forms of intellectual and religious life. It has exhibited an extraordinary vitality. The period of our lit. also sees—within as well as without the new community of believers—in the name someth. real, a piece of the very nature of the personality whom it designates, expressing the person’s qualities and powers. Accordingly, names, esp. holy names, are revered and used in customary practices and ritual (σέβεσθαι θεῶν ὀνόματα Theoph. Ant., 1, 9 [p. 76, 7]), including magic. In Israelite tradition the greatest reverence was paid to the holy name of God and to its numerous paraphrases or substitutes; the names of angels and patriarchs occupied a secondary place. The syncretistic practices of the period revered the names of gods, daemons, and heroes, or even magic words that made no sense at all, but had a mysterious sound. The Judeo-Christians revere and use the name of God and, of course, the name of Jesus. On magic in Jewish circles, s. Schürer III 342–79; for the NT period in general s. MSmith, Clement of Alexandria and a Secret Gospel of Mark ’73, 195–230.—The names of God and Jesus
    α. in combination w. attributes: διαφορώτερον ὄν. a more excellent name Hb 1:4=1 Cl 36:2 (διάφορος 2). ἅγιον τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Lk 1:49 (cp. Ps 110:9; Lev 18:21; 22:2; PGM 3, 570; 627; 4, 1005; 3071; 5, 77; 13, 561 μέγα κ. ἅγιον). τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ ἅγιον ὄν. αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 64; τὸ μέγα καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. Hv 4, 1, 3; 4, 2, 4 (on ἔνδοξον ὄν., cp. EPeterson, Εἷ θεός 1926, 282.—ὄν. μέγα κ. ἅγ. κ. ἔνδ.: PGM 13, 183f; 504f). τὸ μέγα καὶ θαυμαστὸν καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. Hs 9, 18, 5; τὸ πανάγιον καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. 1 Cl 58:1a; τοῦ παντοκράτορος καὶ ἐνδόξου ὄν. Hv 3, 3, 5; τὸ πανάρετον ὄν. 1 Cl 45:7; τῷ παντοκράτορι καὶ ἐνδόξῳ ὀνόματι 60:4; τὸ ὁσιώτατον τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ ὄν. 58:1b. τὸ ὄν. μου θαυμαστὸν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσι D 14:3 (cp. Mal 1:14). The words ὄν. θεοπρεπέστατον IMg 1:2 are difficult to interpret (s. Hdb. ad loc.; θεοπρεπής b).
    β. in combination w. verbs: ἁγιάζειν τὸ ὄν. Mt 6:9 (AFridrichsen, Helligt vorde dit naun: DTT 8, 1917, 1–16). Lk 11:2; D 8:2 (ἁγιάζω 3). βλασφημεῖν (q.v. bγ) τὸ ὄν. Rv 13:6; 16:9; pass. βλασφημεῖται τὸ ὄν. (Is 52:5) Ro 2:24; 2 Cl 13:1f, 4; ITr 8:2. βλασφημίας ἐπιφέρεσθαι τῷ ὀν. κυρίου bring blasphemy upon the name of the Lord 1 Cl 47:7. πφοσέθηκαν κατὰ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου βλασφημίαν Hs 6, 2, 3; βεβηλοῦν τὸ ὄν. 8, 6, 2 (s. βεβηλόω). ἀπαγγελῶ τὸ ὄν. τ. ἀδελφοῖς μου Hb 2:12 (cp. Ps 21:23). ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄν. μου ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ Ro 9:17 (Ex 9:16). δοξάζειν τὸ ὄν. (σου, τοῦ κυρίου, τοῦ θεοῦ etc.) Rv 15:4; 1 Cl 43:6; IPhld 10:1; Hv 2, 1, 2; 3, 4, 3; 4, 1, 3; Hs 9, 18, 5 (s. δοξάζω 1; cp. GJs 7:2; 12:1[w. ref. to name of Mary]). ὅπως ἐνδοξασθῇ τὸ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ 2 Th 1:12. ἐλπίζειν τῷ ὀν. Mt 12:21 (vv.ll. ἐν or ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν.; the pass. on which it is based, Is 42:4, has ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν.). ἐπικαλεῖσθαι τὸ ὄν. κυρίου (as PsSol 6:1) or αὐτοῦ, σου etc. (w. ref. to God or Christ) call on the name of the Lord Ac 2:21 (Jo 3:5); 9:14, 21; 22:16; Ro 10:13 (Jo 3:5); 1 Cor 1:2. ψυχὴ ἐπικεκλημένη τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ ἅγιον ὄν. αὐτοῦ a person who calls upon his exalted and holy name 1 Cl 64.—Pass. πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐφʼ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄν. μου ἐπʼ αὐτούς Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12). τὸ καλὸν ὄν. τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς Js 2:7 (on καλὸν ὄν. cp. Sb 343, 9 and the Pompeian graffito in Dssm., LO 237 [LAE 276]). πάντες οἱ ἐπικαλούμενοι τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ all those who are called by (the Lord’s) name Hs 9, 14, 3; cp. οἱ κεκλημένοι τῷ ὀν. κυρίου those who are called by the name of the Lord 8, 1, 1. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι τὸ ὄν. κυρίου τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐπʼ αὐτούς be ashamed of the name that is named over them 8, 6, 4. ὁμολογεῖν τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ praise his name Hb 13:15 (cp. PsSol 15:2 ἐξομολογήσασθαι τῷ ὀνόματι σου). ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄν. κυρίου 2 Ti 2:19 (Is 26:13). ψάλλειν τῷ ὀν. σου Ro 15:9 (Ps 17:50). οὐ μὴ λάβῃς ἐπὶ ματαίῳ τὸ ὄν. κυρίου 19:5 (Ex 20:7; Dt 5:11).—Although in the preceding examples the name is oft. practically inseparable fr. the being that bears it, this is perh. even more true of the foll. cases, in which the name appears almost as the representation of the Godhead, as a tangible manifestation of the divine nature (Quint. Smyrn. 9, 465 Polidarius, when healing, calls on οὔνομα πατρὸς ἑοῖο ‘the name of his father’ [Asclepius]; τοσοῦτον … δύναται τὸ ὄ. τοῦ Ἰησοῦ κατὰ τῶν δαιμόνων Orig., C. Cels. 1, 56, 11; Dt 18:7; 3 Km 8:16; Ps 68:37; Zech 13:2 ἐξολεθρεύσω τὰ ὀν. τῶν εἰδώλων; Zeph 1:4; PsSol 7:6; Just., D. 121, 3 ὑποτάσσεσθαι αὐτοῦ ὀν.): the ‘name’ of God is ἀρχέγονον πάσης κτίσεως 1 Cl 59:3. Sim. τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ μέγα ἐστὶ καὶ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον βαστάζει Hs 9, 14, 5. λατρεύειν τῷ παναρέτῳ ὀν. αὐτοῦ worship the most excellent name (of the Most High) 1 Cl 45:7. ὑπακούειν τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἐνδόξῳ ὀν. αὐτοῦ be obedient to his most holy and glorious name 58:1a. ὑπήκοον γενέσθαι τῷ παντοκρατορικῷ καὶ παναρέτῳ ὀν. 60:4. κηρύσσειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ Hs 9, 16, 5. ἐπιγινώσκειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ 9, 16, 7. φοβεῖσθαι τὸ ὄν. σου Rv 11:18. φανεροῦν τινι τὸ ὄν. σου J 17:6. γνωρίζειν τινὶ τὸ ὄν. σου vs. 26. πιστεύειν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ believe in the name of (God’s) son 1J 3:23. Also πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄν. (s. γב below and s. πιστεύω 2aβ).—Of the name borne by followers of Jesus Christ (cp. Theoph. Ant. 1, 1 [p. 58, 13]): κρατεῖς τὸ ὄν. μου you cling to my name Rv 2:13. The same mng. also holds for the expressions: λαμβάνειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ Hs 9, 12, 4; 8; 9, 13, 2a; 7. τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄν. μου ἐνώπιον ἐθνῶν to bear my name before (the) Gentiles Ac 9:15. τὸ ὄν. ἡδέως βαστάζειν bear the name gladly Hs 8, 10, 3; cp. 9, 28, 5b. τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ φορεῖν 9, 13, 3; 9, 14, 5f; 9, 15, 2; cp. 9, 13, 2b. Christians receive this name at their baptism: πρὶν φορέσαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ νεκρός ἐστιν before a person bears the name of God’s Son (which is given the candidate at baptism), he is dead 9, 16, 3. Of dissemblers and false teachers ὄν. μὲν ἔχουσιν, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς πίστεως κενοί εἰσιν they have the (Christian) name, but are devoid of faith 9, 19, 2. Of Christians in appearance only ἐν ὑποκρίσει φέροντες τὸ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου who bear the Lord’s name in pretense Pol 6:3. δόλῳ πονηρῷ τὸ ὄν. περιφέρειν carry the name about in wicked deceit (evidently of wandering preachers) IEph 7:1. τὸ ὄν. ἐπαισχύνονται τοῦ κυρίου αὐτῶν they are ashamed of their Lord’s name Hs 9, 21, 3. More fully: ἐπαισχύνονται τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ φορεῖν 9, 14, 6.
    γ. used w. prepositions
    א. w. διά and the gen. διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου πιστεύειν PtK 3 p. 15 ln. 12; σωθῆναι διὰ τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ἐνδόξου ὀν. be saved through the great and glorious name Hv 4, 2, 4. εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ (τοῦ θεοῦ) Hs 9, 12, 5. ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν λαβεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀν. αὐτοῦ Ac 10:43 (cp. Just., D. 11, 4 al.). σημεῖα … γίνεσθαι διὰ τοῦ ὀν. … Ἰησοῦ by the power of the name 4:30. Differently παρακαλεῖν τινα διὰ τοῦ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου appeal to someone by the name (= while calling on the name) of the Lord 1 Cor 1:10.—W. διά and the acc. μισούμενοι … διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου hated on account of my name (i.e., because you bear it) Mt 10:22; 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17 (Just., A I, 4, 2 al.). ποιεῖν τι εἴς τινα διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου J 15:21. ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι διὰ τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ your sins are forgiven on account of (Jesus’) name 1J 2:12. βαστάζειν διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου bear (hardship) for my name’s sake Rv 2:3 (s. βαστάζω 2bβ). πάσχειν διὰ τὸ ὄν. (also w. a gen. like αὐτοῦ) Pol 8:2; Hv 3, 2, 1b; Hs 9, 28, 3.
    ב. w. εἰς: somet. evidently as rendering of rabb. לְשֵׁם with regard to, in thinking of δέχεσθαί τινα εἰς ὄν. Ἰ. Χρ. receive someone in deference to Jesus Christ IRo 9:3. δύο ἢ τρεῖς συνηγμένοι εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄν. two or three gathered and thinking of me, i.e., so that I am the reason for their assembling Mt 18:20; but here the other mng. (s. ג below) has had some influence: ‘while naming’ or ‘calling on my name’. τῆς ἀγάπης ἧς ἐνεδείξασθε εἰς τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ (i.e. θεοῦ) Hb 6:10 is either the love that you have shown with regard to him, i.e. for his sake, or we have here the frequently attested formula of Hellenistic legal and commercial language (s. Mayser II/2 p. 415; Dssm. B 143ff, NB 25, LO 97f [BS 146f; 197; LAE 121]; Heitmüller, op. cit. 100ff; FPreisigke, Girowesen im griech. Ägypt. 1910, 149ff. On the LXX s. Heitmüller 110f; JPsichari, Essai sur le Grec de la Septante 1908, 202f): εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τινος to the name=to the account (over which the name stands). Then the deeds of love, although shown to humans, are dedicated to God.—The concept of dedication is also highly significant, in all probability, for the understanding of the expr. βαπτίζειν εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τινος. Through baptism εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τ. those who are baptized become the possession of and come under the dedicated protection of the one whose name they bear. An additional factor, to a degree, may be the sense of εἰς τὸ ὄν.=‘with mention of the name’ (cp. Herodian 2, 2, 10; 2, 13, 2 ὀμνύναι εἰς τὸ ὄν. τινος; Cyranides p. 57, 1 εἰς ὄν. τινος; 60, 18=εἰς τὸ ὄν. τ.; 62, 13. Another ex. in Heitmüller 107): Mt 28:19; Ac 8:16; 19:5; D 7:1, (3); 9:5; Hv 3, 7, 3; cp. 1 Cor 1:13, 15. S. βαπτίζω 2c and Silva New, Beginn. I/5, ’33, 121–40.—πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄν. τινος believe in the name of someone i.e. have confidence that the person’s name (rather in the sense of a title, cp. Phil 2:9) is rightfully borne and encodes what the person really is J 1:12; 2:23; 3:18; 1J 5:13.
    ג. with ἐν: ἐν ὀνόματι of God or Jesus means in the great majority of cases with mention of the name, while naming or calling on the name (PsSol 11:8; JosAs 9:1; Just., D. 35, 2 al.; no corresponding use has been found in gener. Gk. lit.; but cp. ἐν ὀν. τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ὑψίστου θεοῦ Hippol., Ref. 9, 15, 6.—Heitmüller p. 13ff, esp. 44; 49). In many pass. it seems to be a formula. ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Mk 9:38; 16:17; Lk 9:49. τὰ δαιμόνια ὑποτάσσεται ἡμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. σου the demons are subject to us at the mention of your name 10:17. ποιεῖν τι ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ac 4:7; cp. Col 3:17. Perh. J 10:25 (but s. below). ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ … οὗτος παρέστηκεν ὑγιής Ac 4:10. ὄν. … ἐν ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς vs. 12. παραγγέλλω σοι ἐν ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. 16:18; cp. 2 Th 3:6; IPol 5:1. σοὶ λέγω ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ac 14:10 D. Peter, in performing a healing, says ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ Χρ. περιπάτει 3:6 (s. Heitmüller 60). The elders are to anoint the sick w. oil ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου while calling on the name of the Lord Js 5:14.—Of prophets λαλεῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. κυρίου 5:10. παρρησιάζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ speak out boldly in proclaiming the name of Jesus Ac 9:27f. βαπτίζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χ. be baptized or have oneself baptized while naming the name of Jesus Christ Ac 2:38 v.l.; 10:48. At a baptism ἐν ὀν. χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ AcPl Ha 3, 32. αἰτεῖν τὸν πατέρα ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου (=Ἰησοῦ) ask the Father, using my name J 15:16; cp. 14:13, 14; 16:24, 26. W. the latter pass. belongs vs. 23 (ὁ πατὴρ) δώσει ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου (the Father) will give you, when you mention my name. τὸ πνεῦμα ὸ̔ πέμψει ὁ πατὴρ ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου the Spirit, whom the Father will send when my name is used 14:26. To thank God ἐν ὀν. Ἰησοῦ Χρ. while naming the name of Jesus Christ Eph 5:20. ἵνα ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ that when the name of Jesus is mentioned every knee should bow Phil 2:10. χαίρετε, υἱοί, ἐν ὀν. κυρίου greetings, my sons, as we call on the Lord’s name 1:1. ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀν. κυρίου whoever comes, naming the Lord’s name (in order thereby to give evidence of being a Christian) D 12:1. ἀσπάζεσθαι ἐν ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. greet, while naming the name of J. Chr. w. acc. of pers. or thing greeted IRo ins; ISm 12:2. Receive a congregation ἐν ὀν. θεοῦ IEph 1:3. συναχθῆναι ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. meet and call on the name of the Lord Jesus=as a Christian congregation 1 Cor 5:4. μόνον ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. only (it is to be) while calling on the name of J. Chr. ISm 4:2.—Not far removed fr. these are the places where we render ἐν τῷ ὀν. with through or by the name (s. ἐν 4c); the effect brought about by the name is caused by its utterance ἀπελούσασθε, ἡγιάσθητε, ἐδικαιώθητε ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Χρ. 1 Cor 6:11. ζωὴν ἔχειν ἐν τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ (=Ἰησοῦ) J 20:31. τηρεῖν τινα ἐν τῷ ὀν. (θεοῦ) 17:11f.—ἐν τῷ ὀν. at the command (of), commissioned by ἔργα ποιεῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ πατρός J 10:25 (but s. above). ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ πατρός 5:43a; in contrast ἔρχ. ἐν τῷ ὀν. τῷ ἰδίῳ vs. 43b. εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀν. κυρίου 12:13 (Ps 117:26). The Ps-passage prob. has the same sense (despite Heitmüller 53f) in Mt 21:9; 23:39; Mk 11:9; Lk 13:35; 19:38.—OMerlier, Ὄνομα et ἐν ὀνόματι dans le quatr. Év.: RevÉtGr 47, ’34, 180–204; RBratcher, BT 14, ’63, 72–80.
    ד. w. ἕνεκα (and the other forms of this word; s. ἕνεκα 1): of persecutions for one’s Christian faith ἀπάγεσθαι ἐπὶ βασιλεῖς ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. μου Lk 21:12. πάσχειν or ὑποφέρειν εἵνεκα τοῦ ὀνόματος Hv 3, 1, 9; 3, 2, 1; Hs 9, 28, 5. ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. (τοῦ) κυρίου v 3, 5, 2; Hs 9, 28, 6. ἀφιέναι οἰκίας … ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀν. for my name’s sake Mt 19:29. ἔκτισας τὰ πάντα ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. σου you created all things for your name’s sake, i.e. that God’s name might be praised for the benefits which the works of creation bring to humankind D 10:3.
    ה. w. ἐπί and the dat.: ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τινος when someone’s name is mentioned or called upon, or mentioning someone’s name (LXX; En 10:2; Just., D. 39, 6; Ath. 23, 1; s. Heitmüller 19ff; 43ff; s. also 47ff; 52ff; 87ff) in the NT only of the name of Jesus, and only in the synoptics and Ac. ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου they will come using my name Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν 24:47. λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τούτῳ to speak using this name Ac 4:17; 5:40. διδάσκειν 4:18; 5:28. ποιεῖν δύναμιν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου Mk 9:39. ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. σου ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἐπὶ τῷ σῷ ὀν. τὰς θεραπείας ἐπετέλουν GJs 20:2 (codd.). Of the (spiritual) temple of God: οἰκοδομηθήσεται ναὸς θεοῦ ἐνδόξως ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. κυρίου the temple of God will be gloriously built with the use of the Lord’s name 16:6f, 8 (quot. of uncertain orig.). βαπτίζεσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. Ac 2:38. Baptism is also referred to in καλεῖσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ receive a name when the name of God’s son is named Hs 9, 17, 4. The words δέχεσθαι (παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου can also be classed here receive (a child) when my name is confessed, when I am called upon Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48 (s. Heitmüller 64); but s. also 3 below.—ἐπί w. acc.: πεποιθέναι ἐπὶ τὸ ὁσιώτατον τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ ὄν. have confidence in (the Lord’s) most sacred and majestic name 1 Cl 58:1b; ἐλπίζειν ἐπὶ τὸ ὄν. hope in the name (of the Lord) 16:8b.
    ו. w. περί and the gen.: εὐαγγελίζεσθαι περὶ τοῦ ὀν. Ἰ. Χ. bring the good news about the name of J. Chr. Ac 8:12.—(W. acc.: ἔχομεν δέος τὸ ὄ. τοῦ θεοῦ Orig., C. Cels. 4, 48, 34).
    ז. w. πρός and acc.: πρὸς τὸ ὄν. Ἰησοῦ … πολλὰ ἐναντία πρᾶξαι do many things in opposing the name of Jesus Ac 26:9.
    ח. w. ὑπέρ and gen.: ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀν. (Ἰησοῦ) ἀτιμασθῆναι Ac 5:41. πάσχειν 9:16; Hs 9, 28, 2. Cp. Ac 15:26; 21:13. The activity of the apostles takes place ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀν. αὐτοῦ to the honor of (Jesus’) name Ro 1:5. Cp. 3J 7. Of thankful praying at the Lord’s Supper εὐχαριστοῦμεν σοι … ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἁγίου ὀν. σου, οὗ κατεσκήνωσας ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν we thank you … for your holy name, which you caused to dwell in our hearts D 10:2.
    δ. ὄν. w. ref. to God or Christ not infreq. stands quite alone, simply the Name: Ac 5:41; Phil 2:9 (cp. Diod S 3, 61, 6); 3J 7; 2 Cl 13:1, 4; IEph 3:1; 7:1; IPhld 10:1; Hv 3, 2, 1; Hs 8, 10, 3; 9, 13, 2; 9, 28, 3; 5.
    ② a person (Phalaris, Ep. 128; POxy 1188, 8 [13 A.D.]; BGU 113, 11; Jos., Ant. 14, 22; other exx. in Dssm., NB 24f [BS 196f]; LXX) τὸ ποθητόν μοι ὄν. my dear friend: Alce ISm 13:2; IPol 8:3; Crocus IRo 10:1. Pl. (PThéad 41, 10; PSI 27, 22; Num 1:18 al.) people Ac 1:15; Rv 3:4. ὀνόματα ἀνθρώπων 11:13 (cp. Ael. Aristid. 50, 72 K.=26 p. 523 D.: ὀνόματα δέκα ἀνδρῶν). This is prob. the place for περὶ λόγου καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ νόμου about teaching and persons and (the) law Ac 18:15.
    ③ the classification under which one belongs, noted by a name or category, title, category (cp. Cass. Dio 38, 44; 42, 24 καὶ ὅτι πολλῷ πλείω ἔν τε τῷ σχήματι καὶ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ τῆς στρατηγίας ὢν καταπράξειν ἤλπιζε=he hoped to effect much more by taking advantage of his praetorial apparel and title; ins: Sb 7541, 5 [II A.D.] Νύμφη ὄνομʼ ἐστί σοι; POxy 37 I, 17 [49 A.D.] βούλεται ὀνόματι ἐλευθέρου τὸ σωμάτιον ἀπενέγκασθαι=she claims to have carried off the infant on the basis of its being free-born; Jos., Ant. 12, 154 φερνῆς ὀνόματι; 11, 40; Just., A II, 6, 4 καὶ ἀνθρώπου καὶ σωτῆρος ὄνομα. Other exx. in Heitmüller 50); the possibility of understanding ὄν. as category made it easier for Greeks to take over rabb. לְשֵׁם (s. 1dγב above) in the sense with regard to a particular characteristic, then simply with regard to, for the sake of ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄν. προφήτου whoever receives a prophet within the category ‘prophet’, i.e. because he is a prophet, as a prophet Mt 10:41a; cp. vss. 41b, 42.—ὸ̔ς ἂν ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ἐν ὀνόματι, ὄτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε whoever gives you a drink under the category that you belong to Christ, i.e. in your capacity as a follower of Christ Mk 9:41. εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀν. Χριστοῦ if you are reviled for the sake of Christ 1 Pt 4:14. δοξαζέτω τὸν θεὸν ἐν τῷ ὀν. τούτῳ let the person praise God in this capacity (=ὡς Χριστιανός) vs. 16. δέδεμαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. I am imprisoned for the sake of the Name IEph 3:1.—δέχεσθαι (παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου for my (name’s) sake Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48 (cp. Heitmüller 113. But s. 1dγה above).
    ④ recognition accorded a person on the basis of performance, (well-known) name, reputation, fame (Hom. et al.; 1 Ch 14:17; 1 Macc 8:12) φανερὸν ἐγένετο τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ his fame was widespread Mk 6:14. ὄν. ἔχειν (Pla., Apol. 38c, Ep. 2, 312c) w. ὅτι foll. have the reputation of Rv 3:1 perh. also 3:5 (s. 1bα; JFuller, JETS 26, ’83, 297–306).
    ⑤ name in terms of office held, office (POxy 58, 6) στασιαζουσῶν τ. φυλῶν, ὁποία αὐτῶν εἴη τῷ ἐνδόξῳ ὀνόματι κεκοσμημένη when the tribes were quarreling as to which one of them was to be adorned with that glorious office 1 Cl 43:2. τὸ ὄν. τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς the office of supervision 44:1.—B. 1263f. OEANE IV 91–96 on Mesopotamian practices. Schmidt, Syn. I 113–24. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὄνομα

  • 35 ab

    ăb, ā, abs, prep. with abl. This IndoEuropean particle (Sanscr. apa or ava, Etr. av, Gr. upo, Goth. af, Old Germ. aba, New Germ. ab, Engl. of, off) has in Latin the following forms: ap, af, ab (av), au-, a, a; aps, abs, as-. The existence of the oldest form, ap, is proved by the oldest and best MSS. analogous to the prep. apud, the Sanscr. api, and Gr. epi, and by the weakened form af, which, by the rule of historical grammar and the nature of the Latin letter f, can be derived only from ap, not from ab. The form af, weakened from ap, also very soon became obsolete. There are but five examples of it in inscriptions, at the end of the sixth and in the course of the seventh century B. C., viz.:

    AF VOBEIS,

    Inscr. Orell. 3114;

    AF MVRO,

    ib. 6601;

    AF CAPVA,

    ib. 3308;

    AF SOLO,

    ib. 589;

    AF LYCO,

    ib. 3036 ( afuolunt =avolant, Paul. ex Fest. p. 26 Mull., is only a conjecture). In the time of Cicero this form was regarded as archaic, and only here and there used in account-books; v. Cic. Or. 47, 158 (where the correct reading is af, not abs or ab), and cf. Ritschl, Monum. Epigr. p. 7 sq.—The second form of this preposition, changed from ap, was ab, which has become the principal form and the one most generally used through all periods—and indeed the only oue used before all vowels and h; here and there also before some consonants, particularly l, n, r, and s; rarely before c, j, d, t; and almost never before the labials p, b, f, v, or before m, such examples as ab Massiliensibus, Caes. B. C. 1, 35, being of the most rare occurrence.—By changing the b of ab through v into u, the form au originated, which was in use only in the two compounds aufero and aufugio for abfero, ab-fugio; aufuisse for afuisse, in Cod. Medic. of Tac. A. 12, 17, is altogether unusual. Finally, by dropping the b of ab, and lengthening the a, ab was changed into a, which form, together with ab, predominated through all periods of the Latin language, and took its place before all consonants in the later years of Cicero, and after him almoet exclusively.—By dropping the b without lengthening the a, ab occurs in the form a- in the two compounds a-bio and a-perio, q. v.—On the other hand, instead of reducing ap to a and a, a strengthened collateral form, aps, was made by adding to ap the letter s (also used in particles, as in ex, mox, vix). From the first, aps was used only before the letters c, q, t, and was very soon changed into abs (as ap into ab):

    abs chorago,

    Plaut. Pers. 1, 3, 79 (159 Ritschl):

    abs quivis,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 3, 1:

    abs terra,

    Cato, R. R. 51;

    and in compounds: aps-cessero,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 1, 24 (625 R.); id. ib. 3, 2, 84 (710 R): abs-condo, abs-que, abs-tineo, etc. The use of abs was confined almost exclusively to the combination abs te during the whole ante-classic period, and with Cicero till about the year 700 A. U. C. (=B. C. 54). After that time Cicero evidently hesitates between abs te and a te, but during the last five or six years of his life a te became predominant in all his writings, even in his letters; consequently abs te appears but rarely in later authors, as in Liv. 10, 19, 8; 26, 15, 12;

    and who, perhaps, also used abs conscendentibus,

    id. 28, 37, 2; v. Drakenb. ad. h. l. (Weissenb. ab).—Finally abs, in consequence of the following p, lost its b, and became ds- in the three compounds aspello, as-porto, and as-pernor (for asspernor); v. these words.—The late Lat. verb abbrevio may stand for adbrevio, the d of ad being assimilated to the following b.The fundamental signification of ab is departure from some fixed point (opp. to ad. which denotes motion to a point).
    I.
    In space, and,
    II.
    Fig., in time and other relations, in which the idea of departure from some point, as from source and origin, is included; Engl. from, away from, out of; down from; since, after; by, at, in, on, etc.
    I.
    Lit., in space: ab classe ad urbem tendunt, Att. ap. Non. 495, 22 (Trag. Rel. p. 177 Rib.):

    Caesar maturat ab urbe proficisci,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 7:

    fuga ab urbe turpissima,

    Cic. Att. 7, 21:

    ducite ab urbe domum, ducite Daphnim,

    Verg. E. 8, 68. Cicero himself gives the difference between ab and ex thus: si qui mihi praesto fuerit cum armatis hominibus extra meum fundum et me introire prohibuerit, non ex eo, sed ab ( from, away from) eo loco me dejecerit....Unde dejecti Galli? A Capitolio. Unde, qui cum Graccho fucrunt? Ex Capitolio, etc., Cic. Caecin. 30, 87; cf. Diom. p. 408 P., and a similar distinction between ad and in under ad.—Ellipt.: Diogenes Alexandro roganti, ut diceret, si quid opus esset: Nunc quidem paululum, inquit, a sole, a little out of the sun, Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 92. —Often joined with usque:

    illam (mulierem) usque a mari supero Romam proficisci,

    all the way from, Cic. Clu. 68, 192; v. usque, I.—And with ad, to denote the space passed over: siderum genus ab ortu ad occasum commeant, from... to, Cic. N. D. 2, 19 init.; cf. ab... in:

    venti a laevo latere in dextrum, ut sol, ambiunt,

    Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128.
    b.
    Sometimes with names of cities and small islands, or with domus (instead of the usual abl.), partie., in militnry and nautieal language, to denote the marching of soldiers, the setting out of a flcet, or the departure of the inhabitants from some place:

    oppidum ab Aenea fugiente a Troja conditum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 33:

    quemadmodum (Caesar) a Gergovia discederet,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 43 fin.; so id. ib. 7, 80 fin.; Sall. J. 61; 82; 91; Liv. 2, 33, 6 al.; cf.:

    ab Arimino M. Antonium cum cohortibus quinque Arretium mittit,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 11 fin.; and:

    protinus a Corfinio in Siciliam miserat,

    id. ib. 1, 25, 2:

    profecti a domo,

    Liv. 40, 33, 2;

    of setting sail: cum exercitus vestri numquam a Brundisio nisi hieme summa transmiserint,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 32; so id. Fam. 15, 3, 2; Caes. B. C. 3, 23; 3, 24 fin.:

    classe qua advecti ab domo fuerant,

    Liv. 8, 22, 6;

    of citizens: interim ab Roma legatos venisse nuntiatum est,

    Liv. 21, 9, 3; cf.:

    legati ab Orico ad M. Valerium praetorem venerunt,

    id. 24, 40, 2.
    c.
    Sometimes with names of persons or with pronouns: pestem abige a me, Enn. ap. Cic. Ac. 2, 28, 89 (Trag. v. 50 Vahl.):

    Quasi ad adulescentem a patre ex Seleucia veniat,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 41; cf.:

    libertus a Fuflis cum litteris ad Hermippum venit,

    Cic. Fl. 20, 47:

    Nigidium a Domitio Capuam venisse,

    id. Att. 7, 24:

    cum a vobis discessero,

    id. Sen. 22:

    multa merces tibi defluat ab Jove Neptunoque,

    Hor. C. 1, 28, 29 al. So often of a person instead of his house, lodging, etc.: videat forte hic te a patre aliquis exiens, from the father, i. e. from his house, Ter. Heaut. 2, 2, 6:

    so a fratre,

    id. Phorm. 5, 1, 5:

    a Pontio,

    Cic. Att. 5, 3 fin.:

    ab ea,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 21; and so often: a me, a nobis, a se, etc., from my, our, his house, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 1, 7; Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 50; Cic. Att. 4, 9, 1 al.
    B.
    Transf., without the idea of motion. To designate separation or distance, with the verbs abesse, distare, etc., and with the particles longe, procul, prope, etc.
    1.
    Of separation:

    ego te afuisse tam diu a nobis dolui,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 1, 2:

    abesse a domo paulisper maluit,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 18, § 39:

    tum Brutus ab Roma aberat,

    Sall. C. 40, 5:

    absint lacerti ab stabulis,

    Verg. G. 4, 14.—
    2.
    Of distance:

    quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,

    Cic. Caecin. 10, 28; cf.:

    nos in castra properabamus, quae aberant bidui,

    id. Att. 5, 16 fin.; and:

    hic locus aequo fere spatio ab castris Ariovisti et Caesaris aberat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43, 1:

    terrae ab hujusce terrae, quam nos incolimus, continuatione distantes,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 66, 164:

    non amplius pedum milibus duobus ab castris castra distabant,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 82, 3; cf. id. lb. 1, 3, 103.—With adverbs: annos multos longinque ab domo bellum gerentes, Enn. ap. Non. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 103 Vahl.):

    cum domus patris a foro longe abesset,

    Cic. Cael. 7, 18 fin.; cf.:

    qui fontes a quibusdam praesidiis aberant longius,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 49, 5:

    quae procul erant a conspectu imperii,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 32, 87; cf.:

    procul a castris hostes in collibus constiterunt,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 17, 1; and:

    tu procul a patria Alpinas nives vides,

    Verg. E. 10, 46 (procul often also with simple abl.;

    v. procul): cum esset in Italia bellum tam prope a Sicilia, tamen in Sicilia non fuit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6; cf.:

    tu apud socrum tuam prope a meis aedibus sedebas,

    id. Pis. 11, 26; and:

    tam prope ab domo detineri,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 3, § 6.—So in Caesar and Livy, with numerals to designate the measure of the distance:

    onerariae naves, quae ex eo loco ab milibus passuum octo vento tenebatur,

    eight miles distant, Caes. B. G. 4, 22, 4; and without mentioning the terminus a quo: ad castra contenderunt, et ab milibus passunm minus duobus castra posuerunt, less than two miles off or distant, id. ib. 2, 7, 3; so id. ib. 2, 5, 32; 6, 7, 3; id. B. C. 1, 65; Liv. 38, 20, 2 (for which:

    duo milia fere et quingentos passus ab hoste posuerunt castra,

    id. 37, 38, 5). —
    3.
    To denote the side or direction from which an object is viewed in its local relations,=a parte, at, on, in: utrum hacin feriam an ab laeva latus? Enn. ap. Plaut. Cist. 3, 10 (Trag. v. 38 Vahl.); cf.:

    picus et cornix ab laeva, corvos, parra ab dextera consuadent,

    Plaut. As. 2, 1, 12: clamore ab ea parte audito. on this side, Caes. B. G. 3, 26, 4: Gallia Celtica attingit ab Sequanis et Helvetiis flumen Rhenum, on the side of the Sequani, i. e. their country, id. ib. 1, 1, 5:

    pleraque Alpium ab Italia sicut breviora ita arrectiora sunt,

    on the Italian side, Liv. 21, 35, 11:

    non eadem diligentia ab decumuna porta castra munita,

    at the main entrance, Caes. B. G. 3, 25 fin.:

    erat a septentrionibus collis,

    on the north, id. ib. 7, 83, 2; so, ab oriente, a meridie, ab occasu; a fronte, a latere, a tergo, etc. (v. these words).
    II.
    Fig.
    A.
    In time.
    1.
    From a [p. 3] point of time, without reference to the period subsequently elapsed. After:

    Exul ab octava Marius bibit,

    Juv. 1,40:

    mulieres jam ab re divin[adot ] adparebunt domi,

    immediately after the sucrifice, Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 4:

    Caesar ab decimae legionis cohortatione ad dextrum cornu profectus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:

    ab hac contione legati missi sunt,

    immediately after, Liv. 24, 22, 6; cf. id. 28, 33, 1; 40, 47, 8; 40, 49, 1 al.:

    ab eo magistratu,

    after this office, Sall. J. 63, 5:

    a summa spe novissima exspectabat,

    after the greatest hope, Tac. A. 6, 50 fin. —Strengthened by the adverbs primum, confestim, statim, protinus, or the adj. recens, immediately after, soon after:

    ut primum a tuo digressu Romam veni,

    Cic. Att. 1, 5, 4; so Suet. Tib. 68:

    confestim a proelio expugnatis hostium castris,

    Liv. 30, 36, 1:

    statim a funere,

    Suet. Caes. 85;

    and followed by statim: ab itinere statim,

    id. ib. 60:

    protinus ab adoptione,

    Vell. 2, 104, 3:

    Homerus qui recens ab illorum actate fuit,

    soon after their time, Cic. N. D. 3, 5; so Varr. R. R. 2, 8, 2; Verg. A. 6, 450 al. (v. also primum, confestim, etc.).—

    Sometimes with the name of a person or place, instead of an action: ibi mihi tuae litterae binae redditae sunt tertio abs te die,

    i. e. after their departure from you, Cic. Att. 5, 3, 1: in Italiam perventum est quinto mense a Carthagine Nov[adot ], i. e. after leaving (=postquam a Carthagine profecti sunt), Liv. 21, 38, 1:

    secundo Punico (bello) Scipionis classis XL. die a securi navigavit,

    i. e. after its having been built, Plin. 16, 39, 74, § 192. —Hence the poct. expression: ab his, after this (cf. ek toutôn), i. e. after these words, hereupon, Ov. M. 3, 273; 4, 329; 8, 612; 9, 764.
    2.
    With reference to a subsequent period. From, since, after:

    ab hora tertia bibebatur,

    from the third hour, Cic. Phil. 2, 41:

    infinito ex tempore, non ut antea, ab Sulla et Pompeio consulibus,

    since the consulship of, id. Agr. 2, 21, 56:

    vixit ab omni aeternitate,

    from all eternity, id. Div. 1, 51, 115:

    cum quo a condiscipulatu vivebat conjunctissime,

    Nep. Att. 5, 3:

    in Lycia semper a terrae motu XL. dies serenos esse,

    after an earthquake, Plin. 2, 96, 98, § 211 al.:

    centesima lux est haec ab interitu P. Clodii,

    since the death of, Cic. Mil. 35, 98; cf.:

    cujus a morte quintus hic et tricesimus annus est,

    id. Sen. 6, 19; and:

    ab incenso Capitolio illum esse vigesumiun annum,

    since, Sall. C. 47, 2:

    diebus triginta, a qua die materia caesa est,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 36.—Sometimes joined with usque and inde:

    quod augures omnes usque ab Romulo decreverunt,

    since the time of, Cic. Vat. 8, 20:

    jam inde ab infelici pugna ceciderant animi,

    from the very beginning of, Liv. 2, 65 fin. —Hence the adverbial expressions ab initio, a principio, a primo, at, in, or from the beginning, at first; v. initium, principium, primus. Likewise ab integro, anew, afresh; v. integer.—Ab... ad, from (a time)... to:

    ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,

    Cic. Att. 7, 8, 4; cf.:

    cum ab hora septima ad vesperum pugnatum sit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 26, 2; and:

    a quo tempore ad vos consules anni sunt septingenti octoginta unus,

    Vell. 1, 8, 4; and so in Plautus strengthened by usque:

    pugnata pugnast usque a mane ad vesperum,

    from morning to evening, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 97; id. Most. 3, 1, 3; 3, 2, 80.—Rarely ab... in: Romani ab sole orto in multum diei stetere in acie, from... till late in the day, Liv. 27, 2, 9; so Col. 2, 10, 17; Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99; 2, 103, 106, § 229; 4, 12, 26, § 89.
    b.
    Particularly with nouns denoting a time of life:

    qui homo cum animo inde ab ineunte aetate depugnat suo,

    from an early age, from early youth, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 24; so Cic. Off. 2, 13, 44 al.:

    mihi magna cum co jam inde a pueritia fuit semper famillaritas,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 9; so,

    a pueritia,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 11, 27 fin.; id. Fam. 5, 8, 4:

    jam inde ab adulescentia,

    Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 16:

    ab adulescentia,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 1:

    jam a prima adulescentia,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 23:

    ab ineunte adulescentia,

    id. ib. 13, 21, 1; cf.

    followed by ad: usque ad hanc aetatem ab incunte adulescentia,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 20:

    a primis temporibus aetatis,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 3:

    a teneris unguiculis,

    from childhood, id. ib. 1, 6, 2:

    usque a toga pura,

    id. Att. 7, 8, 5:

    jam inde ab incunabulis,

    Liv. 4, 36, 5:

    a prima lanugine,

    Suet. Oth. 12:

    viridi ab aevo,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 17 al.;

    rarely of animals: ab infantia,

    Plin. 10, 63, 83, § 182.—Instead of the nom. abstr. very often (like the Greek ek paioôn, etc.) with concrete substantives: a pucro, ab adulescente, a parvis, etc., from childhood, etc.:

    qui olim a puero parvulo mihi paedagogus fuerat,

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 90; so,

    a pausillo puero,

    id. Stich. 1, 3, 21:

    a puero,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 36, 115; id. Fam. 13, 16, 4 (twice) al.:

    a pueris,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. de Or. 1, 1, 2 al.:

    ab adulescente,

    id. Quint. 3, 12:

    ab infante,

    Col. 1, 8, 2:

    a parva virgine,

    Cat. 66, 26 al. —Likewise and in the same sense with adject.: a parvo, from a little child, or childhood, Liv. 1, 39, 6 fin.; cf.:

    a parvis,

    Ter. And. 3, 3, 7; Cic. Leg. 2, 4, 9:

    a parvulo,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 8; id. Ad. 1, 1, 23; cf.:

    ab parvulis,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 21, 3:

    ab tenero,

    Col. 5, 6, 20;

    and rarely of animals: (vacca) a bima aut trima fructum ferre incipit,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 13.
    B.
    In other relations in which the idea of going forth, proceeding, from something is included.
    1.
    In gen. to denote departure, separation, deterring, avoiding, intermitting, etc., or distance, difference, etc., of inanimate or abstract things. From: jus atque aecum se a malis spernit procul, Enn. ap. Non. 399, 10 (Trag. v. 224 Vahl.):

    suspitionem et culpam ut ab se segregent,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 42:

    qui discessum animi a corpore putent esse mortem,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 18:

    hic ab artificio suo non recessit,

    id. ib. 1, 10, 20 al.:

    quod si exquiratur usque ab stirpe auctoritas,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 180:

    condicionem quam ab te peto,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 87; cf.:

    mercedem gloriae flagitas ab iis, quorum, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 15, 34:

    si quid ab illo acceperis,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 90:

    quae (i. e. antiquitas) quo propius aberat ab ortu et divina progenie,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 26:

    ab defensione desistere,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 12, 4:

    ne quod tempus ab opere intermitteretur,

    id. B. G. 7, 24, 2:

    ut homines adulescentis a dicendi studio deterream,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 25, 117, etc.—Of distance (in order, rank, mind, or feeling):

    qui quartus ab Arcesila fuit,

    the fourth in succession from, Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 46:

    tu nunc eris alter ab illo,

    next after him, Verg. E. 5, 49; cf.:

    Aiax, heros ab Achille secundus,

    next in rank to, Hor. S. 2, 3, 193:

    quid hoc ab illo differt,

    from, Cic. Caecin. 14, 39; cf.:

    hominum vita tantum distat a victu et cultu bestiarum,

    id. Off. 2, 4, 15; and:

    discrepare ab aequitate sapientiam,

    id. Rep. 3, 9 fin. (v. the verbs differo, disto, discrepo, dissideo, dissentio, etc.):

    quae non aliena esse ducerem a dignitate,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 7:

    alieno a te animo fuit,

    id. Deiot. 9, 24 (v. alienus). —So the expression ab re (qs. aside from the matter, profit; cf. the opposite, in rem), contrary to one's profit, to a loss, disadvantageous (so in the affirmative very rare and only ante-class.):

    subdole ab re consulit,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 12; cf. id. Capt. 2, 2, 88; more frequently and class. (but not with Cicero) in the negative, non, haud, ab re, not without advantage or profit, not useless or unprofitable, adcantageous:

    haut est ab re aucupis,

    Plaut. As. 1, 3, 71:

    non ab re esse Quinctii visum est,

    Liv. 35, 32, 6; so Plin. 27, 8, 35; 31, 3, 26; Suet. Aug. 94; id. Dom. 11; Gell. 18, 14 fin.; App. Dogm. Plat. 3, p. 31, 22 al. (but in Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 44, ab re means with respect to the money matter).
    2.
    In partic.
    a.
    To denote an agent from whom an action proceeds, or by whom a thing is done or takes place. By, and in archaic and solemn style, of. So most frequently with pass. or intrans. verbs with pass. signif., when the active object is or is considered as a living being: Laudari me abs te, a laudato viro, Naev. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 31, 67: injuria abs te afficior, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 24, 38:

    a patre deductus ad Scaevolam,

    Cic. Lael. 1, 1:

    ut tamquam a praesentibus coram haberi sermo videretur,

    id. ib. 1, 3:

    disputata ab eo,

    id. ib. 1, 4 al.:

    illa (i. e. numerorum ac vocum vis) maxime a Graecia vetere celebrata,

    id. de Or. 3, 51, 197:

    ita generati a natura sumus,

    id. Off. 1, 29, 103; cf.:

    pars mundi damnata a rerum natura,

    Plin. 4, 12, 26, § 88:

    niagna adhibita cura est a providentia deorum,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 51 al. —With intrans. verbs:

    quae (i. e. anima) calescit ab eo spiritu,

    is warmed by this breath, Cic. N. D. 2, 55, 138; cf. Ov. M. 1, 417: (mare) qua a sole collucet, Cic. Ac. 2, 105:

    salvebis a meo Cicerone,

    i. e. young Cicero sends his compliments to you, id. Att. 6, 2 fin.:

    a quibus (Atheniensibus) erat profectus,

    i. e. by whose command, Nep. Milt. 2, 3:

    ne vir ab hoste cadat,

    Ov. H. 9, 36 al. —A substantive or adjective often takes the place of the verb (so with de, q. v.):

    levior est plaga ab amico quam a debitore,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 7; cf.:

    a bestiis ictus, morsus, impetus,

    id. Off. 2, 6, 19:

    si calor est a sole,

    id. N. D. 2, 52:

    ex iis a te verbis (for a te scriptis),

    id. Att. 16, 7, 5:

    metu poenae a Romanis,

    Liv. 32, 23, 9:

    bellum ingens a Volscis et Aequis,

    id. 3, 22, 2:

    ad exsolvendam fldem a consule,

    id. 27, 5, 6.—With an adj.:

    lassus ab equo indomito,

    Hor. S. 2, 2, 10:

    Murus ab ingenic notior ille tuo,

    Prop. 5, 1, 126:

    tempus a nostris triste malis,

    time made sad by our misfortunes, Ov. Tr. 4, 3, 36.—Different from per:

    vulgo occidebantur: per quos et a quibus?

    by whom and upon whose orders? Cic. Rosc. Am. 29, 80 (cf. id. ib. 34, 97: cujus consilio occisus sit, invenio; cujus manu sit percussus, non laboro); so,

    ab hoc destitutus per Thrasybulum (i. e. Thrasybulo auctore),

    Nep. Alc. 5, 4.—Ambiguity sometimes arises from the fact that the verb in the pass. would require ab if used in the active:

    si postulatur a populo,

    if the people demand it, Cic. Off. 2, 17, 58, might also mean, if it is required of the people; on the contrary: quod ab eo (Lucullo) laus imperatoria non admodum exspectabatur, not since he did not expect military renown, but since they did not expect military renown from him, Cic. Ac. 2, 1, 2, and so often; cf. Rudd. II. p. 213. (The use of the active dative, or dative of the agent, instead of ab with the pass., is well known, Zumpt, § 419. It is very seldom found in prose writers of the golden age of Roman liter.; with Cic. sometimes joined with the participles auditus, cognitus, constitutus, perspectus, provisus, susceptus; cf. Halm ad Cic. Imp. Pomp. 24, 71, and ad ejusdem, Cat. 1, 7 fin.; but freq. at a later period; e. g. in Pliny, in Books 2-4 of H. N., more than twenty times; and likewise in Tacitus seventeen times. Vid. the passages in Nipperd. ad Tac. A. 2, 49.) Far more unusual is the simple abl. in the designation of persons:

    deseror conjuge,

    Ov. H. 12, 161; so id. ib. 5, 75; id. M. 1, 747; Verg. A. 1, 274; Hor. C. 2, 4, 9; 1, 6, 2;

    and in prose,

    Quint. 3, 4, 2; Sen. Contr. 2, 1; Curt. 6, 7, 8; cf. Rudd. II. p. 212; Zumpt ad Quint. V. p. 122 Spalding.—Hence the adverbial phrase a se=uph heautou, sua sponte, of one's own uccord, spontaneously:

    ipsum a se oritur et sua sponte nascitur,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 24, 78:

    (urna) ab se cantat quoja sit,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 5, 21 (al. eapse; cf. id. Men. 1, 2, 66); so Col. 11, 1, 5; Liv. 44, 33, 6.
    b.
    With names of towns to denote origin, extraction, instead of gentile adjectives. From, of:

    pastores a Pergamide,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 1:

    Turnus ab Aricia,

    Liv. 1, 50, 3 (for which Aricinus, id. 1, 51, 1):

    obsides dant trecentos principum a Cora atque Pometia liberos,

    Liv. 2, 22, 2; and poet.: O longa mundi servator ab Alba, Auguste, thou who art descended from the old Alban race of kings (=oriundus, or ortus regibus Albanis), Prop. 5, 6, 37.
    c.
    In giving the etymology of a name: eam rem (sc. legem, Gr. nomon) illi Graeco putant nomine a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam, ego nostro a legendo, Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19: annum intervallum regni fuit: id ab re... interregnum appellatum, Liv. 1, 17, 6:

    (sinus maris) ab nomine propinquae urbis Ambracius appellatus,

    id. 38, 4, 3; and so Varro in his Ling. Lat., and Pliny, in Books 1-5 of H. N., on almost every page. (Cf. also the arts. ex and de.)
    d.
    With verbs of beginning and repeating: a summo bibere, in Plaut. to drink in succession from the one at the head of the table:

    da, puere, ab summo,

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; so,

    da ab Delphio cantharum circum, id Most. 1, 4, 33: ab eo nobis causa ordienda est potissimum,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 7, 21:

    coepere a fame mala,

    Liv. 4, 12, 7:

    cornicem a cauda de ovo exire,

    tail-foremost, Plin. 10, 16, 18:

    a capite repetis, quod quaerimus,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 18 al.
    e.
    With verbs of freeing from, defending, or protecting against any thing:

    a foliis et stercore purgato,

    Cato, R. R. 65 (66), 1:

    tantumne ab re tuast oti tibi?

    Ter. Heaut. 1, [p. 4] 1, 23; cf.:

    Saguntini ut a proeliis quietem habuerant,

    Liv. 21, 11, 5:

    expiandum forum ab illis nefarii sceleris vestigiis,

    Cic. Rab. Perd. 4, 11:

    haec provincia non modo a calamitate, sed etiam a metu calamitatis est defendenda,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14 (v. defendo):

    ab incendio urbem vigiliis munitam intellegebat,

    Sall. C. 32:

    ut neque sustinere se a lapsu possent,

    Liv. 21, 35, 12:

    ut meam domum metueret atque a me ipso caveret,

    Cic. Sest. 64, 133.
    f.
    With verbs of expecting, fearing, hoping, and the like, ab =a parte, as, Cic. Att. 9, 7, 4: cum eadem metuam ab hac parte, since I fear the same from this side; hence, timere, metuere ab aliquo, not, to be afraid of any one, but, to fear something (proceeding from) from him:

    el metul a Chryside,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 79; cf.:

    ab Hannibale metuens,

    Liv. 23, 36; and:

    metus a praetore,

    id. 23, 15, 7;

    v. Weissenb. ad h. l.: a quo quidem genere, judices, ego numquam timui,

    Cic. Sull. 20, 59:

    postquam nec ab Romanis robis ulla est spes,

    you can expect nothing from the Romans, Liv. 21, 13, 4.
    g.
    With verbs of fastening and holding:

    funiculus a puppi religatus,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 51, 154:

    cum sinistra capillum ejus a vertice teneret,

    Q. Cic. Pet. Cons. 3.
    h.
    Ulcisci se ab aliquo, to take vengeance on one:

    a ferro sanguis humanus se ulciscitur,

    Plin. 34, 14, 41 fin.
    i.
    Cognoscere ab aliqua re to knoio or learn by means of something (different from ab aliquo, to learn from some one):

    id se a Gallicis armis atque insignibus cognovisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 22.
    j.
    Dolere, laborare, valere ab, instead of the simple abl.:

    doleo ab animo, doleo ab oculis, doleo ab aegritudine,

    Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 62:

    a morbo valui, ab animo aeger fui,

    id. Ep. 1, 2, 26; cf. id. Aul. 2, 2, 9:

    a frigore et aestu ne quid laborent,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17; so,

    a frigore laborantibus,

    Plin. 32, 10, 46, § 133; cf.:

    laborare ab re frumentaria,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 10, 1; id. B. C. 3, 9; v. laboro.
    k.
    Where verbs and adjectives are joined with ab, instead of the simple abl., ab defines more exactly the respect in which that which is expressed by the verb or adj. is to be understood, in relation to, with regard to, in respect to, on the part of:

    ab ingenio improbus,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 59:

    a me pudica'st,

    id. Curc. 1, 1, 51:

    orba ab optimatibus contio,

    Cic. Fl. 23, 54; ro Ov. H. 6,156: securos vos ab hac parte reddemus, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24 fin. (v. securus):

    locus copiosus a frumento,

    Cic. Att. 5, 18, 2; cf.:

    sumus imparati cum a militibas tum a pecunia,

    id. ib. 7, 15 fin.:

    ille Graecus ab omni laude felicior,

    id. Brut. 16, 63:

    ab una parte haud satis prosperuin,

    Liv. 1, 32, 2 al.;

    so often in poets ab arte=arte,

    artfully, Tib. 1, 5, 4; 1, 9, 66; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 30.
    l.
    In the statement of the motive instead of ex, propter, or the simple abl. causae, from, out of, on account of, in consequence of: ab singulari amore scribo, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 7, B fin.:

    linguam ab irrisu exserentem,

    thrusting out the tongue in derision, Liv. 7, 10, 5:

    ab honore,

    id. 1, 8; so, ab ira, a spe, ab odio, v. Drak. ad Liv. 24, 30, 1: 26, 1, 3; cf. also Kritz and Fabri ad Sall. J. 31, 3, and Fabri ad Liv. 21, 36, 7.
    m.
    Especially in the poets instead of the gen.:

    ab illo injuria,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 129:

    fulgor ab auro,

    Lucr. 2, 5:

    dulces a fontibus undae,

    Verg. G. 2, 243.
    n.
    In indicating a part of the whole, for the more usual ex, of, out of:

    scuto ab novissimis uni militi detracto,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:

    nonnuill ab novissimis,

    id. ib.; Cic. Sest. 65, 137; cf. id. ib. 59 fin.: a quibus (captivis) ad Senatum missus (Regulus).
    o.
    In marking that from which any thing proceeds, and to which it belongs:

    qui sunt ab ea disciplina,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 3, 7:

    ab eo qui sunt,

    id. Fin. 4, 3, 7:

    nostri illi a Platone et Aristotele aiunt,

    id. Mur. 30, 63 (in imitation of oi upo tinos).
    p.
    To designate an office or dignity (with or without servus; so not freq. till after the Aug. period;

    in Cic. only once): Pollex, servus a pedibus meus,

    one of my couriers, Cic. Att. 8, 5, 1; so,

    a manu servus,

    a secretary, Suet. Caes. 74: Narcissum ab eplstulis ( secretary) et Pallantem a rationibus ( accountant), id. Claud. 28; and so, ab actis, ab admissione, ab aegris, ab apotheca, ab argento, a balneis, a bibliotheca, a codicillis, a jumentis, a potione, etc. (v. these words and Inscr. Orell. vol. 3, Ind. xi. p. 181 sq.).
    q.
    The use of ab before adverbs is for the most part peculiar to later Latinity:

    a peregre,

    Vitr. 5, 7 (6), 8:

    a foris,

    Plin. 17, 24, 37; Vulg. Gen, 7, 16; ib. Matt. 23, 27:

    ab intus,

    ib. ib. 7, 15:

    ab invicem,

    App. Herb. 112; Vulg. Matt. 25, 32; Cypr. Ep. 63, 9: Hier. Ep. 18:

    a longe,

    Hyg. Fab. 257; Vulg. Gen. 22, 4; ib. Matt. 26, 58:

    a modo,

    ib. ib. 23, 39;

    Hier. Vit. Hilar.: a nune,

    Vulg. Luc. 1, 48:

    a sursum,

    ib. Marc. 15, 38.
    ► a.
    Ab is not repeated like most other prepositions (v. ad, ex, in, etc.) with pron. interrog. or relat. after subst. and pron. demonstr. with ab:

    Arsinoen, Stratum, Naupactum...fateris ab hostibus esse captas. Quibus autem hostibus? Nempe iis, quos, etc.,

    Cic. Pis. 37, 91:

    a rebus gerendis senectus abstrahit. Quibus? An iis, quae in juventute geruntur et viribus?

    id. Sen. 6:

    a Jove incipiendum putat. Quo Jove?

    id. Rep. 1, 36, 56:

    res publica, quascumque vires habebit, ab iis ipsis, quibus tenetur, de te propediem impetrabit,

    id. Fam. 4, 13, 5.—
    b.
    Ab in Plantus is once put after the word which it governs: quo ab, As. 1, 1, 106.—
    c.
    It is in various ways separated from the word which it governs:

    a vitae periculo,

    Cic. Brut. 91, 313:

    a nullius umquam me tempore aut commodo,

    id. Arch. 6, 12:

    a minus bono,

    Sall. C. 2, 6:

    a satis miti principio,

    Liv. 1, 6, 4:

    damnis dives ab ipsa suis,

    Ov. H. 9, 96; so id. ib. 12, 18; 13, 116.—
    d.
    The poets join a and que, making aque; but in good prose que is annexed to the following abl. (a meque, abs teque, etc.):

    aque Chao,

    Verg. G. 4, 347:

    aque mero,

    Ov. M. 3, 631:

    aque viro,

    id. H. 6, 156:

    aque suis,

    id. Tr. 5, 2, 74 al. But:

    a meque,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 16, 1:

    abs teque,

    id. Att. 3, 15, 4:

    a teque,

    id. ib. 8, 11, §

    7: a primaque adulescentia,

    id. Brut. 91, 315 al. —
    e.
    A Greek noun joined with ab stands in the dat.: a parte negotiati, hoc est pragmatikê, removisse, Quint. 3, 7, 1.
    III.
    In composition ab,
    1.
    Retains its original signif.: abducere, to take or carry away from some place: abstrahere, to draw auay; also, downward: abicere, to throw down; and denoting a departure from the idea of the simple word, it has an effect apparently privative: absimilis, departing from the similar, unlike: abnormis, departing from the rule, unusual (different from dissimilis, enormis); and so also in amens=a mente remotus, alienus ( out of one's senses, without self-control, insane): absurdus, missounding, then incongruous, irrational: abutor (in one of its senses), to misuse: aborior, abortus, to miscarry: abludo; for the privative force the Latin regularly employs in-, v. 2. in.—
    2.
    It more rarely designates completeness, as in absorbere, abutor ( to use up). (The designation of the fourth generation in the ascending or descending line by ab belongs here only in appearance; as abavus for quartus pater, great-great-grandfather, although the Greeks introduced upopappos; for the immutability of the syllable ab in abpatrnus and abmatertera, as well as the signif. Of the word abavus, grandfather's grandfather, imitated in abnepos, grandchild's grandchild, seems to point to a derivation from avi avus, as Festus, p. 13 Mull., explains atavus, by atta avi, or, rather, attae avus.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ab

  • 36 ἐπί

    ἐπί prep. w. gen., dat., or acc.; s. the lit. on ἀνά, beg. (Hom.+). The basic idea is ‘upon’ (opp. ὑπό) Kühner-G. I 495; s. also Rob 600–605. (In the foll. classifications case use is presented seriatim; in earlier editions of this lexicon all sections, except 13, 17, and 18 [of time], were included under the general rubric ‘Place’.)
    ① marker of location or surface, answering the question ‘where?’ on, upon, near
    ⓐ w. gen., marking a position on a surface ἐ. (τῆς) γῆς on (the) earth (cp. En 9:1; 98:1; ἐ. γῆς 25:6; PsSol 17:2) Mt 6:10, 19; 9:6; 23:9; Mk 6:47 al. (Ar. 12, 1; Just., A I, 54, 7 al.). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης on the sea (cp. Job 9:8; Dio Chrys. 10 [11], 129 βαδίζειν ἐ. τῆς θαλ.; Lucian, Philops. 13 βαδίζειν ἐφʼ ὕδατος, VH 2, 4; Artem. 3, 16 ἐ. τ. θαλάσσης περιπατεῖν; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 15 p. 5, 26ff relying on the testimony of Hesiod: Orion was given a gift [δωρεά] by the gods καὶ ἐ. κυμάτων πορεύεσθαι καὶ ἐ. τῆς γῆς) Mt 14:26; Mk 6:48f; J 6:19 (w. acc. P75; s. 4bβ below). ἐ. τῶν νεφελῶν on the clouds Mt 24:30; 26:64 (Da 7:13; cp. Philo, Praem. 8). ἐ. κλίνης 9:2; Lk 17:34. ἐ. τοῦ δώματος on the roof vs. 31; Mt 24:17; 10:27 foll. by pl. W. verbs: κάθημαι ἐ. τινος sit on someth. (Job 2:8; ἐ. τοῦ ἅρματος GrBar 6:2; cp. JosAs 27:1 ἐ. τοῦ ὀχήματος καθεζόμενος; Just., D. 90, 5 ἐ. λίθου καθεζόμενος) Mt 24:3; 27:19; Ac 8:28; Rv 6:16; 9:17 (the same prep. used in Rv w. κάθημαι and dat. s. bα below, and w. acc. cα). ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τινος stand on someth. Ac 21:40; Rv 10:5, 8 (Just., D. 86, 2 ἐστηρίχθαι). With parts of the body: ἐ. χειρῶν αἴρειν carry on (i.e. in/with) their hands Mt 4:6; Lk 4:11 (both Ps 90:12). ἐ. κεφαλῆς on the head (Hdt. 5, 12, 4) J 20:7; 1 Cor 11:10; Rv 12:1. ἐ. τοῦ μετώπου Rv 7:3; 9:4. ἐ. γυμνοῦ on the naked body Mk 14:51. Cp. use of ἐπί w. καθίζω and gen., and ἐπί w. κάθημαι and acc. Mt 19:28.—In a gener. and fig. sense Ac 21:23.
    ⓑ w. dat., gener. suggesting contiguity on, in, above.
    α. answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Just., D. 105, 5 ἐ. τῷ σταυρῷ; Tat., 9:1 ἐ. τοῖς ὄρεσι; Ath. 20, 1 ἐ. τῷ μετώπῳ; Mel., P. 19, 131 ἐ. σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ) ἐ. πίνακι on a platter Mt 14:8, 11; Mk 6:25, 28. ἀνακλῖναι ἐ. τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ on the green grass 6:39. ἐ. τοῖς κραβάττοις vs. 55. ἐπέκειτο ἐπʼ αὐτῷ lay on it (or before it) J 11:38. καθήμενος ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ Rv 4:9 (cp. gen. w. καθ. 1a above, and acc. cα below) 5:13; 7:10 and oft. ἐφʼ ἵπποις λευκοῖς on white horses 19:14. ἐ. σανίσιν on planks Ac 27:44. ἐ. τῇ στοᾷ in the colonnade 3:11. τὰ ἐ. τοῖς οὐρανοῖς what is above (or in) the heavens Eph 1:10. ἐπʼ αὐτῷ above him, at his head Lk 23:38 (=Mt 27:37 ἐπάνω τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ).
    β. answering the question ‘whither?’ on, upon (Hom. et al.) w. verbs that indicate a direction: οἰκοδομεῖν ἐ. τινι build upon someth. Mt 16:18. ἐποικοδομεῖν Eph 2:20. ἐπιβάλλειν ἐπίβλημα ἐ. ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ put a patch on an old garment Mt 9:16. ἐπιπίπτειν ἐ. τινι Ac 8:16. ἐκάθισεν ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ he sat down on the throne GJs 11:1. λίθον ἐπʼ αὐτῇ βαλέτω J 8:7 v.l. (cp. 12a below).
    ⓒ w. acc., answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; LXX; JosAs 29:2 φορῶν ἐ. τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ ῥομφαίαν; Just., D. 53, 1 ζυγὸν ἐ. αὐχένα μὴ ἔχων)
    α. on, over someth. καθεύδειν ἐ. τι sleep on someth. Mk 4:38. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τι sit on someth. Mt 19:28 (in the same vs. καθίζω w. gen., s. a above) J 12:15; Rv 4:4; 6:2; 11:16 al.; cp. Lk 21:35b; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τι lie upon someth. 2 Cor 3:15. κατακεῖσθαι Lk 5:25. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὸν αἰγιαλόν stand on the shore Mt 13:2; cp. Rv 14:1. ἑστῶτας ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν standing beside the sea 15:2. ἔστη ἐ. τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ παιδίου (the star) remained stationary over the head of the child GJs 21:3. σκηνοῦν ἐ. τινα spread a tent over someone Rv 7:15. ἐ. τὴν δεξιάν at the right hand 5:1. λίθος ἐ. λίθον stone upon stone Mt 24:2.
    β. ἐ. τὸ αὐτό at the same place, together (Ps.-X., Respublica Athen. [The Old Oligarch] 2, 2; Pla., Rep. 329a; SIG 736, 66 [92 B.C.]. In pap=‘in all’: PTebt 14, 20 [114 B.C.]; PFay 102, 6.—2 Km 2:13; En 100:2) εἶναι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό be together Lk 17:35; Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44. In 1 Cor 7:5 it is a euphemistic expr. for sexual union. κατοικεῖν ἐ. τὸ αὐτό live in the same place (Dt 25:5) Hm 5, 1, 4. Also w. verbs of motion (Sus 14 Theod.) συνέρχεσθαι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό come together to the same place 1 Cor 11:20; 14:23; cp. B 4:10 (Just., A I, 67, 3 συνέλευσις γίνεται). συνάγεσθαι (Phlegon of Tralles [Hadr.]: 257 Fgm. 36 III 9 Jac.; PsSol 2:2; TestJob 28:5 Jos., Bell. 2, 346) Mt 22:34; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 1 Cl 34:7. ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ μίγνυσθαι be mixed together Hm 10, 3, 3. προσετίθει ἐ. τὸ αὐτό added to their number Ac 2:47.
    γ. at, by, near someone or someth. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τὸ τελώνιον sit at the tax-office Mt 9:9 (ἐ. τὰς ὡραίας πύλας GrBar prol. 2); Mk 2:14. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὴν θύραν stand at the door Rv 3:20. σὺ ἔστης ἐ. τὸ θυσιαστήριον you are standing (ἕστηκας deStrycker) as priest at the altar GJs 8:2. ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς among you 2 Th 1:10; cp. Ac 1:21.—Of pers., over whom someth. is done ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ἐ. τινα speak the name of Jesus over someone Ac 19:13. ἐπικαλεῖν τὸ ὄνομά τινος ἐ. τινα=to claim someone for one’s own (Jer 14:9; 2 Ch 7:14; 2 Macc 8:15) Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); Js 2:7; Hs 8, 6, 4. προσεύχεσθαι ἐ. τινα pray over someone Js 5:14.
    ② marker of presence or occurrence near an object or area, at, near
    ⓐ w. gen., of immediate proximity to things at, near (Hdt. 7, 115; X., An. 4, 3, 28 al.; LXX, Just.) ἐ. τ. θυρῶν at the gates (Plut., C. Gracch. 841 [14, 3]; PRyl 127, 8f [29 A.D.] κοιμωμένου μου ἐ. τῆς θύρας; 1 Macc 1:55; Just., D. 111, 4) Ac 5:23 (s. b below for dat. in 5:9). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης near the sea (Polyb. 1, 44, 4; Ex 14:2; Dt 1:40; 1 Macc 14:34) J 21:1. ἐ. τῆς ὁδοῦ by the road Mt 21:19. ἐσθίειν ἐ. τῆς πραπέζης τινός eat at someone’s table Lk 22:30 (cp. POxy 99, 14 [55 A.D.] τράπεζα, ἐφʼ ἧς Σαραπίων καὶ μέτοχοι; Da 11:27 LXX ἐ. μιᾶς τραπέζης). ἐ. τοῦ (τῆς) βάτου at the thornbush = in the passage about the thornbush (i.e. Ex 3:1ff) Mk 12:26; Lk 20:37.
    ⓑ with dat., of immediate proximity at, near by (Hom.+) ἦν ἔτι ἐ. τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου was still at the place, where J 11:30 v.l. (for ἐν; cp. Just., D. 402). ἐ. τῇ θύρᾳ (ἐ. θύραις) at the door (Hom. et al.; Wsd 19:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 90; Just., D. 32, 3) Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29; Ac 5:9 (s. a above). ἐ. τοῖς πυλῶσιν Rv 21:12. ἐ. τῇ πηγῇ J 4:6 (Jos., Ant. 5, 58 ἐ. τινι πηγῇ; Just., A I, 64, 1 ἐ. ταῖς … πηγαῖς). ἐ. τῇ προβατικῇ (sc. πύλῃ) near the sheepgate 5:2; cp. Ac 3:10. ἐ. τῷ ποταμῷ near the river (since Il. 7, 133; Jos., Ant. 4, 176 ἐ. τ. Ἰορδάνῳ) Rv 9:14.—Of pers. (Diod S 14, 113, 6; Just., A I, 40, 7) ἐφʼ ὑμῖν among you 2 Cor 7:7; cp. Ac 28:14 v.l.
    ③ marker of involvement in an official proceeding, before, w. gen., of pers., esp. in the language of lawsuits (Pla., Leg. 12, 943d; Isaeus 5, 1 al.; UPZ 71, 15; 16 [152 B.C.]; POxy 38, 11; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 382, 23=BGU 909, 23; Jos., Vi. 258; Just., A II, 1, 1 ἐ. Οὐρβίκου). ἐ. τοῦ ἡγεμόνος in the governor’s presence Mt 28:14. ἐ. ἡγεμόνων καὶ βασιλέων Mk 13:9. ἐ. σου before you (the procurator) Ac 23:30. ἐ. Τερτούλλου Phlm subscr. v.l.; στάντος μου ἐ. τοῦ συνεδρίου Ac 24:20 (cp. Diod S 11, 55, 4 ἐ. τοῦ κοινοῦ συνεδρίου τ. Ἑλλήνων). γυναικὸς … διαβληθείσης ἐ. τοῦ κυρίου Papias (2:17). κρίνεσθαι ἐ. τῶν ἀδίκων go to law before the unrighteous 1 Cor 6:1. κριθήσεται ἐφʼ ὑμῶν before your tribunal D 11:11. μαρτυρεῖν ἐ. Ποντίου Πιλάτου testify before Pontius Pilate 1 Ti 6:13 (s. μαρτυρέω 1c). ἐ. τοῦ βήματος (POxy 37 I, 3 [49 A.D.]) ἑστὼς ἐ. τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρός εἰμι I am standing before Caesar’s tribunal Ac 25:10 (Appian says Prooem. c. 15 §62 of himself: δίκαις ἐν Ῥώμῃ συναγορεύσας ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων=I acted as attorney in lawsuits in Rome before the emperors).—Gener. in someone’s presence (Appian, Syr. 61 §324 ἐφʼ ὑμῶν=in your presence) ἐ. Τίτου before Titus 2 Cor 7:14. Cp.10 below.
    ④ marker of movement to or contact w. a goal, toward, in direction of, on
    ⓐ w. gen., marking contact with the goal that is reached, answering the question ‘whither?’ toward, on, at w. verbs of motion (Appian, Iber. 98 §427 ἀπέπλευσεν ἐπʼ οἴκου=he sailed [toward] home; PGM 4, 2468f ἀναβὰς ἐ. δώματος; JosAs 27:1 ἀνέδραμε … ἐ. πέτρας; Jos., Ant. 4, 91 ἔφευγον ἐ. τ. πόλεων; Tat. 33:3 Εὐρώπην ἐ. τοῦ ταύρου καθιδρύσαντος) βάλλειν τὸν σπόρον ἐ. τῆς γῆς Mk 4:26; also σπείρειν vs. 31. πίπτειν (Wsd 18:23; TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 11 [Stone p. 8]; JosAs 9:1) 9:20; 14:35. καθιέναι Ac 10:11. τιθέναι (Sir 17:4) Lk 8:16; J 19:19; Ac 5:15. ἔρχεσθαι Hb 6:7; Rv 3:10; γίνεσθαι ἐ. reach, be at J 6:21. γενόμενος ἐ. τοῦ τόπου when he reached the place Lk 22:40. καθίζειν take one’s seat ἐ. θρόνου (JosAs 7:1 al.) Mt 19:28 (s. 1a end); 23:2; 25:31; J 19:13 (ἐ. βήματος of Pilate as Jos., Bell. 2, 172; of Jesus Just., A I, 35, 6). κρεμαννύναι ἐ. ξύλου hang on a tree (i.e. cross) (Gen 40:19; cp. Just., D. 86, 6 σταυρωθῆναι ἐ. τοῦ ξύλου) Ac 5:30; 10:39; cp. Gal 3:13 (Dt 21:23).
    ⓑ w. acc.
    α. specifying direction (En 24:2 ἐ. νότον ‘southward’ of position of the mountain) of motion that takes a particular direction, to, toward ἐκτείνας τ. χεῖρα ἐ. τοὺς μαθητάς Mt 12:49; cp. Lk 22:53 (JosAs 12:8). πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὸ ἀπολωλός go after the one that is lost 15:4. ἐ. τὴν ῏Ασσον in the direction of Assos Ac 20:13. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐ. τι turn to someth. 2 Pt 2:22 (cp. Pr 26:11; En 99:5). ὡς ἐ. λῃστήν as if against a robber Mt 26:55; Mk 14:48; Lk 22:52.
    β. from one point to another across, over w. motion implied (Hom.+; LXX) περιπατεῖν, ἐλθεῖν ἐ. τ. θάλασσαν or ἐ. τ. ὕδατα Mt 14:25, 28f; J 6:19 P75. Of spreading across the land (PsSol 17:10): famine Ac 7:11; 11:28; darkness Mt 27:45; Lk 23:44. ἐ. σταδίους δώδεκα χιλιάδων across twelve thousand stades Rv 21:16 v.l. (Polyaenus 5, 44, 4 ἐ. στάδια δέκα); ἐ. πλεῖον further (1 Esdr 2:24; 2 Macc 10:27) Ac 4:17.
    γ. of goal attained (Hom. et al.; LXX) on, upon someone or someth. πέσατε ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς Lk 23:30 (Hos 10:8). ἔπεσεν ἐ. τὰ πετρώδη Mt 13:5; cp. Lk 13:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τινα come upon someone Mt 3:16; also καταβαίνειν fr. above J 1:33; cp. Rv 16:21. ἀναβαίνειν (Jos., Ant. 13, 138; Just., A II, 12, 7) Lk 5:19. ἐπιβαίνειν Mt 21:5 (Zech 9:9).—Ac 2:3; 9:4 al.; διασωθῆναι ἐ. τ. γῆν be brought safely to the land 27:44; cp. vs. 43; Lk 8:27. ἐ. τὸ πλοῖον to the ship Ac 20:13. ἀναπεσεῖν ἐ. τὴν γῆν lie down or sit down on the ground Mt 15:35. ἔρριψεν αὐτὸν χαμαὶ ἐ. τὸν σάκκον he threw himself down on the sackcloth GJs 13:1. τιθέναι τι ἐ. τι put someth. on someth. (JosAs 16:11) Mt 5:15; Lk 11:33; Mk 8:25 v.l.; likew. ἐπιτιθέναι (JosAs 29:5) Mt 23:4; Mk 8:25; Lk 15:5; J 9:6, 15; Ac 15:10. ἐπιβάλλειν τ. χεῖρας ἐ. τινα (Gen 22:12 al.) Mt 26:50; Lk 21:12; Ac 5:18. Mainly after verbs of placing, laying, putting, bringing, etc. on, to: ἀναβιβάζω, ἀναφέρω, βάλλω, γράφω, δίδωμι, ἐγγίζω, ἐπιβιβάζω, ἐπιγράφω, ἐποικοδομέω, ἐπιρ(ρ)ίπτω, θεμελιόω, ἵστημι, κατάγω, οἰκοδομέω, σωρεύω; s. these entries. Sim. βρέχειν ἐ. τινα cause rain to fall upon someone Mt 5:45 (cp. PsSol 17:18); also τ. ἥλιον ἀνατέλλειν ἐ. τινα cause the sun to rise so that its rays fall upon someone *ibid. τύπτειν τινὰ ἐ. τὴν σιαγόνα strike on the cheek Lk 6:29. πίπτειν ἐ. (τὸ) πρόσωπον (Jdth 14:6) on the face Mt 17:6; 26:39; Lk 5:12; 17:16; 1 Cor 14:25; Rv 7:11.—To, upon w. acc. of thing πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὴν ὁδόν go to the road Ac 8:26; cp. 9:11. ἐ. τὰς διεξόδους Mt 22:9. ἵνα μὴ πνέῃ ἄνεμος ἐ. πᾶν δένδρον so that no wind should blow upon any tree Rv 7:1.
    δ. of closeness to someth. or someone to, up to, in the neighborhood of, on ἐ. τὸ μνημεῖον up to the tomb Mk 16:2; Lk 24:1 v.l., 22, 24; cp. ἐ. τὸ μνῆμα Mk 16:2 v.l.; Lk 24:1. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τι ὕδωρ come to some water Ac 8:36. ἐ. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν to the iron gate 12:10. καταβαίνειν ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν go down to the sea J 6:16. ἐ. τὸν Ἰορδάνην Mt 3:13 (Just., D. 88, 3 al.). ἀναπίπτειν ἐ. τὸ στῆθος he leaned back on (Jesus’) breast J 13:25; 21:20. πίπτειν ἐ. τοὺς πόδας fall at (someone’s) feet Ac 10:25 (JosAs 14:10 ἔπεσεν ἐ πρόσωπον ἐ. τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ). ἐ. τ. ἀκάνθας among the thorns Mt 13:7.—W. acc. of pers. to someone ἐ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες they came to Jesus J 19:33; cp. Mt 27:27; Mk 5:21.
    ε. in imagery of goal or objective to, toward (Just., A II, 7, 6 ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τρέπεσθαι) ἐπιστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι ἐ. τινα turn to (Dt 30:10; 31:20 al.; Ar. 2, 1 ἔλθωμεν καὶ ἐ. τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος ‘let us now turn to …’; Just., D. 56, 11 ἐ. τὰς γραφὰς ἐπανελθών) Lk 1:17; Ac 9:35; 11:21; 14:15; 26:20; Gal 4:9; 1 Pt 2:25.
    ⑤ marker of manner, corresponding to an adv., w. dat. (Aeschyl., Suppl. 628 ἐπʼ ἀληθείᾳ; UPZ 162 VI, 3 [117 B.C.] κακοτρόπως καὶ ἐ. ῥαδιουργίᾳ; POxy 237 VI, 21 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; ἐφʼ ὁράσει En 14:8; Just., A I, 9, 3 ἐφʼ ὕβρει; 55, 7 ἐ. τούτῳ τῷ σχήματι ‘in this form’; Tat. 17, 1 ἐπʼ ἀκριβείᾳ; Ath. 33, 2 ἐφʼ ἑνὶ γάμῳ) ὁ σπείρων ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις (in contrast to ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως one who sows sparingly) one who sows in blessing (i.e. generously) 2 Cor 9:6. ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις θερίζειν reap generously ibid.
    ⑥ marker of basis for a state of being, action, or result, on, w. dat. (Hom. et al.)
    ⓐ ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ ζῆν live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3. cp. Ps.-Pla., Alcib. 1, 105c; Plut., Mor. 526d; Alciphron 3, 7, 5; SibOr 4, 154). ἐ. τῷ ῥήματί σου depending on your word Lk 5:5. οὐ συνῆκαν ἐ. τοῖς ἄρτοις they did not arrive at an understanding (of it) (by reflecting) on (the miracle of) the loaves Mk 6:52 (cp. Demosth. 18, 121 τί σαυτὸν οὐκ ἐλλεβορίζεις ἐ. τούτοις [sc. λόγοις];=why do you not come to an understanding concerning these words?). ἐ. τῇ πίστει on the basis of faith Ac 3:16; Phil 3:9. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι on the basis of hope, supporting itself on hope Ac 2:26 (? s. ἐλπίς 1bα); Ro 4:18; 8:20; 1 Cor 9:10; Tit 1:2.—Ac 26:6 ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι gives the basis of the trial at law, as does ἐ. εὐεργεσίᾳ 4:9. ἀπολύειν τ. γυναῖκα ἐ. πορνείᾳ Mt 19:9 (cp. Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 10 ἀπολύειν ἐπʼ ἀργυρίῳ; Ath. 2, 3 κρίνεσθαι … μὴ ἐ. τῷ ὀνόματι, ἐ. δὲ τῷ ἀδικήματι). γυναικὸς ἐ. πόλλαις ἁμαρτίαις διαβληθείσης Papias (2:17). On the basis of the testimony of two witnesses (cp. Appian, Iber. 79 §343 ἤλεγχον ἐ. μάρτυσι) Hb 10:28 (Dt 17:6); sim. use of ἐ. τινί on the basis of someth.: 8:6; 9:10, 15 (here it may also be taken in the temporal sense; s. 18 below), 17. ἁμαρτάνειν ἐ. τῷ ὁμοιώματι τ. παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ Ro 5:14 (ὁμοίωμα 1). δαπανᾶν ἐ. τινι pay the expenses for someone Ac 21:24. ἀρκεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι be content w. someth. 3J 10.
    ⓑ w. verbs of believing, hoping, trusting: πεποιθέναι (Wsd 3:9; Sus 35; 1 Macc 10:71; 2 Macc 7:40 and oft.) Lk 11:22; 18:9; 2 Cor 1:9; Hb 2:13 (2 Km 22:3). πιστεύειν Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16). ἐλπίζειν (2 Macc 2:18; Sir 34:7) Ro 15:12 (Is 11:10); 1 Ti 4:10; 6:17; cp. 1J 3:3. παρρησιάζεσθαι Ac 14:3.
    ⓒ after verbs which express feelings, opinions, etc.: at, because of, from, with (Hom. et al.) διαταράσσεσθαι Lk 1:29. ἐκθαυμάζειν Mk 12:17. ἐκπλήσσεσθαι Mt 7:28; Mk 1:22; Lk 4:32; Ac 13:12. ἐξίστασθαι (Jdth 11:16; Wsd 5:2 al.) Lk 2:47. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι (Is 1:29) Ro 6:21. εὐφραίνεσθαι (Sir 16:1; 18:32; 1 Macc 11:44) Rv 18:20. θαμβεῖσθαι Mk 10:24; cp. Lk 5:9; Ac 3:10. θαυμάζειν (Lev 26:32; Jdth 10:7 al.; Jos., Ant. 10, 277) Mk 12:17 v.l. μακροθυμεῖν (Sir 18:11; 29:8; 35:19) Mt 18:26, 29; Lk 18:7; Js 5:7. μετανοεῖν (Plut., Ag. 803 [19, 5]; Ps.-Lucian, Salt. 84; Prayer of Manasseh [=Odes 12] 7; Just., A I, 61, 10; D. 95, 3 al.) 2 Cor 12:21. ὀδυνᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 6:15) Ac 20:38. ὀργίζεσθαι Rv 12:17. σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 14:14; Lk 7:13. συλλυπεῖσθαι Mk 3:5. στυγνάζειν 10:22. χαίρειν (PEleph 13, 3; Jos., Ant. 1, 294; Tob 13:15; Bar 4:33; JosAs 4:2; Ar. 15, 7) Mt 18:13; Lk 1:14; 13:17; Ro 16:19 al. χαρὰν καὶ παράκλησιν ἔχειν Phlm 7. χαρὰ ἔσται Lk 15:7; cp. vs. 10 (Jos., Ant. 6, 116 ἡ ἐ. τῇ νίκῃ χαρά). Also w. verbs that denote aroused feelings παραζηλοῦν and παροργίζειν make jealous and angry at Ro 10:19 (Dt 32:21). παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 3:7a (cp. Just., D. 78:8 παράκλησιν ἐχουσῶν ἐ.), as well as those verbs that denote an expression of the emotions ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 13:15; Ps 69:5) Lk 1:47; Hs 8, 1, 18; 9, 24, 2. καυχᾶσθαι (Diod S 16, 70; Sir 30:2) Ro 5:2. κοπετὸν ποιεῖν (cp. 3 Macc 4:3) Ac 8:2. ὀλολύζειν Js 5:1. αἰνεῖν (cp. X., An. 3, 1, 45 al.) Lk 2:20. δοξάζειν (Polyb. 6, 53, 10; cp. Diod S 17, 21, 4 δόξα ἐ. ἀνδρείᾳ=fame because of bravery) Ac 4:21; 2 Cor 9:13. εὐχαριστεῖν give thanks for someth. (s. εὐχαριστέω 2; UPZ 59, 10 [168 B.C.] ἐ. τῷ ἐρρῶσθαί σε τ. θεοῖς εὐχαρίστουν) 1 Cor 1:4; cp. 2 Cor 9:15; 1 Th 3:9.—ἐφʼ ᾧ = ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for this reason that, because (Diod S 19, 98; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 112 §520; Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 640 D.; Synes., Ep. 73 p. 221c; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 154; Syntipas p. 12, 9; 127, 8; Thomas Mag. ἐφʼ ᾧ ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι; cp. W-S. §24, 5b and 12f. S. WKümmel, D. Bild des Menschen im NT ’48, 36–40) Ro 5:12 (SLyonnet, Biblica 36, ’55, 436–56 [denies a causal sense here]. On the probability of commercial idiom s. FDanker, FGingrich Festschr. ’72, 104f, also Ro 5:12, Sin under Law: NTS 14, ’68, 424–39; against him SPorter, TynBull 41, ’90, 3–30, also NTS 39, ’93, 321–33; difft. JFitzmyer, Anchor Bible Comm.: Romans, ad loc. ‘w. the result that all have sinned’); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for, indeed 4:10.
    ⑦ marker of addition to what is already in existence, to, in addition to. W. dat. (Hom. et al.; PEleph 5, 17 [284/283 B.C.] μηνὸς Τῦβι τρίτῃ ἐπʼ εἰκάδι; Tob 2:14; Sir 3:27; 5:5) προσέθηκεν τοῦτο ἐ. πᾶσιν he added this to everything else Lk 3:20 (cp. Lucian, Luct. [On Funerals], 24). ἐ. τ. παρακλήσει ἡμῶν in addition to our comfort 2 Cor 7:13. λύπη ἐ. λύπῃ grief upon grief Phil 2:27 v.l. (cp. Soph., Oed. C. 544, also Polyb. 1, 57, 1 πληγὴ ἐ. πληγῇ; Plut., Mor. 123f; Polyaenus 5, 52 ἐ. φόνῳ φόνον; Quint. Smyrn. 5, 602 ἐ. πένθει πένθος=sorrow upon sorrow; Sir 26:15). ἐ. τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ to your prayer of thanks 1 Cor 14:16. So perh. also Hb 8:1. ἐ. πᾶσι τούτοις to all these Col 3:14; Lk 16:26 v.l. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 25 al.; Sir 37:15; cp. 1 Macc 10:42; Just., D. 133, 1 ἐ. τούτοις πᾶσι).—W. acc.: addition to someth. of the same kind Mt 6:27; Lk 12:25; Rv 22:18a. λύπην ἐ. λύπην sorrow upon sorrow Phil 2:27 (cp. Is 28:10, 13; Ezk 7:26; Ps 68:28).
    ⑧ marker of perspective, in consideration of, in regard to, on the basis of, concerning, about, w. gen. (Antig. Car. 164 ἐ. τῶν οἴνων ἀλλοιοῦσθαι; 4 Macc. 2:9 ἐ. τῶν ἑτέρων … ἔστιν ἐπιγνῶναι τοῦτο, ὅτι …; Ath. 29, 2 τὰ ἐ. τῆς μανίας πάθη) ἐ. δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων on the evidence of two or three witnesses 1 Ti 5:19 (cp. TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 22ff. [Stone p. 32]). Sim. in the expr. ἐ. στόματος δύο μαρτύρων (Dt 19:15) Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1. ἐπʼ αὐτῆς on the basis of it Hb 7:11. ἐπʼ ἀληθείας based on truth = in accordance w. truth, truly (Demosth. 18, 17 ἐπʼ ἀληθείας οὐδεμιᾶς εἰρημένα; POxy 255, 16 [48 A.D.]; Da 2:8; Tob 8:7; En 104:11) Mk 12:14, 32; Lk 4:25; 20:21; Ac 4:27. ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ based on himself = to or by himself (X., An. 2, 4, 10; Demosth. 18, 224 ἐκρίνετο ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 16 ἐ. σεαυτοῦ. Cp. Kühner-G. I 498e) 2 Cor 10:7.—To introduce the object which is to be discussed or acted upon λέγειν ἐ. τινος speak of, about someth. (Pla., Charm., 155d, Leg. 2, 662d; Isocr. 6, 41; Aelian, VH 1, 30; Jer 35:8; EpArist 162; 170; Ath. 5:1 ἐ. τοῦ νοητοῦ … δογματίζειν) Gal 3:16. Do someth. on, in the case of (cp. 1 Esdr 1:22) σημεῖα ποιεῖν ἐ. τῶν ἀσθενούντων work miracles on the sick J 6:2.—On B 13:6 s. τίθημι 1bζ.—In ref. to someth. (Aristot., Pol. 1280a, 17; 4 Macc 12:5 τῶν ἐ. τῆς βασιλείας … πραγμάτων; Just., A I, 5, 1 ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ‘in our case’, D. 131, 4; Ath. 15, 3 ἐ. τῆς ὕλης καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ‘as respects God and matter, so …’) ἐ. τινων δεῖ ἐγκρατεύεσθαι in certain matters one must practice self-control Hm 8:1. οὔτε … οἴδασι τὸν ἐ. τοῦ πυροῦ σπόρον nor do they comprehend (the figurative sense of) the sowing of wheat AcPlCor 2:26 (cp. 1 Cor 15:36f).
    ⑨ marker of power, authority, control of or over someone or someth., over
    ⓐ w. gen. (Hdt. 5, 109 al.; Mitt-Wilck. I/1, 124, 1=BGU 1120, 1 [5 B.C.] πρωτάρχῳ ἐ. τοῦ κριτηρίου; 287, 1; LXX; AscIs 2:5 τοῦ ἐ. τῶν πραγματε[ι] ῶν=Denis p. 109) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινος (Judg 9:8, 10; 1 Km 8:7) Rv 5:10. ἔχειν βασιλείαν ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων 17:18. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τινος have power over someone 20:6. διδόναι ἐξουσίαν ἐ. τινος 2:26. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινος set someone over, put someone in charge, of someth. or someone (Pla., Rep. 5, 460b; Demosth. 18, 118; Gen 39:4f; 1 Macc 6:14; 10:37; 2 Macc 12:20 al.; EpArist 281; τεταγμένος En 20:5) Mt 24:45; Lk 12:42; Ac 6:3. εἶναι ἐ. τινος (Synes., Ep. 79 p. 224d; Tob 1:22; Jdth 14:13; 1 Macc 10:69) ὸ̔ς ἦν ἐ. πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς who was in charge of all her treasure 8:27. Of God ὁ ὢν ἐ. πάντων (Apollonius of Tyana [I A.D.] in Eus., PE 4, 13) Ro 9:5; cp. Eph 4:6. ὁ ἐ. τινος w. ὤν to be supplied (Demosth. 18, 247 al.; Diod S 13, 47, 6; Plut., Pyrrh. 385 [5, 7], Aemil. Paul. 267 [23, 6]; PTebt 5, 88 [118 B.C.] ὁ ἐ. τ. προσόδων; 1 Macc 6:28; 2 Macc 3:7; 3 Macc 6:30 al.; EpArist 110; 174) ὁ ἐ. τοῦ κοιτῶνος the chamberlain Ac 12:20.
    ⓑ w dat. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 5; 2, 4, 25 al., An. 4, 1, 13; Demosth. 19, 113; Aeschines 2, 73; Esth 8:12e; Just., A II, 5, 2 ἀγγέλοις οὓς ἐ. τούτοις ἔταξε; cp. Ath. 24, 3; Ath. 6, 4 τὸν ἐ. τῇ κινήσει τοῦ σώματος λόγον) Mt 24:47; Lk 12:44.
    ⓒ w. acc. (X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Dionys. Byz. §56 θεῷ ἐ. πάντα δύναμις; LXX; PsSol 17:3, 32) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινα rule over someone (Gen 37:8; Judg 9:15 B al.) Lk 1:33; 19:14, 27; Ro 5:14. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινα set someone over someone (X., Cyr. 4, 5, 58) κριτὴν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς as judge over you Lk 12:14; ἡγούμενον ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον Ac 7:10; cp. Hb 2:7 v.l. (Ps 8:7); 3:6; 10:21. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τι Rv 16:9. ἐξουσίαν διδόναι ἐ. τι (Sir 33:20) Lk 9:1; 10:19; Rv 6:8; cp. 22:14. φυλάσσειν φυλακὰς ἐ. τι Lk 2:8 (cp. En 100:5). ὑπεραίρεσθαι ἐ. τινα exalt oneself above someone 2 Th 2:4 (cp. Da 11:36); but here the mng. against is also poss. (s. 12b below). πιστὸς ἐ. τι faithful over someth. Mt 25:21, 23.
    ⑩ marker of legal proceeding, before, w. acc. in the lang. of the law-courts ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἄγεσθαι be brought before governors and kings Mt 10:18; cp. Lk 21:12 (cp. BGU 22, 36 [114 A.D.] ἀξιῶ ἀκθῆναι [=ἀχθῆναι] τ. ἐνκαλουμένους ἐ. σὲ πρὸς δέουσαν ἐπέξοδον; Just., A II, 2, 12 ἐ. Οὔρβικον). ὑπάγεις ἐπʼ ἄρχοντα you are going before the magistrate Lk 12:58; cp. Ac 16:19. ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐ. τὸν Πιλᾶτον Lk 23:1. ἐ. τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Ac 9:21. ἐ. Καίσαρα πορεύεσθαι come before the emperor 25:12. ἐ. τὰς συναγωγάς Lk 12:11. ἐ. τὸ βῆμα Ac 18:12. Cp. 3 above. Here the focus is on transfer to the judiciary.
    ⑪ marker of purpose, goal, result, to, for, w. acc. (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac. ἐ. κατοικίαν) ἐ. τὸ βάπτισμα for baptism=to have themselves baptized Mt 3:7 (cp. Just., A I, 61, 10 ἐ. τὸ λουτρόν; D. 56, 1 ἐ. τὴν … κρίσιν πεμφθεῖσι). ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην for (i.e. to see) this sight Lk 23:48 (sim. Hom. et al.; POxy 294, 18 [22 A.D.]; LXX; Tat. 23, 2 ἐ. τὴν θέαν). ἐ. τὸ συμφέρον to (our) advantage Hb 12:10 (cp. Tat. 6, 1; 34, 2 οὐκ ἐ. τι χρήσιμον ‘to no purpose’). ἐ. σφαγήν Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); cp. Mt 22:5; ἐ. τ. τελειότητα Hb 6:1. ἐ. τοῦτο for this (X., An. 2, 5, 22; Jos., Ant. 12, 23) Lk 4:43. ἐφʼ ὅ; for what (reason)? Mt 26:50 v.l. (s. ὅς 1bα and 1iβ). Cp. 16.
    ⑫ marker of hostile opposition, against
    ⓐ w. dat. (Hom. et al.; 2 Macc 13:19; Sir 28:23 v.l.; fig. Ath. 22, 7 τοὺς ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς λόγους ‘counter-evidence’) Lk 12:52f (s. use of acc. b below); Ac 11:19. Cp. J 8:7 v.l. (1bβ above).
    ⓑ w. acc. (Hdt. 1, 71; X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 331; LXX; En; TestJud 3:1 al.; JosAs 19:2; Just., D. 103, 7; Tat. 36, 2) ὥρμησαν ἐ. αὐτόν Ac 7:57. ἔρχεσθαι Lk 14:31. ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐ. γονεῖς Mt 10:21; Mk 13:12; cp. ἔθνος ἐ. ἔθνος Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8. ἐφʼ ἑαυτόν divided against himself Mt 12:26; Mk 3:24f, 26; Lk 11:17f; cp. J 13:18 (s. Ps 40:10); Ac 4:27; 13:50 al.—Lk 12:53 (4 times; the first and third occurrences w. the acc. are prob. influenced by usage in Mic 7:6; the use of the dat. Lk 12:52f [s. a above] w. a verb expressing a circumstance is in accord with older Gk. [Il. et al.], which prefers the acc. with verbs of motion in ref. to hostility). Cp. 15.
    ⑬ marker of number or measure, w. acc. (Hdt. et. al.; LXX; GrBar 3:6) ἐ. τρίς (CIG 1122, 9; PHolm α18) three times Ac 10:16; 11:10. So also ἐ. πολύ more than once Hm 4, 1, 8. ἐ. πολύ (also written ἐπιπολύ) in a different sense to a great extent, carefully (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Lucian, D. Deor. 6, 2; 25, 2; 3 Macc 5:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 107) B 4:1. ἐ. πλεῖον to a greater extent, further (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Diod S 11, 60, 5 al.; prob. 2 Macc 12:36; TestGad 7:2; Ar. 4, 3; Ath. 7, 1 ἐ. το πλεῖστον) 2 Ti 3:9; 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4). ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον 2 Ti 3:13. ἐφʼ ὅσον to the degree that, in so far as (Diod S 1, 93, 2; Maximus Tyr. 11, 3c ἐφʼ ὅσον δύναται; Hierocles 14 p. 451) Mt 25:40, 45; B 4:11; 17:1; Ro 11:13.
    ⑭ marker indicating the one to whom, for whom, or about whom someth. is done, to, on, about
    ⓐ w. dat. πράσσειν τι ἐ. τινι do someth. to someone Ac 5:35 (thus Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51; cp. δρᾶν τι ἐ. τινι Hdt. 3, 14; Aelian, NA 11, 11); about γεγραμμένα ἐπʼ αὐτῷ J 12:16 (cp. Hdt. 1, 66). προφητεύειν ἐ. τινι Rv 10:11. μαρτυρεῖν bear witness about Hb 11:4; Rv 22:16. ἐ. σοὶ … φανερώσει κύριος τὸ λύτρον the Lord will reveal the salvation to you GJs 7:2.
    ⓑ w. acc.
    α. ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον the man on whom the miracle had been performed Ac 4:22 (cp. Just., D. 128, 1 κρίσεως γεγενημένης ἐ. Σόδομα). ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν λέγεται ταῦτα the one about whom this was said Hb 7:13 (cp. ἐ. πόρρω οὖσαν [γενεὰν] ἐγὼ λαλῶ En 1:2). γέγραπται ἐπʼ αὐτόν Mk 9:12f; cp. Ro 4:9; 1 Ti 1:18; βάλλειν κλῆρον ἐ. τι for someth. Mk 15:24; J 19:24 (Ps 21:19). ἀνέβη ὁ κλῆρος ἐ. Συμεών the lot came up in favor of Simeon GJs 24:4.
    β. of powers, conditions, etc., which come upon someone or under whose influence someone is: on, upon, to, over ἐγένετο ῥῆμα θεοῦ ἐ. Ἰωάννην the word of God came to John Lk 3:2 (cp. Jer 1:1). Of divine blessings (cp. En 1:8; ParJer 5:28) Mt 10:13; 12:28; Lk 10:6; 11:20; cp. 10:9; Ac 10:10. ἵνα ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπʼ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τ. Χριστοῦ that the power of Christ may rest upon me 2 Cor 12:9. χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. Various verbs are used in ref. to the Holy Spirit, either in pass. or act. role, in connection w. ἐ. τινα: ἐκχεῖν Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f); cp. 10:45; Tit 3:6. ἀποστέλλειν (ἐξαποστέλλειν v.l.) Lk 24:49. ἐπέρχεσθαι 1:35; Ac 1:8 (Just., D. 87, 3; cp. ἔρχεσθαι A I, 33, 6; D. 49, 7 ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἠλίου ἐ. τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐλθεῖν). ἐπιπίπτειν 10:44. καταβαίνειν Lk 3:22; J 1:33. τίθεσθαι Mt 12:18 (cp. Is 42:1). Also εἶναι Lk 2:25. μένειν J 1:32f. ἀναπαύεσθαι 1 Pt 4:14. Of unpleasant or startling experiences Lk 1:12, 65; 4:36; Ac 13:11; 19:17; Rv 11:11.—Lk 19:43; 21:35, cp. vs. 34; J 18:4; Eph 5:6; cp. Rv 3:3.—Ro 2:2, 9; 15:3 (Ps 68:10). Of the blood of the righteous, that comes over or upon the murderers Mt 23:35; 27:25; Ac 5:28. Of care, which one casts on someone else 1 Pt 5:7 (Ps 54:23).
    ⑮ marker of feelings directed toward someone, in, on, for, toward, w. acc., after words that express belief, trust, hope: πιστεύειν ἐ. τινα, w. acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 16:4 al.) Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19; Ro 4:24. πίστις Hb 6:1. πεποιθέναι (Is 58:14) Mt 27:43; 2 Th 3:4; 2 Cor 2:3. ἐλπίζειν (1 Ch 5:20; 2 Ch 13:18 al.; PsSol 9:10; 17:3; Just., D. 16:4 al.) 1 Pt 1:13; 1 Ti 5:5. After words that characterize an emotion or its expression: for κόπτεσθαι (Zech 12:10) Rv 1:7; 18:9. κλαίειν Lk 23:28; Rv 18:9 (cp. JosAs 15:9 χαρήσεται ἐ. σέ). σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2; 9:22; Hm 4, 3, 5; Hs 9, 24, 2. χρηστός toward Lk 6:35. χρηστότης Ro 11:22; Eph 2:7; cp. Ro 9:23. Esp. also if the feelings or their expressions are of a hostile nature: toward, against (cp. λοιδορεῖν Just., D. 137, 2) ἀποτομία Ro 11:22. μαρτύριον Lk 9:5. μάρτυς ἐ. τ. ἐμὴν ψυχήν a witness against my soul (cp. Dssm., LO 258; 355 [LAE 304; 417]) 2 Cor 1:23. ἀσχημονεῖν 1 Cor 7:36. μοιχᾶσθαι Mk 10:11. τολμᾶν 2 Cor 10:2 (En 7:4). βρύχειν τ. ὀδόντας Ac 7:54. Cp. 12.
    ⑯ marker of object or purpose, with dat. in ref. to someth. (Hom., Thu. et al.; SIG 888, 5 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; PTebt 44, 6 [114 B.C.] ὄντος μου ἐ. θεραπείᾳ ἐν τῷ Ἰσιείω; LXX; TestJob 3:5 ὁ ἐ. τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς ἐλθών; Jos., Ant. 5, 101; Just., A I, 29, 1 ἐ. παίδων ἀναστροφῇ; D. 91, 4 ἐ. σωτηρίᾳ τῶν πιστευόντων) καλείν τινα ἐ. τινι call someone for someth. Gal 5:13 (on ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ cp. Demosth. 23, 124; [59], 32); ἐ. ἀκαθαρσίᾳ for impurity, i.e. so that we should be impure 1 Th 4:7. κτισθέντες ἐ. ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς for good deeds Eph 2:10. λογομαχεῖν ἐ. καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων for the ruin of those who hear 2 Ti 2:14 (cp. Eur., Hipp. 511; X., Mem. 2, 3, 19 ἐ. βλάβη; Hdt. 1, 68 ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου; Polyb. 27, 7, 13 and PGM 4, 2440 ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ=‘for good’). Cp. 11.
    ⑰ marker in idiom of authorization, w. dat.: the formula ἐ. τῷ ὀνοματί τινος, in the name of someone, used w. many verbs (Just., D. 39, 6 w. γίνεσθαι, otherw. ἐ. ὀνόματος, e.g. A I, 61, 13; w. διὰ τοῦ ὀ. and in oaths κατὰ τοῦ ὀ. A II, 6, 6, D. 30, 3; 85, 2.—Ath. 23, 1 ἐ. ὀνόματι εἰδώλων.—ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι LXX; JosAs 9:1), focuses on the authorizing function of the one named in the gen. (cp. WHeitmüller [‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903, 13ff], ‘in connection with, or by the use of, i.e. naming, or calling out, or calling upon the name’ [88]): βαπτίζειν Ac 2:38. δέχεσθαί τινα Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48. διδάσκειν Ac 4:18; 5:28. δύναμιν ποιεῖν Mk 9:39. ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἔρχεσθαι Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν 24:47. λαλεῖν Ac 4:17; 5:40. Semantically divergent from the preceding, but formulaically analogous, is καλεῖν τινα ἐ. τῷ ὀν. τινος name someone after someone (2 Esdr 17:63) Lk 1:59.—ὄνομα 1dγג.—M-M.
    ⑱ marker of temporal associations, in the time of, at, on, for
    ⓐ w. gen., time within which an event or condition takes place (Hom.+) in the time of, under (kings or other rulers): in the time of Elisha Lk 4:27 (cp. Just., D. 46, 6 ἐ. Ἠλίου). ἐ. τῆς μετοικεσίας at the time of the exile Mt 1:11. Under=during the rule or administration of (Hes., Op. 111; Hdt. 6, 98 al.; OGI 90, 15; PAmh 43, 2 [173 B.C.]; UPZ 162 V, 5 [117 B.C.]; 1 Esdr 2:12; 1 Macc 13:42; 2 Macc 15:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 156 ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ὀ.) ἐ. Ἀβιαθὰρ ἀρχιερέως under, in the time of, Abiathar the high priest Mk 2:26. ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καιάφα Lk 3:2. ἐ. Κλαυδίου Ac 11:28 (Just., A I, 26, 2). ἐ. τῶν πατέρων in the time of the fathers 1 Cl 23:3. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν in the last days (Gen 49:1; Num 24:14; Mi 4:1; Jer 37:24; Da 10:14) 2 Pt 3:3; Hs 9, 12, 3; cp. Hb 1:2. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τοῦ χρόνου in the last time Jd 18. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων at the end of the times/ages 1 Pt 1:20. ἐ. τῶν προσευχῶν μου when I pray, in my prayers (cp. PTebt 58, 31 [111 B.C.] ἐ. τ. διαλόγου, ‘in the discussion’; 4 Macc 15:19 ἐ. τ. βασάνων ‘during the tortures’; Sir 37:29; 3 Macc 5:40; Demetr.: 722, Fgm. 1, 14 Jac. ἐ. τοῦ ἀρίστου; Synes., Ep. 121 p. 258c ἐ. τῶν κοινῶν ἱερῶν) Ro 1:10; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4.
    ⓑ w. dat., time at or during which (Hom. et al.; PTebt 5, 66 [118 B.C.]; PAmh 157; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 3 ἐ. χρόνοις Τίερίου) at, in, at the time of, during: ἐ. τοῖς νῦν χρόνοις in these present times 2 Cl 19:4. ἐ. τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ at the time of the first covenant Hb 9:15. ἐ. συντελείᾳ τ. αἰώνων at the close of the age 9:26 (Tat. 13, 1 ἐ. ς. τοῦ κόσμου; cp. Sir 22:10 and PLond III, 954, 18 p. 154 [260 A.D.] ἐ. τέλει τ. χρόνου; POxy 275, 20 [66 A.D.] ἐ. συνκλεισμῷ τ. χρόνου; En 27:3 ἐπʼ ἐσχάτοις αἰώσιν). ἐ. τῇ θυσίᾳ at the time of, together with, the sacrifice Phil 2:17. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν at every remembrance of you Phil 1:3. ἐ. παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν during your wrath, i.e. while you are angry Eph 4:26. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ in all (our) distress 1 Th 3:7b. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει 2 Cor 1:4. ἐ. τούτῳ in the meanwhile J 4:27 (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 17, 2, cp. Philops. 14 p. 41; Syntipas p. 76, 2 ἐφʼ ἡμέραις ἑπτα; 74, 6).
    ⓒ w. acc.
    α. answering the question ‘when?’ on: ἐ. τὴν αὔριον (Sb 6011, 14 [I B.C.]; PRyl 441 ἐ. τὴν ἐπαύριον) (on) the next day Lk 10:35; Ac 4:5. ἐ. τὴν ὥραν τ. προσευχῆς at the hour of prayer 3:1 (Polyaenus 8, 17 ἐ. ὥραν ὡρισμένην).
    β. answering the qu. ‘how long?’ for, over a period of (Hom. et al.; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 170, 8=BGU 1058, 9 [13 B.C.]; POxy 275, 9; 15 ἐ. τὸν ὅλον χρόνον; PTebt 381, 19 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον περίεστιν ἡ μήτηρ; LXX; En 106:15; TestJob 30:2 ἐ. ὥρας τρεῖς; TestJud 3:4; TestGad 5:11; Jos., Ant. 11, 2; Just., D. 142, 1 ἐ. ποσόν ‘for awhile’) ἐ. ἔτη τρία for three years (Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 2, 1 Jac.) Lk 4:25. ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας for three days (Diod S 13, 19, 2; Arrian, Anab. 4, 9, 4; GDI 4706, 119 [Thera] ἐπʼ ἀμέρας τρεῖς) GPt 8:30 al. ἐ. ἡμέρας πλείους over a period of many days (Jos., Ant. 4, 277) Ac 13:31.—16:18 (ἐ. πολλὰς ἡμέρας as Appian, Liby. 29 §124; cp. Diod S 3, 16, 4); 17:2; 19:8, 10, 34; 27:20; Hb 11:30. ἐ. χρόνον for a while (cp. Il. 2, 299; Hdt. 9, 22, 1; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1257; Jos., Vi. 2) Lk 18:4. ἐ. πλείονα χρόνον (Diod S 3, 16, 6; Hero Alex. I p. 344, 17) Ac 18:20. ἐφʼ ὅσον χρόνον as long as Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 7:39; Gal 4:1. Also ἐφʼ ὅσον as long as Mt 9:15; 2 Pt 1:13 (for other mngs. of ἐφʼ ὅσον s. above under 13). ἐφʼ ἱκανόν (sc. χρόνον) for a considerable time (EpArist 109) Ac 20:11. ἐ. χρόνον ἱκανόν Qua. ἐ. πολύ for a long time, throughout a long period of time (Thu. 1, 7; 1, 18, 1; 2, 16, 1 al.; Appian, Liby. 5 §21; Arrian, Cyneg. 23, 1; Lucian, Toxar. 20; Wsd 18:20; Sir 49:13; JosAs 19:3; Jos., Vi. 66: Just., A I, 65, 3) Ac 28:6. ἐ. πλεῖον the same (schol. on Pind., N. 7, 56b; PLille 3, 16 [III B.C.]; Jdth 13:1; Sir prol. l. 7; Jos., Ant. 18, 150) Ac 20:9; any longer (Lucian, D. Deor. 5, 3; Appian, Hann. 54 §227; 3 Macc 5:8; Wsd 8:12; Ath. 12, 3) Ac 24:4; 1 Cl 55:1.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐπί

Страницы
  • 1
  • 2

См. также в других словарях:

  • Good nature — Good Good, a. [Compar. {Better}; superl. {Best}. These words, though used as the comparative and superlative of good, are from a different root.] [AS. G[=o]d, akin to D. goed, OS. g[=o]d, OHG. guot, G. gut, Icel. g[=o][eth]r, Sw. & Dan. god, Goth …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Good-nature — Good Good, a. [Compar. {Better}; superl. {Best}. These words, though used as the comparative and superlative of good, are from a different root.] [AS. G[=o]d, akin to D. goed, OS. g[=o]d, OHG. guot, G. gut, Icel. g[=o][eth]r, Sw. & Dan. god, Goth …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • take advantage of — phrasal 1. : to make use of for one s own benefit : use to advantage : profit by extends his examination … to take advantage of modern methods of diagnosis Morris Fishbein feels we are not taking proper advantage of our opportunity R.A.Smith 2 …   Useful english dictionary

  • Good — Good, a. [Compar. {Better}; superl. {Best}. These words, though used as the comparative and superlative of good, are from a different root.] [AS. G[=o]d, akin to D. goed, OS. g[=o]d, OHG. guot, G. gut, Icel. g[=o][eth]r, Sw. & Dan. god, Goth.… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Good breeding — Good Good, a. [Compar. {Better}; superl. {Best}. These words, though used as the comparative and superlative of good, are from a different root.] [AS. G[=o]d, akin to D. goed, OS. g[=o]d, OHG. guot, G. gut, Icel. g[=o][eth]r, Sw. & Dan. god, Goth …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Good cheap — Good Good, a. [Compar. {Better}; superl. {Best}. These words, though used as the comparative and superlative of good, are from a different root.] [AS. G[=o]d, akin to D. goed, OS. g[=o]d, OHG. guot, G. gut, Icel. g[=o][eth]r, Sw. & Dan. god, Goth …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Good consideration — Good Good, a. [Compar. {Better}; superl. {Best}. These words, though used as the comparative and superlative of good, are from a different root.] [AS. G[=o]d, akin to D. goed, OS. g[=o]d, OHG. guot, G. gut, Icel. g[=o][eth]r, Sw. & Dan. god, Goth …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Good fellow — Good Good, a. [Compar. {Better}; superl. {Best}. These words, though used as the comparative and superlative of good, are from a different root.] [AS. G[=o]d, akin to D. goed, OS. g[=o]d, OHG. guot, G. gut, Icel. g[=o][eth]r, Sw. & Dan. god, Goth …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Good folk — Good Good, a. [Compar. {Better}; superl. {Best}. These words, though used as the comparative and superlative of good, are from a different root.] [AS. G[=o]d, akin to D. goed, OS. g[=o]d, OHG. guot, G. gut, Icel. g[=o][eth]r, Sw. & Dan. god, Goth …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Good for nothing — Good Good, a. [Compar. {Better}; superl. {Best}. These words, though used as the comparative and superlative of good, are from a different root.] [AS. G[=o]d, akin to D. goed, OS. g[=o]d, OHG. guot, G. gut, Icel. g[=o][eth]r, Sw. & Dan. god, Goth …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Good Friday — Good Good, a. [Compar. {Better}; superl. {Best}. These words, though used as the comparative and superlative of good, are from a different root.] [AS. G[=o]d, akin to D. goed, OS. g[=o]d, OHG. guot, G. gut, Icel. g[=o][eth]r, Sw. & Dan. god, Goth …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»